Final Book Grammar XII 1 - files-cdn.pseb.ac.in

1

CONTENTS

S.No. Name of the Topic Pages

1. Parts of speech 2-7

2. Determiners 8-39

3. Prepositions 40-59

4. Modals 60-76

5. Non-Finites 77-109

6. Transformation of Sentences

Including Removal and Use of ‘Too’

110-135

7. Use of words as Noun, Verb and

Adjective

135-147

8. Change of Voice 148-167

9. Change of Narration 168-185

10. Advertisements 186-196

11. Notice Writing 197-205

12. Note Making 206-218

13. Message Writing 219-225

14. Letter Writing 226-245

15. E-mail Writing 246-258

16. Precis Writing 259-266

17. Newspaper Headlines 267-270

18. Translation 271-288

19. Unseen Comprehension 289-300

2

1. Parts of Speech

Words perform different function in a sentence. They convey different meanings as per their position

in the sentence. Based on their use and functions, words are categorized into several types or parts of

speech.

1. Noun 2. Pronoun 3. Adjective 4. Verb

5. Adverb 6. Preposition 7. Conjunction 8. Interjection.

In this chapter, we shall look at definitions and examples for the 3 major parts of speech in English

grammar, namely Noun, Adjectives and verbs.

Nouns

Nouns are the simplest among parts of speech.A Noun refers to words that are used to name persons,

things, animals, places, ideas, quality or events. In simple words, nouns are naming words. Manav,

boys, class, Moga, cattle, happiness or marriage are examples of nouns. Let us look at some of these for

clear understanding.

Examples:

1. Keats was a great poet.

The underlined word is a noun that refers to a person.

2. This pen is new.

The underlined word is a noun that refers to a thing.

3. India is my beloved country.

The underlined word is a noun that refers to a place.

4. Honesty is the best policy.

The underlined word is a noun that refers to a quality.

5. Beautycan be extremely cute.

The underlined word is a noun that refers to anidea.

6. Lion is the king of the jungle.

The underlined word is a noun that refers to ananimal.

7. I celebrated my birthday.

The underlined word is a noun that refers to an event.

We can categorise nouns as given below:

a. Proper Nouns– They always start with a capital letter and refers to specific names of

persons, places, or things. Examples: The Bhagvad Gita, The Himalayas, Sholay.

b. Common Nouns– They are just generic names of persons, things, or places. Examples: house,

school.

3

c. Concrete Nouns– They refer to nouns which you can perceive through your five senses.

Examples: mud, cement, wood.

d. Abstract Nouns- Theseare nouns which you can’t perceive through your five senses.

Examples: sadness, happiness.

e. Countable Nouns–Anything that is countable, and has a singular and plural form is a

countable noun. Examples: Dogs, bats.

f. Uncountable Nouns– Nouns that need to have “counters” to quantify them with terms like

kilo, cup, meter. Examples: dust, sand, water.

g. Collective Nouns– such nouns refer to a group of persons, animals, or things.Example:

Cluster,class, herd.

PRONOUNS

1. Raman is a good athlete. He practices for at least ten hours a day.

2. Simmy is a good cooks. She has also written a recipe book.

In the above sentences nouns ‘Raman’ and ‘Simmy’ are replaced by ‘He’ and ‘She’ in the follow up

sentences. These are used in place of nouns ‘Raman’ and ‘Simmy’ to for avoiding repetition. Such

words are called pronouns.They are ‘Friends of Nouns’. They belong to a sub class of nouns.They

define new creations.

Pronouns are of the following types:

1. Personal Pronouns: I, we, you, he, she, it, etc.

2. Indefinite Pronouns: One, someone, somebody, all, etc.

3. Relative Pronouns: Who, whom, What, as, that, etc.

4. Demonstrative Pronouns: This, these, those, such, etc.

5. Distributive Pronouns: Each, either, neither, etc.

6. Interrogative pronouns: which, whose, who, etc.

ADJECTIVES

An adjective is a word that is used to qualify or describe a noun or a pronoun. An adjective is

descriptive by nature.Adjectives add something to the meaning of a noun or a pronoun. Examples: A

red pen, a black shirt or a tall boy, crying (qualifies the pronoun ‘him’).

1. It is a red pen.

2. He is wearing a black shirt.

3. Harry is a tall boy.

4. I saw him crying.

The underlined words are Adjectives.

4

There are different kinds of adjectives: - They express the quality or state of mind of the word they

qualify.

a. Adjectives of quality: They tell the quality or the state of something they qualify, e.g.: nice

couple, happy life, fine cloth.

b. Adjectives of quantity: They tell us how much of thing is expressed, e. g: some, much, little,

less etc.

Some people were waiting for the train.

Much ado about nothing.

All the apples were fresh.

c. Adjectives of numbers: They tell us how many persons or things are expressed, e.g.: many, all,

two, three, a few, etc.

A boy was writing on the blackboard.

Two dogs were fighting with each other.

Many children were playing in the ground.

They are sub divided into:

(i) Cardinal numbers are exact numbers likeone, two, and three.

(ii) Ordinal numbers denote ranks or order like first, second, third. Etc.

(iii) Indefinite adjectives: They do not express any exact number; some, any, all, enough, few,

no, none etc.

For example: Enough money was given to the magician.

All students applauded their team.

d. Distributive Adjectives express that persons or thingsdenoted by the noun are taken singly or

in separate lots, as: Each, every, neither, either etc.

For example:Each child was given an apple.

Every student had a flag in hand.

e. Demonstrative adjectives: Theyare used to pointout the persons or things that they

qualify. For example: This, that, those, such etc.

This table is made of teak wood.

Such elements are harmful for our body.

f. Interrogative adjectives: They are used to ask questions, as: Which, who, whose etc.

For Example: Whose bag is this?

Which house is yours?

Which shirt will you wear?

g. Possessive adjectives: They indicate possession of a thing or person.

For Example: My book is interesting.

Your dress is beautiful.

His shot was excellent.

h. Proper adjectives: They are derived from proper nouns and always begin with a capital

letter, as: The African safari, The English queen.

5

For Example: We enjoyed the African safari in Kenyan jungles.

An Indian scientist won the Nobel Prize.

Degrees of Comparison:

Adjectives of Quality have three degrees of comparison- positive, comparative and superlative.

Positive : It does not denote any comparison and shows the simple quality.

Comparative: It is used when two things or two group of things are compared.

Superlative : It is used when one thing is compared with all other things of the same class.

For Example:

Post Comparative Superlative

Fast Faster Fastest

Fat Fatter Fattest

Big Bigger Biggest

Tall Taller Tallest

Old Older Oldest

‘Than’ is used with comparative degree of adjective and the article ‘the’ is used with superlative

degree of an adjective.

Saina is a good badminton player.

Saina is better than any other badminton player.

Saina is thebest badminton player in her age-group.

In some cases where adjectives have two or more syllables, ‘more’ and ‘most’ are used before the

positive degree of adjective to make comparative and superlative degrees of adjective respectively.

Useful more useful most useful

Beautiful more beautiful most beautiful

For example: We saw a beautiful picture.

The Shatabdi express is more comfortablethan the mail train.

The Bullet train is the fastest train in India.

VERB

A verb is a word used to denote an action or being or possession. In simple words, we call them action

words.

For example: I sang a song.

She wrote a poem.

Virathitsthe ball hard.

Parthis a good boy.

The underlined words are verbs.

6

They can be categorized into:

Transitive verb: that require an object to complete its meaning.

She cleans her teeth.

Intransitive Verb: that has a complete meaning by itself and does not require an object to complete

its meaning.

She laughed.

Auxiliary Verbs: They are used with main verbs to form tenses. They are Primary Auxiliaries and

Modal Auxiliaries.

Verbs take different forms when they conjugate.There are two kinds of verbs: Strong verbs and Weak

verbs.

Present Past Past participle

Awake Awoke Awoken

Begin Began Begun

Buy Bought Bought.

ADVERBS

1. Radha dances beautifully.

2. Sonu speaks English fluently.

3. He is absolutely awesome.

The underlined words ‘beautifully’, ‘fluently’ and ‘absolutely’ modify verbs ‘dance’, ‘speak’ and

adjective ‘awesome’ respectively. Such words arecalled Adverbs. They are ‘modifiers’. They modify a

verb, an adjective or another adverb. They add depth and intensity to these qualifiers. They not only

clarify time, place and manner of the actions but also beautify the quality or intensity of thoughts and

actions.

PREPOSITIONS

Prepositions are relationship words. They are words that are used before a noun or pronoun to show

in what relation the person or thing denoted by the noun stands to something else; as,

The clock is on the wall.

The train starts at 9.00 a.m.

He was standing under the tree.

Boys were playing in the ground.

The underlined words are Prepositions. They show the relationship between the Noun used in each

sentence.

CONJUNCTIONS

Conjunctions are linking words. They are used to link words or phrases or sentences together. They

are also called joining words or coordinators.

7

Pardeepand Sandeep are brothers.

He ran fast but missed the bus.

The child smiled as he saw his mother.

Win or lose.

The underlined words are Conjunctions. They are used to link two nouns or situations.

INTERJECTIONS

Interjections are ‘exclaiming words’. They are used to express a sudden feeling of the mind or certain

sounds to express a surprise or sorrow or joy or an unexpected reaction. They are often marked with

an exclamation sign, i.e.!

Alas! We lost the match.

Hurrah! I won a lottery.

Bravo! Well played.

The underlined words are Interjections.

8

2 . DETERMINERS

Let us read these sentences carefully.

1. He is a teacher.

2. This man is my neighbor.

3. His birthday falls in October.

4. Everybody enjoyed the show.

5. Have you bought any ticket?

In the above sentences, a, this, his, everybody and any are words which modify nouns – teacher, man,

birthday, body and ticket. The italicized words are called Determiners.

A determiner is an important noun modifier that provides contexts to a noun generally in terms of

quantity and possession. Determiners comes before a noun or noun phrase and include

articles, demonstrative quantifiers and possessives.

Categories of determiners:

Determiners are said to "mark" nouns. The categories of determiners are as follows:

Articles; (an, a, the)

Possessives; (his, your, their, whose, Joe's, the priest's, my mother's etc.);

Numerals: Definite (one, two, etc.); Indefinite (few, a few, more, many all, both, some, any etc.) and

Distributive (each, every, either, neither etc.);

Demonstratives :( this, that, these, those, such) and

Quantitative: (Many, plenty, whole, complete. Enough, little, a little and the little etc.) .

A: ARTICLE DETERMINERS

An article is a word that modifies or describes the Noun. It is used before the noun to show whether it

refers to something nouns specific or not. So, in a way, articles can also be described as a type of

adjectives as they also tell us something about the nouns, like adjectives. These are of two kinds,

namely, Indefinite Article and Definite article.

(i) Indefinite Articles: Indefinite means something which is not clear, obvious or exact. They are

called indefinite because the identity of the thing or person being spoken about is left unclear

or indefinite. The indefinite article indicates that the noun is not someone or something in

particular. The speaker talks about any one of that type of things. The indefinite articles in

English are "a" and "an." They are Invariable.

A. We use ‘A’ when the next word starts with a consonant sound (Consonant letters in the English

alphabet are B,C,D,F,G,H,J,K,L,M,N,P,Q,R,S,T,V,W,X,Y,Z.) or before words that start with euas

they sound in you.

9

Some examples are given below:

a boy, a car, a helicopter, a big elephant, a European, a unit etc.

A. We use ‘An’ when the next word starts with a Vowel sound (Vowel letters in the English

alphabet are A, E, I, O, U.) or with a mute h or with a consonant giving the sound of a

vowel.

Some examples are given below:

An apple. An egg, an inkpot, an orange, an umbrella, an urgency, an hour, an M.L.A, an M.P, an

M.A, an S.D.O etc.

Note: We use “a” and ‘a” before a singular noun. We can’t use “a” and “an” before a plural

noun.

Article ‘A’ is used:

1. When there are singular nouns beginning with a sound that is not vowel: a boy, a chair, a

helicopter, a book, a one eyed person etc.

2. Before words that refer to whole numbers, measures or weights.

A kilo, a meter, a pound, a hundred, a half, a litre.

3. In the sense of any:

A teacher must guide the students.

A child should respect his elders.

4. When a singular noun is introduced for the first time,as:

I saw a boy in the market.

He met a monk in the temple.

5. Before a proper noun to make it a common noun:

He is a Keats.

She is second Lata Mangeshkar (a great singer).

6. In exclamatory sentences before singular nouns:

What a great shot!

What a beautiful picture!

7. Before persons of a particular profession: a doctor, a painter, a teacher, a dancer, a

gardener.

8. Before some phrases: a little, a few, a lot of, a small number of.

10

Article ‘An’ is used:

1. When there are singular nouns beginning with a vowel sound,

For example: An idiot, an elephant, an owl, etc.

2. When there are singular nouns beginning with a consonant letter but with a vowel sound (here

the consonant letters are silent)

For example: silent “h” in an hour, an honest boy or an M.B.A and an M.L.A, an IIT etc.

Note: If noun is modified by an adjective, the choice between ‘a’ and ‘an’ depends upon the initial

sound of the adjective that immediately follows the article. For example:

a nice umbrella

an unusual scene,

a European country (‘eu’ sounds like a ‘y’)

We also use A/An to indicate membership in a group.

I am a teacher. (I am a member of a large group of professionals known as teachers.)

He is an Indian. (He is a member of people from India, known as Indians.)

(ii) Definite Articles: Definite means to be clear, exact or obvious about something. It is called

definite because it is used in relation to a particular thing or person. “The” is the definite

article in English, which is used to refer to particular nouns, the identities of which are known.

The definite article indicates that the noun is specific. The speaker talks about a particular

thing. For example:

The boy sat on the sofa.

The lion pounced on him and ran away.

Notice how the reference is not left indefinite in both the sentences. It is clear that a particular boy sat

on the sofa in the first sentence and a specific lion that attacked the speaker is being spoken about in

the second example.

Uses of ‘The’:

1. Before the names of rivers, oceans and seas:TheGanga, The Indian Ocean, And The Gangetic

Plain etc.

11

2. Before the points on the globe: The North Pole, The Equator, The South Pole etc.

3. Before the geographical areas:The South East,The Asia Pacific etc.

4. Before deserts, forests, gulfs, and peninsulas:The Kalahari, The Sunderbans, The Indian

Peninsula etc.

5. Before abbreviated names of states and countries: The UAE. The US, The M.P etc.

6. Before the classes of people: The poor, The rich, The down trodden, The Marxists, the

intellectuals.

7. Before the namesof the newspapers: The Times Of India, The Indian Express. The Tribune, The

Illustrated Weekly of India etc.

8. Before the names of historical buildings: The Taj, The gateway of India, The Red Fort, The

Statue of Liberty and The Buckingham Palace etc.

9. Before the nationalities: The Indians, The Americans, The French, and The Canadians etc.

10. Before the Places of work: The Station headquarters, The State Bank of Patiala, The Indian

Airlines etc.

11. Before historical events: The French Revolution, The First Angle Sikh war, The Second World

War etc.

12. Before the superlative degree of adjectives:

He is the tallest boy in the class.

India is the largest democracy in the world.

13. Before the names of the clan or family (to make proper names): The Jats,The Hindus or The

Shinhs, The Vermas, The Chopras etc.

14. Before two or more Comparative degrees of Adjectives:

The sooner, the better.

The higher we go, the cooler it is.

15. Before the names of holy books: The Gita, The Ramayana, The Adi Granth, The Bible, The

Koran, The Vedas, The Mahabharata etc.

16. Before the epithets used before the names of persons:

Alexander the Great, Ashoka the Great, Henry The First, Maharana Pratap the Great.

17. Before a noun which is mentioned before or that the listener is familiar with:

I went to meet a pot maker.The Pot Maker showed me some great works of clay.

12

18. Before the names of political organisations/ parties: The FICCI, The UNESCO, The UNO, The

UNICEF/ The Bhartiya Janata Party, The Akali Dal, The Congress, The Republicans, The

Conservatives

19. Before the directions. The North, The South, The East, The West etc.

20. Before the names of big offices: The PMO, The President, the Election Commission, and The

Supreme Court of India.

Do not Use Articles:

Article ‘The’ is not used in these situations

(a) There are certain rules regarding using Article ‘the’ with geographical nouns.

1. Before thenames of cities:

Kolkata, Delhi, Mumbai, New York.

2. Before the of lakes:

Lake Dull, Lake Michigan, Lake Govind Sagar.

3. Before thenamesof streets/ roads:

Commercial Street, Park Avenue, Ashoka Road, Sardar Patel Road.

4. Before the names of mountains:

Everest, Kilimanjaro

5. Before the Names of Continents, islands:

Asia, Europe, Easter Island, Key West Island except chain islands like the Andaman Islands, the

Canary Islands.

(b)

(i) When before proper nouns:

Mr. Amitabh Bachchan has been a great ambassador of Indian cinema.

Shimla is the capital of Himachal Pradesh.

(ii) Before Abstract nouns:

Happiness is a state of mind.

Pain is temporary.

Honesty is the best policy.

(iii) When Common nouns are used for a whole class:

Tigers are ferocious.

Sparrows are disappearing these days.

(iv) Before material Nouns:

Gold is a precious metal.

Mercury is dipping today.

(v) Before theMeans of travel:

13

I like to travel by car.

(vi) Before the Names of meals/ games:

I prefer heavy breakfast.

He is fond of cricket.

Different cases Examples

‘A’/ ‘An’ is used

While mentioning something for the first time We went for a walk.

As one talks about a certain kind of a thing. He has painted a

great painting.

When trying to say that someone is a certain kind

of person

He is a clever

person.

In case of talking about something which belongs

toa set of the same thing.

This is a book.

When talking about someone who belongs to a

certain group.

He is an engineer.

As one talks about a particular thing. The play that we

saw was a comedy.

‘The‘ is used In case of talking about something that one is sure

of

I passed the exam.

When there is only one thing of its kind. Beautiful girls don’t

like to play in the

sun.

No article is used. When talking about something in general. Walking is a physical

activity.

When speaking about cities, countries, streets,

sports.

We visited London.

We played golf

together

B. POSSESSIVES OR POSSESSIVE DETRMINERS

These Determiners are the pronouns of possessive case. In English,Possessive pronouns and

adjectives are two different ways to show possession. Possessive adjectives go before the

14

noun and possessive pronouns go after the noun. Here are some examples:

This is my book.

This book is mine.

Is that your cap?

Is that cap yours?

The structure for Possessive pronouns is: Noun + possessive pronoun. For example:

• This car is mine.

• This dog is theirs.

• The house is ours.

The structure for Possessive Adjectives is: Possessive Adjective + Noun.

For Example:

• Your pen is beautiful.

• Their mother is a teacher.

• His dog is cute

Here is a list of the possessive adjectives and possessive pronouns correspondingly:

My- Mine, your-yours, his –his, her- hers. Our-ours, their- theirs and its-Its.

C. DEMONSTRATIVES OR DEMONSTRATIVE DETERMINERS

This, That, These, Those – are words that are called Demonstrative Determiners. We use

'this', 'that', 'these', or 'those' before the noun we are talking about. This / that / these / those

+ noun

For Example:

I like this film.

'This' modifies the noun, 'film'. It tells us the film is close to the speaker.

They are also called demonstrative adjectives.

Demonstrative determiner = Demonstrative adjective. These words tell us whether an object

is close to us or far away.

Distance

If one is talking about something close to one, use 'this' and 'these'.

This is my book.

The book is close to you.

Are these shoes yours?

The shoes are close to you.

If you are talking about something farther away, use 'that' and 'those'.

That is my school.

The school is down the street.

He likes those paintings.

15

The paintings are over there.

For small objects and people, use 'this' and 'these' if they are close enough for you touch. Use

'that' and 'those' if you can point to the object or person.

Distance is not just physical distance. We can use 'this', 'that', 'these', and 'those' to show

distance in time.

We like this movie.

We are watching the film now. It is close in time, so we use 'this'.

I liked that movie.

I watched the film last week. It is far away in time, so we use 'that'.

Some more examples are:

1. This boy runs very fast.

2. Those girls are beautiful.

3. That building is very old.

4. Those houses are newly constructed.

D. NUMERICAL DETERMINERS:

Numerals act as determiners when they appear before a noun. They are of three types.

(i) Definite Numeral

(ii) Indefinite Numeral

(iii) Distributive Numerals

(A) Definite Numerals are again of two kinds: Cardinals and Ordinals. Cardinal numerals

(one, Two, three etc.) express quantity:

One pen.

Two pens.

Five books

In the same position, ordinal numerals express sequence:

First prize

Second opportunity

Third place

These are called general ordinals, and they include last,latter, next, previous, and subsequent. These

words also function as determiners:

next day

last words

previous appointment.

16

(B) Indefinite Numerals:

They tell us about indefinite numbers. We use them for indefinite numbers.

For example: Few,A few, The few, All, Several, Some etc.

(i) (a)Few (Almost none): the poor beggar had few rupees in his pocket.

(b) A Few (A small number): Ram has a few rupees to buy his book

(c)The few (Whatever small number): the few rupees Ram had, he gave them to

the poor beggar.

(ii) All (All in number): we use it before plural numbers.

I gave him all my books.

All children love to play.

(iii) Several (More than two but not very many): Mihir Sen has several firsts to his name.

(iv) Some (A small number): We bought some mangoes.

Some Children possess a unique memory.

(v) Both: It applies to only two persons/things; it is used with plural nouns.

For Example:

Both the criminals were found guilty.

Both of his sons can dance very well.

(C) Distributive Numerals:

We use them for telling about each and every thing of that category. For example: Each,

Every, either, neither etc.

(a) Each: it is used to tell about one of two or more persons or things.

Each participant was given a certificate.

Each subject carries equal weightage.

Each child got a gift.

(b) Every: It is used to tell about numbers exceeding two or the whole.

Every person wants money.

Every man has some good qualities.

(c) Either: Used to convey choice as one of the two:

You can pick either book.

(d) Neither: it is used for negative of the either.

Neither of the boys impressed me.

E. QUANTITATIVE DETERMINERS:

They are used to convey ‘how many’ or ‘how much’.

17

For example: a little, many, much, some, any, enough, more, less etc.

Little: used for very small quantity or almost negligible.

There is little hope of his survival after a fatal accident.

A little: a small quantity.

Every child leaves a little milk in the glass.

The little: all of the small quantity that is there.

He gambled the little money he had.

(i) Many: Used with plural nouns/ a great number.

There are many animals in the Delhi zoo.

I have many good books.

(ii) Some: used with uncountable singular noun or with countable plural nouns and to convey a

small quantity. Generally it is used in affirmative sentences.

There is some water in the jug.

Give me some milk.

There are some great players in Indian Team.

(iii) Any: Used for a small quantity in negative or interrogative sentences.

It is used with words negative in meaning like hardly, without, little, few,

Only, seldom, difficulty, to fail, to prevent, to avoid.

There are not any good books in this book shop. (Negative)

Is there any doubt in your mind? (Interrogative)

There is hardly anyone who dislikes him. (Means ‘No one’)

(iv) No: It is used for negative expressions with singular or plural nouns, meaning ‘not any’ or

“nothing of a”

For example:

I have no enemies.

There is no scope of laxity in this case.

(v) Enough: It is used to convey the necessary quantity or amount by placing before singular

uncountable nouns or plural countable nouns.

For example: There is enough time.

He has enough money.

(vi) Much: It is used to convey a plenty of, a great deal of or a large quantity of,etc.

It is preferred in negative and interrogative sentences.

He hasn’t got much time.

In affirmative sentences, they are used in formal statements. For example:

18

Much money is spent on health care.

(vii) More: it is used to convey ‘a greater quantity’.

For example:

We must spend more money in creating world class sports facilities.

More working hands will help to achieve the aim faster.

(viii) Less: It is used to convey ‘a smaller quantity’.

For example:

He takes less sugar in his tea.

I will take less than five minutes to get ready.

Note: In addition to the above forms of Determiners, we can look at interrogative determiners also

to develop a better understanding of determiners. There are some wordsthat we use to make

questions. We sometimes call these as ‘Wh’ question words as most of them start with the letters

‘Wh’.

For example: What, When, Where, Who, Whose, Which, Why and How.

(a) What: It is used to ask information about something.

What do want to do in life?

What would you need for the evening ball?

What is the time now?

(b) When: It is used when asking for time of some event.

When is the train arriving at Delhi station?

When will the match start?

When did this incident happen?

(c) Where: It is used to ask for a place or location.

Where were you last evening?

Where did you keep the money?

Where do you live?

(d) Who: It is used to ask about the identity of a person or persons.

Who is favorite sportsman?

Who is that?

Who score the last goal?

(e) Whose: It is used to ask about possession.

Whose book is this?

19

Whose are these pencils?

Whose place is he staying in?

(f) Which: It is used for asking choice.

Which road leads to Moga?

Which of these is your favourite book?

Which route is shorter?

(g) Why: It is used to ask reasons.

Why are you late?

Why are feeling sad?

Why are they quarreling?

(h) How: it is used to ask about the manner or quality or condition of something.

How did you get hurt?

How are you?

How do you know him?

Exercises for Practice

Exercise 1 (Solved)

Fill in the blank with the appropriate article, a, an, or the, or leave the space blank if no article is

needed.

1. I want ____ apple from that basket.

2. ____ church on the corner is progressive.

3. Miss Lin speaks ____ Chinese.

4. I borrowed ____ pencil from your pile of pencils and pens.

5. One of the students said, "____ professor is late today."

6 Eli likes to play ____ volleyball.

7. I bought ____ umbrella to go out in the rain.

20

8. My daughter is learning to play ____ violin at her school.

9. Please give me ____ cake that is on the counter.

10. I lived on ____ Main Street when I first came to town.

Hints: 1. an2.the 3.no article needed4.a5.the 6.no article needed 7. An 8.the9.the 10.no article

needed

Exercise 2 (Unsolved)

Fill in the blank with an appropriate article: a, an, or the, or leave the space blank if no article is

needed.

1. Albany is the capital of ____ New York State.

2. My husband's family speaks ____ Polish.

3. ____ apple a day keeps the doctor away.

4. ____ ink in my pen is red.

5. Our neighbors have ____ cat and ____ dog.

6. He is ____ idiot.

7. You are doing____ good job.

8. It is____ rotten plum.

9. This is ____ used fork.

10. ____ historian writes history books.

Exercise 3 (Solved)

Fill in the blank with the appropriate article, a, an, or the.

1. ____ apple a day keeps the doctor away

2. It was ____ horrible movie

3. We went for____ opera show at Sydney Opera House.

4. Spanish is _______ easy language.

21

5. Their car does 100 miles ____ hour.

6. Mathura is ____ holy city.

7. Cactus is ____ thorny plant

8. Which is _________longest tunnel in the world.

9. ____ honorable discharge is every employee’s right.

10. He is ____ intelligent man

Hints: 1.an 2.a 3.an 4. an 5. an 6. a.7.a 8. the9. an 10.an


Fill in the blank with the appropriate article, a, an, or the.

1. It is ___ big table.

2. There is ____ up stairway.

3. Give me____ paper clip.

4. Dog is ____ faithful animal.

5. I have ____ unusual feeling.

6. We saw ____ interesting movie.

7. He won ____ early bird prize in the party.

8. It was____ daring idea

9. ____ sun rises in the east.

10. We gave away_______ prizes.

Exercise 5(Solved)

Fill in the blank with the appropriate article, a, an, or the,or leave the space blank if no article is

needed.

1. The brick hit him in __ face.

22

2. He went_____ home.

3. She is going to ___ cinema.

4. ____ idea can change your life.

5 .___higher you go___ cooler it is.

6. South all is ___Punjab of England.

7. He is ____ most intelligent child of the family.

8.___ umbrella is __ useful thing.

9. He has __ soft corner for the poor.

10. I gave him___ hundred rupee note.

Hints: 1.the 2. No article needed 3. The 4. an5. The, the 6. the7. The 8. An, a 9. A 10. A



needed.

1 .I bought ___pair of shoes.

2. He gave me ___ beautiful gift.

3. I have ___ one rupee-note.

4. He is ___ senior teacher.

5. Have you read ____ Bible?

6. P.K. Shinh is __ M.A.

7. It is __ best he could do.

8. She is ___ N.C.C officer.

23

9. It was ___ pleasant day.

10. He is ___cowardly person.

Exercise 7 (Solved)


needed.

1 . She has ____ headache.

2 . I have got ___ cold.

3. What is on ___ radio tonight?

4. This is __ historical moment.

5. He has __ few friends in his class.

6 . He is studying in ___ European university.

7 . He is ___ worst player of the team.

8 . Rose is____ taller of the two sisters.

9 . He is ___ great comedian.

10 Wordsworth wrote poems about ___ nature.

Hints: 1. a 2. no article needed 3. The 4. A 5. A 6. A 7.the 8. The 9. A 10. No article needed.



needed.

1. New York is ___big city.

2. _____ cow is ___ useful animal.

3. Honesty is ___best policy.

4. France is ___great country.

5. Sun rises in ____ east.

6. I saw him when he was ___child.

24

7. Who has not seen ___ tiger?

8. Milk is very nutritious.

9. Man is after all ____animal.

10. How beautiful _____ stars are!

Exercise 9(Solved)


needed.

1. God has created _____universe.

2. Gold is _____ precious metal.

3. Kalidasa is ____Shakespeare of India.

4. This is _____ best book I have ever read.

5. ____ cat killed ____ rat.

6. ____ cat is on ____ roof.

7. Mahatma Gandhi was _____ great leader of India.

8. The stone hit me on _____ head.

9. John is ____ smallest boy in the class but Peter is ____ biggest.

10. I would like to buy ___pair of stockings and ___ couple of shirts.

Hints: 1. the 2. A 3 the .4 the .5. the, the6.the, the 7. A 8.the 9. The,the 10. A,a



needed.

1. Many ____ flower is born to blush unseen.

2. He is ____ Newton of his age.

25

3. I admire _____ Wisdom of Solomon.

4. ____ whole class will participate in the program.

5. ______ Himalayas protect the plains of India from the cold winds of the north.

6. I watched ____interesting film yesterday.

7. I bought ____ laptop for my daughter.

8. _____laptop that I bought for my daughter was very expensive.

9. My daughter didn’t like _____ laptop I gave her. She said that it was too big for her.

10 .So, I got it exchanged for ____ smaller model.

Exercise 11 (Solved)


needed.

1. She absolutely loved ___ new model.

2. My son has been asking for ____ smartphone for a while.

3. He was _____ only child of his parents.

4. Siddhartha was _____ kind-hearted prince.

5. His parents shielded him from _____ miseries of ____ world.

6. Ceylon is ____ island in _____Indian Ocean.

7. I prefer ____mountains to the seaside.

8. We went to ____ same school.

9. My brother is going out with _____ Chinese girl.

10. I am looking forward to being _____ grandmother.

Hints: 1. the 2.a 3.the 4. A 5. the, the 6.an, the 7. The 8. The 9. A 10. a

26

Exercises 16(Unsolved)


needed.

1. Have they got ___ matches?

2. He used his shoe as ____hammer.

3. Harsh fed _____ dogs?

4. There are ____children in the park.

5. Who invented ____ telephone?

6. He is _____ oldest in his family.

7. They met _____nice Asian girls on holiday.

8. I think there is ______ ice cream in the fridge.

9. Let us go and bathe in ___river.

10.Have you seen____ Red Fort.


Fill in the blank with suitabledeterminers.

1. Have you got __ English friends?

2. No, I haven't got __ English friends.

3. But I have __ English penfriends.

4. He has ___ friends at all.

5. She has __ best friend. They spend all their time together.

6. Would you like __ more orange juice?

7. I have hardly __ money left.

27

8. I never have __ luck with the lottery.

9. Have you got __ money?

10. Yes, I've got __

1. Any 2. any 3. some 4. no 5. A 6. some 7. any 8.any 9. any 10. Some


Fill in the blank with suitable determiners.

1. He has got __ water.

2. He hasn't got __ water.

3. She wants to find __one to love.

4. He thinkshe has got __thing in his eye. Can you have a look, please?

5. He lives __where in London. It doesn't matter to us

6. Is there __body in the classroom at the moment?

7. Are they looking for __thing in particular? (In a shop)

8. I'm not looking for __ one.

9. Is there ____message for me?

10. He succeeded in the ______ attempt itself.


Fill in the blanks with suitable determiners.

1. There are _____ animals in this zoo.

2. He is ___ man of ______ words.

28

3. How ______ milk do you need?

4. _____ time has passed now.

5. He is ___ same boy who cheated me.

6. Is there_____ water in the glass?

7. _____ he and his brother passed the exam.

8. He can write with ___ hand.

9. _______ people would be cruel to blind.

10. I shall finish ___ novel within two days.

Hints: 1. Many 2. A, a few 3.much 4. Much 5. The 6. Any 7. Both 8. Either. 9. Few 10. This.



1. I always keep ____ pen in my pocket.

2. He has ____ good habits.

3. She wants advice of ___ doctor.

4. She fell to ____ ground.

5. The bullet his on ___ spot.

6. ______ path of duty leads to glory.

7. He is ___ author of great versatility.

8. He gave up ____evil ways to attain salvation.

9. Unemployment has been increasing at ______ alarming rate.

29

10. Keep the enemy at ____arm’s length.



1. He is ____ Indian Muslim.

2. She wrote ____ letter quickly.

3. She threw her arms round ___ baby.

4. I have ____ expectations from anyone.

5. I think of ___ Ganges.

6. ______ List of new books has been released.

7. He is ___ international Grandmaster of Chess.

8. He tore away ____resignation letter.

9. Singing is ______ passion.

10. ____road leads to Srinagar.

Hints: 1.an 2. a 3. Her 4. No 5. The 6.a 7.an 8. His 9. My 10. This



1. I have ____ relatives in this town.

2. An Umbrella is ____ useful thing.

3. I have got___ rice.

4. You can find ____ wild animals in Rajaji National park.

30

5. _____ of ___ rare books have been destroyed by foreign invaders.

6. He hast all ___ money in the lottery.

7. I do not have ____ extra dress for the evening party.

8. ___ body should respect ___ religions.

9. I purchased ____ new house

10. Painting is ______ profession.



1. Where Shall I send ____ packet?

2. He sat on ____ seat beside his bed.

3. Sudha knew ___ languages.

4. Hassan lost _____ sympathy the teacher had for him.

5. How ___ money does he need?

6. ____ the papers were lying on the floor.

7. There was hardly ____ effort by Hassan to overcome his bad habits.

8. We have ____ things to finish before we go.

9. I had to take ___ responsibility.

10. The big hall has ____ windows

Hints: 1.this 2. the 3. many 4. The little 5. much 6.all 7.any 8. many 9. the 10. Many.

31



1. ____ many students were there in the class?

2. She is proud of ____ culinary skills.

3. Philip was ___ great violinist.

4. He did not make _____ mistake in the final match.

5. Do you need___ further information on this issue?

6. ____ many cups of tea do you take daily?

7. No part of ____ ashes should be retained.

8. We have ____ spare cash to be distributed.

9. He handed___ cup to Socrates.

10. Did you hear ____ noise?

Exercise 25(Solved)


1 He always keeps _______ money in his wallet for emergencies.

2 _____sun sets in the west.

3 The doctor advised me to eat _____ apple every morning.

4 There aren't _____ students in the library.

5 I haven't got ____ pictures in my bedroom.

6 She gave a cookie to _______ child.

7 I've got to solve _____ math problems before I go to sleep.

8 (With a bowl of cherries on your lap) _____ cherries are delicious!

9 My mother doesn't drink ______coffee.

10 Could you bring me _____ books I left in the garden?

32

hints: 1. some 2. the 3. an 4. many 5. any 6. each 7. some 8. these 9. much 10. those


Fill in the blanks with suitable determiners:

1. I am a man of ___ words.

2. ____ hobby is a must for proper use of time.

3. ____ idle man’s mind is a devil’s workshop.

4. There is hardly ___ person who doesn’t have a hobby.

5. You have many pens but ______ works well.

6. There are ____ horses in this stable.

7. She wasted ______ money she had.

8. Wait for me ______.

9. I want ____ sugar in my coffee.

10. ______ friends he has , love him.

Exercise 27(Solved)


1. I caught the thief by ___ neck.

2. I get up early in ___ morning.

3. _____ people are living in slums in Mumbai.

4. ____ the dirty linen have been washed.

5. ______ students were absent today.

6. One must keep ____ promise.

7. My father is ___ advocate.

8. ____ Seeta and Geeta ran the race.

9. Children should respect ____ elders.

10. He is Gentleman. I like ___ behavior.

Hints: 1. the 2. the 3. a lot of 4. all 5. some 6. one’s 7. an 8. both 9. their 10. his

Exercise 28(Unsolved)

33


1. I have ___ enemies.

2. ___ person must get the share.

3. He gave me ___ clothes he had.

4. Rabindra Nath Tagore has written ___ great poems.

5. I have done ___ best.

6. The police could not find ___ lost Bike.

7. He recites_____ Gita every morning.

8. He has committed ____ crimes.

9. I have made ____ friends in a short span of time.

10. Do you have ___ change in your purse?

Exercise 29(Solved)


1. I have read _____books written by Graham Greene.

2. ____ player was given a Medal.

3. Both the books are not expensive. You can buy _____ of them.

4. There is ____ hope of his survival.

5. He can take _____ dress he likes.

6. We do not expect ___ mercy from him.

7. Will you lend me___ money?

8. Miss Keller learnt ______ new words that day.

9. How___ money do you want?

10. _____ plant is dying.

Hints: 1. many 2. each 3. either 4. little 5. any 6.any 7. some 8. many 9. much 10. That



1. He tried to save ____ boy.

2. It makes ____flesh crawl to hear you.

3. There is ___ end to it.

4. I am not in favour of ___ religious ceremonies.

34

5. What is ___ matter with your tooth?

6. She toils up ____ hill.

7. She sank into ___ chair.

8. I waited for him for ____while.

9. _____ unity and diversity of India is its strength.

10. Thin men are ___ divers.

Exercise 31(Solved)


1. Let’s go for __ walk.

2. I must sign _____ will.

3. Why couldn’t you have come __ day earlier?

4. ____ type of life lasted for ten years.

5. Pasteur released ____ saliva into a tube.

6. I covered __ face and wept.

7. What is ___ strange outcry?

8. She asked her friend to lend ___ money.

9. It is __ opinion that these birds are mad.

10. In ___ seconds she put down her head.

Hints: 1. a 2. The 3. a 4. this 5. The 6.my 7. this 8. some 9. my 10. A few.



1.____ book is useful to me.

2. There is not __ coffee in the mug.

3. That is ____ pen.

4. ____ police was called to help.

5. We need ___ more water today.

6. They had taken ______ milk that day.

35

7. _____ dress do you like?

8. Give me ___ curd.

9. _____ child likes chocolates.

10. He stood___ in the class.

Exercise 33(Solved)


1. He has done you___ harm.

2. His father is __ M.P.

3. English is _ universal language.

4. Do you still get___ message from him?

5. He is ___ honest officer.

6. Jack and Jill went up ___ hill.

7. ____ were drowned.

8. ____ milk was spilt.

9. _____ can do it if they try.

10. _____ of these roads leads to the airport.

Hints: 1. No 2. An 3. A. 4. Any 5. An 6. The 7. All 8. Some 9. Anybody 10. Either



1. ___ fool can do that.

2. ___ took it in turn.

3. ______ of the accusations is true.

36

4. It was ___ festival of spring.

5 .He hurried towards __ friends.

6 . Nehru has been attached to ____ Ganga.

7 I had left home without __ money in my pocket.

8 May I ask ___ one to tea?

9 Then ____ noise was repeated.

10 There is ____ time for Spain to choose from.

Exercise 35(Solved)


1. How___ money did he steal?

2. On Sundays there is not ___ traffic on this road.

3. He has spilt ____ ink on his new dress.

4. There is too ___ sugar in Coca Cola.

5. It rained heavily. Only ___ students came to school

6. She has not given ___ response so far.

7. Are you proud of ___ beauty?

8. He bought __ new car.

9. Have you drawn __ new sketch?

10. Is there ____ milk left in the glass?

Answers

1. How much money did he steal?

2. On Sundays there is not much traffic on this road.

3. He has spilt a little ink on his new dress.

4. There is too much of sugar in Coca Cola.

5. It rained heavily. Only a few students came to school

37

6. She has not given any response so far.

7. Are you proud of your beauty?

8. He bought a new car.

9. Have you drawn any new sketch?

10. Is there any milk left in the glass?



1. He returned ___ books after reading.

2. They gave the children ___ toys.

3. He liked ___ shirt that I gave him.

4. It was ____ bitterly cold night.

5. We were sitting on __ deck of the launch.

6. They were carrying water on ___ heads.

7. I glanced at ___ watch.

8. You must take ___ dog out.

9. Everyone seemed to be in __ hurry.

10. There were still ___ questions unanswered.

Exercise 37


1. Can you bring me___ glass of water?

2. ____ can I help you?

3. I have not seen ___ movie in the past one month.

4. Please show me ___ new prints.

5. ____ shops are newly built.

6. Dashrath had ____ sons.

7. He was ____ to none.

8. Do you have ___ work to do now?

9. Ravi is ___ smarter of the two.

10 ____ the Kaurvas were killed.

38

Answers

1. Can you bring me some glass of water?

2. How can I help you?

3. I have not seen any movie in the past one month.

4. Please show me some new prints.

5. These shops are newly built.

6. Dashrath had four sons.

7. He was second to none.

8. Do you have any work to do now?

9. Ravi is the smarter of the two.

10. All the Kaurvas were killed.


Fill in the flanks with suitable determiners:

1. I have ___ axe.

2. Please give me ___ fruit to eat.

3. He wrote ___ essay.

4. There are _____ people whom I know in this town.

5. December is ___ last month of __ year.

6. ____ Guru Granth is a sacred book of ___ Sikhs.

7. She is as pure as ___ angel.

8. Children were happy to ___ elephant.

9. Kashi is___ holy city.

10. Failures are____ pillars of success.

Exercise 39(Solved)


1. He said he would have ___ milk.

2. He is leading __ group of volunteers.

39

3. Have you read___ these books?

4. Very _____ politicians are honest these days.

5. Shiv Batalvi is ___ Keats of Punjabi poetry.

6. The Muslims bury ___ dead.

7. He removed ____ hat on entering the main hall.

8. Is ___ statement correct?

9. He takes his medicine thrice __ day.

10. ____ grapes were a bit too high.

Answers

1. He said he would have some milk.

2. He is leading a group of volunteers.

3. Have you read allthese books?

4. Very Few politicians are honest these days.

5. Shiv Batalvi is the Keats of Punjabi poetry.

6. The Muslims bury their dead.

7. He removed his hat on entering the main hall.

8. Is this statement correct?

9. He takes his medicine thrice a day.

10. The grapes were a bit too high.



1. ___ team won the Kabbaddi finals in 2014?

2. He applies for ___ job.

3. There were ___ people at the platform.

4. The old man gave ___ clothes he had.

5. Only ___ friends were invited for my birthday party.

6. He bought ___ bananas.

7. How ___ butter do you need?

8. He could take ____ of the dresses.

9. There were ___ children in the ground.

10. He could not finish___ homework.

40

PREPOSITIONS

3. PREPOSITIONS

1. Read the following passage:

A new model of Yamaha Motor Cycle ’Fazer’, by the Yamaha India Limited was launched at 11-

A, Pragati Maidan, New Delhi on October 25 , 20xx. The vehicle is expected to be popular

among the youth who believe in durability.

The underlined words express a relationship, usually of space or time, between the words with which

they stand. Such ‘Positional’ words which are used before an object/ a person to show its relation

with another are known as Prepositions.

Kinds of Prepositions:

1. Simple Prepositions: These are mostly single syllable. For example: in, at, on, by, for, from,

till, with and through etc.

2. Compound Prepositions: These are formed by modifying some other words. Or by placing a

prefix like’a’ or ‘be’ before different nouns/adjectives or adverbs. For example: across, among,

amidst, above, between, beside. Before, below, beneath, into, inside, outside,

Within, without etc.

3. Phrase prepositions: These are formed by a group of words that convey a single idea. For

example: according to, because of , by means of, for the sake of, in front of, in place of, in

spite of, in order to, instead of, due to, on account of etc.

The best way to learn the correct use of prepositions is by reading, listening, speaking and writing as

much as possible. The use of prepositions is not determined by the kinds but by the relation that is to

be presented. Keep in mind that same prepositions can be used for expression of different relations.

Prepositions are classified according to their function or the relations expressed through them.

Time Position

&

Direction

Place Movement Manner Agency Reason

Accompaniment material Possession

Let us understand the usage of various prepositions in detail:

41

A. Prepositions of Time:

Many prepositions are used to denote time. For example: on Saturday, in the evening, till tomorrow,

after breakfast etc. Special care has to be taken while using the below given prepositions:

1. At : point of time i.e. Fixed time : at 9 o’clock, at the start of class, at the

Of the day.

But sometimes it can be used to denote : at noon or at midnight

In-definite periods.

The train will leave the stationat 5.30 p.m.

The accident happened at noon.

He will be going home at Christmas.

2. On: It is used with daysand dates : On Sunday, On 15th August, On the

Independence Day, On Monday evening,

On Friday night.

The annual function will be celebrated in the school on 15th

December.

The market will be closed on Sunday.

We shall have a party on Saturday evening.

3. For: It is used when we have to express a period of time. It is used with all tenses.

I have been working in this office for fifteen years.

They have been waiting for the train for thirty minutes.

She stayed at my place for three days.

Since: It is used to express a point of time. It is generally preceded by a verb in some perfect tense.

He has been living in that house since 2016.

They have been playing together since Monday.

From and To / till: Generally from is used to denote the starting point of an action and is mostly used

in combination with to or till. For example:

The match will be played from 9.00 a.m.to 4.30 p.m.

He was captain of the team from 2006 till 2011.

4. In: It is used with periods of time, i.e.: parts of the day, month, year or seasons.

In an hour, in a few moments, in a week,

In the evening, in the morning, in the afternoon

In May,

In 2017,

42

In summer / winter.

It rained heavily in the morning.

We will have final exams in March.

Olympics will be held in 2020.

Note: In is not used before today, tomorrow or next/ last day.

For example: It might rain today.

They are going shopping next Monday.

We must also understand the difference between application of ‘On time’ and ‘In time’ and

‘within.

‘On time’ is used to denote punctuality: We reached the station on time. (It means

Just before the train arrived)

The show began right on time. (Just before

the show began)

Whereas ‘In time’ is used to denote a period of time, means at the end of given time.

The train will leave the station inten minutes.

While ‘within’ is used to denote a time before the end of time given:

You must return withinhalf an hour.

5. By: It is used to convey the meaning ‘not later than’ or to denote the time at which that action will

be over. For Example:

The match will be over by 5.00 p.m. (This expresses that the match may

finish before 5 p.m. and at least not later than 5 p.m.}

6. Before and After : We use before to denote a point of future time. For example:

We will reach the school before9.00 a.m.

He will complete his education before the age of eighteen.

While ‘After’ is used to express at the end of a period of time in the past.For example:

India got freedom after a longstruggle. (It isfollowed by anoun, pronoun or gerund.)

Exercise 1.

Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions.

1. The show will be over ______ 5.p.m.

2. His interview will be held ____ Monday, 30th October.

3. Two boys quarreled _____ the teacher had gone.

4. The new session starts _____ April.

5. They have been living here ______2009.

6. We were at Shimla _____ Monday ___ Friday.

7. The hockey match was played ________ 1p.m_______ 2.20 Pm.

43

8. They met only ________thirty minutes.

9. The train arrives _______sharp 11 O’clock.

10. Our shop opens _____ weekdays only.

Answers: 1. by 2. on 3. after 4. from 5. since 6. from, to 7. from, to 8. for 9. at 10. on

B: Prepositions of Place:

Quite a number of prepositions are used to indicate a position, movement and direction. For example:

at Moga, on table, under the book, against the wall, above the shelf, over the head, in the room,

between the plates, beside the chair, among children, near lake etc.:

1. At : Used to express exact locations or small extent of space ( small place/ localities , villages ,

towns) or proximity with actual or intended contact or some festival or

For example:

His office is at11- Brigade road. (Exact place)

His mother is not at home now. (Nearness to place)

My son is studying atSarasvati Vidya Mandir. (Venue)

Arjun aimed at the bird. (Point)

In: Used to express a wider extent of space or state of rest in the interior of anything.

For example:

His birthday party was at hotel Taj in Delhi.

I spent my early years in India.

The guest is in the house. (Space)

2. On: To express location of an object that rests on a upper surface of something.

For example: The train runs on the rails. (Expresses touch)

The books were scattered on the floor. (Expresses at rest)

Varanasi is on the bank of the river Ganga. (Expresses nearness)

3. Above: Used to express position that is higher in relation to something.

For example: The grandfather picture hung above the fireball. (On a Higher place)

The flags waved above our heads.

Over: It can also be used to indicate something that is higher in position or covers something

or to indicate that something crossing over moving to other side.

For example: The fan was just over her head.

She puts a blanket overher sick child.

The dog jumped over the wall.

4. Below: Used to show indicate a position that is lower in relation to something or lower in

rank or importance.

For example: His apartment is just below ours.

His name was below me in the merit list.

A Subedar is two ranks below a Captain.

Under: Used to express a lower position.

For example: The travelers had to rest under a tree on a sunny afternoon.

The cat was sleeping under the table.

44

Behind: Used to describe a place.

For example: My house is just behind the temple.(At the back of)

He hid himself behind the big banyan tree.

Opposite: On the other side of the something.

For example: there is a beautiful park opposite my house.

His house is opposite the Head Post office in the city.

In front of: To indicate a position that is opposite but nearby to something or somebody.

For example: He parked his car in front of my gate.

The vehicle in front of my car stopped suddenly.

5. Between: Used when there are two persons or things or ideas.

For Example: The rich man divided his property between both his sons.

Moga is situated between Ludhiana and Firozpur on National

Highway. (In the middle of two)

Among: Used when there are more than two things or persons.

For example: The hare hid among the bushes.

The Gita is most revered among all Hindu scriptures.

Amongst: Used when there are a large number of people or things.

For example: These fifty books will be distributed amongst ten boys.

6. Beside: means by the side of( nearness):

For example: She came and sat beside me.

I kept the chair beside the table.

Besides: Means in addition to something;

For example: Besides the cash, the robbers took his bike.

Besides studies, Music is his passion.

Exercise 2

Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions.

1. He stays ___ Karol Bagh.

2. He spent his early life______ India.

3. He made his son sit ______ him and his friend on the bike.

4. Manav was sitting ______his mother.

5. He distributed the toffees _____ all the children.

6. He was hiding____ a big board.

7. We stood _________ the Sun temple for a while to admire its beauty.

8. My cat was resting ________the table.

9. A big statue of Mahatma Gandhi has been placed _______the Gandhi Museum.

10. The papers were scattered ___ the floor.

Answers: 1. at 2. in 3. between 4. Beside 5. among 6. behind 7. In front of 8. Under 9. In front of 10.

on

45

Preposition of movement and direction: .

1. To: Used to convey the sense of destination:

For example: He went to the market to buy milk. (Reached the market)

He took me to the station.

Towards: It is used to express direction or to indicate ‘closer to a certain time or event:

For example: He ran towards the school.

I threw the ball towards him.

Most employees feel shortage of money towards the end of the month.

Into: to express a state of motion towards interior of something or inside something.

For example: He jumped into the pool.

He stepped into the classroom.

2. Against: to express opposition of some kind.

For example: The girl was leaning against the wall.

A motor car ran against a rickshaw.

Across: to convey movement from one side to the opposite side.

For example: the Guest house is across the road.

Mihir Sen swam across the English Channel.

Along: by the side on a path or a move.

For example: I walked along the canal for sometime.

He came alongwith me on my trekking route.

3. By: Used to indicate an agent of action or a source or doer of an action or mode of transport

also.

For example: The case was solved by the police.

My Painting has been awarded the first prize by the Jury.

I love to travel by my own car.

She came and sat by me. (Nearness)

With:Used to indicate an object or instrument of action or nearness or some special features.

For example:I mowed the grass with a new mower. (An instrument of action)

I killed the snake with a long stick.

He owns a villa with a large swimming pool.

4. From: Used to indicate the point of departure or origin of something or somebody or a source.

For example:

Punjab Mail starts from Firozpur at 9.40 pm.

He comes from a noble family.

She is from Dehradun.

His health is going from bad to worse.

He received an appreciation letter from his boss.

5. Off: To indicate some separation from a surface or down from, away.

46

For example: The Rider fell off his horse.

He took off his coat.

The salesman rolled off the carpet.

Never get off the running bus.

Of: To express some belongingness or relation or reason or possession.

For example: His house is made of wood.

He dies of Cancer.

She comes of a nice family.

He is a man of character.

6. Out of: To indicate a motion from the inside or interior of something, opposite of into.

For example: She went out of the classroom.

Sparrows flew out of the cage.

He is out of pocket these days.

7. Through: To indicate across the interior of something, means via something or past a barrier,

stage or exam/ test.

For example: He passed through main entrance.

It was difficult to sit through a boring movie.

He has gone through many ups and downs in life.

Near: To indicate a short distance or gap from something or somebody or to express a short

period of time from something.

For example: Ravi’s house is near the temple.

Many companies make lucrative offers to customers near Diwali.

Upon: To indicate things in motion, on the upper surface of something.

For example: The cat jumped upon the table.

She fell upon the bed.

Exercise 3.

1. We were on our way ___ to school.

2. Winter vacations start _______25th December.

3. The axe fell___ into the canal.

4. They were running ____the beach.

5. Our school is _____ the temple.

6. The wheel went ____ .

7. He will have to pay ____ his nose.

8. We must face the challenge_______ courage.

9. You must learn the lesson____ heart.

10. He threw the packet _______ the wall.

Answers: 1. to 2. from 3. into 4. along 5. near 6. off 7. through 8. with 9. by 10. against

Some other commonly used prepositions 1. About: To indicate some nearness or to suggest the subject of a book ora conversation.

For example: It’s about time now.

47

The sick man is about to die.

Their discussion was about the problem of pollution.

2. During: to indicate a period of time, like during the rainy season, during winters, during 1900’s,

during the day, during that time.

For example: The skins gets dry during the winters.

Children enjoy to play in the rainy water during the rainy season.

3. Until: It is generally used at the beginning of a sentence to indicate a point of time or event,

meaning ‘not before’.

For example: We can’t start the match until the umpires announce.

There are no floods in this area until the rainy season starts.

Wrong use or Omission of prepositions.

Sometimes prepositions are not used properly between a transitive verb and its object or used where

they are not required or it is wrongly omitted after intransitive verbs.

Some of such examples are as below:

Incorrect Correct

1. She loves with him. She loves him.

2. I told to him to write a letter. I told him to write a letter.

3. He reached at home. He reached home.

4. The child resembles to her mother. The child resembles her mother.

5. The manager resigned from his post. The manager resigned his post.

6. I descended down the hill. I descended the hill.

7. He reached at school late. He reached school late.

8. You must obey to your elders. You must obey your elders.

9. I ordered for a new shirt. I ordered a new shirt.

10. She open out the window. She opens the window.

Phrase Prepositions

Every prepositional phrase is a series of words made up of a preposition and its object. The object

may be a noun, pronoun, gerund or clause. A prepositional phrase functions as an adjective or adverb.

Here are some commonly used Phrasal prepositions.

1. According to: Cut your coat according to your cloth.

2. Along with: She came to the party along with her boyfriend.

3. Because of: He won the case because of his sincere efforts to find the truth.

4. By means of: He was pulled out of the well by means of a long rope.

5. Due to: Hassan was refused admit card due to shortage of lectures.

6. In spite of: in spite of facing hardships, he gave money to his friend.

7. Instead of: I gave the children pizza instead of pancakes for breakfast today.

8. On account of: He got a fast promotion on account of his hard work.

9. In case of: Dial 100, in case of any emergency, to call police.

48

10. With reference to: He gave details to the police with reference to his complaint regarding the

theft.

11. In the face of difficulties: Don’t lose courage in the face of difficulties.

12. On the eve of: The Principal hosted a farewell party for him on the eve of his retirement day.

13. In the event of: Don’t use elevators in the event of fire in this building.

14. In order to: He burnt mid night oil in order to top in the exams.

15. On behalf of: I thanked the sponsors on behalf of all participants.

Some commonly used prepositions

1. Abide by: One must abide by the rules of the road.

2. Absent from: She was absent from the office today.

3. Abounds in: This Lake abounds in fish.

4. Absorb in: these days he is absorbed in completing his new novel.

5. Account for: She is accounted for her actions.

6. Access to: He managed to have access to some secret information.

7. Accede to: she acceded to my request.

8. Accused of: He has been accused of fraud by his employer.

9. Accompany by: The Minister visited the accident site accompanied by medical team.

10. Accustomed to: The Punjabis are accustomed to battles at the borders.

11. Act upon: He acted upon her advice.

12. Adapt to: I can adapt to a new place easily.

13. Addicted to: Youth gets addicted to smoking very easily.

14. Admit to: Manisha got admitted to class X.

15. Admit into: His uncle was admitted into the hospital.

16. Afraid of: One should not be afraid of anyone in life.

17. Affection for: I have a great affection for my motherland.

18. Agree to: Everyone agreed to his suggestions.

19. Agree with: Even friends do not always agree with each other on all points.

20. Aim at: Arjun aimed at the eye of the fish.

21. Alarmed at: The residents were alarmed at the sound of siren.

22. Alive to: we must be alive to our own weaknesses.

23. Amounts to: His conduct amounts to cheating.

24. Amazed at: His parents were amazed at his rude behavior.

25. Annoy at: The boss was annoyed at peon’s negligent behavior.

26. Attend to: You must attend to what your elders tell.

27. Appeal to: Dark coloured dresses don’t appeal to me.

28. Approve of: Nobody approves of misconduct at office.

29. Aspire for: Always aspire for the best in life.

30. Assure of: I assured you of my consistent help.

31. Astonish at: Everyone was astonished at his extraordinary performance in the play.

32. Avail of: You must avail of this opportunity.

33. Aware of: He was not aware of my circumstances.

49

34. Averse to: He is not averse to hard work.

35. Back out: You should never back out of your promise.

36. Bark at: Street dogs bark at Strangers.

37. Beg of, for: She begged of him for mercy.

38. Begin with: The show began with a lot of pomp.

39. Believe in: I firmly believe in strength of friendship.

40. Belong to: He belongs to a nice family.

41. Beware of: Beware of pick pockets in the crowded places.

42. Born of: Swami Vivekananda was born of noble parents.

43. Break into: The thieves broke into the shop.

44. Break out: Dengue has broken out in many cities.

45. Brood over: The prisoner was brooding over his deeds.

46. Burst into: The old man burst into tears.

47. Bestow upon: the President has bestowed many honours upon him.

48. Call at: We called at his house to wish him well.

49. Call in: Call in the doctor, at once.

50. Care of: Parents take best care of their children.

51. Careful of: We should be careful of our deeds.

52. Carry out: He carried out the task very sincerely.

53. Certain of: The coach was very certain of his pupil’s success.

54. Clings to: The child clings to her mother.

55. Charge with: He has been charged with murder.

56. Come of: She comes of a respectable family.

57. Claim to: you have no claim to this book.

58. Close to: The Biggest Cinema is close to my house.

59. Confer upon: The Jury conferred the title of ‘Sir’ upon him.

60. Complain of: She complains of a heartache.

61. Consist of: This group consists of seven members.

62. Congratulates on: He congratulated the winners on their success.

63. Confine of: He has been confined to his roombecause of his illness.

64. Conscious of: One should always be conscious of one’s duty.

65. Courteous to: We should always be courteous to everybody.

66. Count on: You can always count on me.

67. Deal in: We deal in jewelry.

68. Deal with: The police has to deal with numerous criminals.

69. Dear to: My sons are very dear to me.

70. Deprive of: He has been deprived of his status.

71. Die of: The patient died of Malaria.

72. Different from: This book is different from other books by the same author.

73. Dream of: She dreams of becoming an Army Officer.

74. Displease with: She seemed to be displeased with your services.

75. Dispose of: We must dispose of the outdated mobiles phones.

76. Due to: He won laurels due to his sincerity and hard work.

77. Eager to: I am very eager to learn a new language.

50

78. Elect to: He was elected to the Lok Sabha in his first attempt only.

79. Eligible for: You are not eligible for this post.

80. Engage in: You will always find her engaged in some work.

81. Enquire into: The police is enquiring into the murder case.

82. Escape from: The thief escaped from the police.

83. Equal to: He is equal to the challenge.

84. Excel in: Elizabeth Bennet excels all her sisters in beauty.

85. Envious of: He was envious of her success.

86. Explain to: I explain my plan to her.

87. Entitle to: He is entitled to have his views on dowry.

88. Exempt from: The minister has been exempted from personal appearance by the court.

89. Exchange for: I exchange my old bike for a new scooter.

90. Expose to: He has been exposed to many dangers.

91. Faith in: I have full faith in God.

92. Faithful to: A soldier is always faithful to his duty.

93. Familiar with: You don’t seem to be familiar with the customs of this place.

94. Famous for: Govinda is famous for his dancing skills.

95. Fight for: A soldier fights for his country.

96. Fond of: I am fond of my new pet.

97. Fed up: He is fed up with his wife.

98. Favourable to: The new scheme is not favorable to old Employees.

99. Frown at: The teacher frowned at him.

100. Forgive for: I forgave her for her breach of promise.

101. Give away: The Principal gave away the prizes to the winners.

102. Give up: Never give up till you achieve your target.

103. Good at: My son is quite good at studies.

104. Guard against: we must guard against complacency during the match.

105. Get along: We got along the path to the forest.

106. Glance at: I glanced at my watch.

107. Grateful to: I am always grateful to my teachers for imparting me valuable

knowledge.

108. Guilty of: He was found guilty of telling lies.

109. Happy about: Party workers were happy about the victory in Panchayat Elections.

110. Happen to: Something terrible happened to him.

111. Hope for: One should always hope for better life.

112. Hopeful of: I am hopeful of success in the Final results.

113. Hanker after: Don’t hanker after wealth.

114. Hatred for: let there be no hatred for anyone.

115. Hand over: People handed over the pickpocket to the police.

116. Hostile to: Pakistani Media is quite hostile to India.

117. Hint at: The Army Chief hinted at more surgical strike against the terrorists.

118. Hurl at: A journalist hurled a shoe at a leader.

119. Ignorant of: Being ignorant of laws is no excuse.

120. Inferior to: His painting was inferior to none.

51

121. Insist on: You must insist on the quality of services.

122. Indifferent to: The management has been indifferent to demands of the workers.

123. Impress with: He was impressed with her work.

124. Inquire after: She inquired after my health.

125. Incline to: He is inclined to join the new job.

126. Jealous of: Ajit is jealous of his colleague‘s success.

127. Junior to: Mani is junior to Sunny by two years.

128. Jumped at: Customers jumped at lucrative offers made during the Diwali Sale.

129. Jump into: Ram jumped into the river to save the drowning child

130. Judge by: We Should judge a man by his actions.

131. Keen on: She seemed keen on finishing the work.

132. Kind to: We must be kind to animals.

133. Known by: A man is known by the company he keeps.

134. Known to: Anand is known to me for many years.

135. Knock at: Someone is knocking at the door.

136. Key to: Hard work is the key to success.

137. Laugh at: We should not laugh at others.

138. Lame of: His dog is lame of one leg.

139. Listen to: Always listen to your teachers’ advice.

140. Lead to: This lane leads to the main market.

141. Look into: The police is looking into the matter.

142. Look after: He is looking after his ailing sister.

143. Lament for: There is no use lamenting for the lost time now.

144. Limit to: There is no limit to desires.

145. Lost in: He was seen lost in thoughts.

146. Loyal to: We must be loyal to our nation.

147. Lust for: Lust for money has no limits.

148. Liable to: He is liable to fall sick if he keeps roaming in the sun.

149. Made of: The dining table is made of wood and glass.

150. Make up: You must make up your mind to succeed.

151. Married to: She is married to a rich old man.

152. Match for: He was no match for him.

153. Mistake for: He mistook her for her sister.

154. Meddle with: Try not to meddle with affairs of others.

155. Mindful of: Ranvijay has always been mindful of his actions.

156. Necessary for: Hard work is necessary for success.

157. Need of: He is in need of a sound advice.

158. Notorious for: Taimur is notorious for his killing the innocents.

159. Negligent in: A good student should not be negligent in studies.

160. Natural to: Hard work is natural to a Gurkha.

161. Obedient to: I have always been obedient to my teachers.

162. Object to: She objected to his proposal.

163. Open to: Discount sale is open to all.

164. Obliged to: I am obliged to her for her advice.

52

165. Opposed to: He is always opposed to any change.

166. Offend with: She felt offended with his rude behavior.

167. Painful to: It is really painful to see him lose a close match.

168. Part from: Lioness was not ready to part from her cubs.

169. Pay for: He will have to pay for his actions.

170. Play at: They like playing at cards.

171. Popular with: Karishma is still very popular with her co-actors.

172. Prefer to: He prefers village life to city life.

173. Passion for: Kids have a passion for soft toys.

174. Pretend to: Tammana was pretending to be sick.

175. Proud of: Ravana was proud of his powers.

176. Proceed to: He will be proceeding on long leave.

177. Put on: He was putting on a new dress.

178. Prepared for: A soldier is always prepared for a battle.

179. Preside over: Prime Minister will preside over the cabinet meeting.

180. Put off: He never puts off till tomorrow what he can do today.

181. Quick at: Tanya is very quick at numbers.

182. Quarrel with, over: Girls generally quarrel with each other over trifles.

183. Recommended to: I recommended him for a promotion.

184. Refer to: The policeman will refer this matter to his senior officer.

185. Refrain from: You should refrain from bad company.

186. Rely on: True friends can be relied on in difficult moments.

187. Rejoice at: They rejoiced at the party.

188. Reply to: I reply to all letters as soon as possible.

189. Related to: Kareena is related to Ranbir.

190. Rest with: The initiative rests with the leader.

191. Run into: He ran into trouble by challenging a strong opponent.

192. Send for: He sent for doctor.

193. Set Up: I am setting up a new office at Chandigarh.

194. Sentence to: The criminal has been sentenced to life imprisonment.

195. Search for: He is searching for a new job.

196. Stand by: One must stand by friends in need.

197. Surprised at: We were surprised at his arrival.

198. Satisfied with: His parents were not satisfied with his results.

199. Suffer from: The old man is suffering from fever.

200. Similar to: His watch is similar to mine.

201. Stare at: She has been staring at me for long.

202. Superior to: This book is far superior to his earlier works.

203. Stick to: You must stick to your decision.

204. Taste for: I have a taste for good books.

205. Think of: I have been thinking of you since morning.

206. Thank for: I thanked him for his help.

207. Tired of: Mothers never get tired of their children.

208. Trust in: Always trust in God.

53

209. Throw at: Don’t throw stones at birds.

210. Tremble with: The thief was trembling with fear.

211. Useful for: Coconut Oil is useful for dry skin in winters.

212. Unfit for: He was found unfit for military duty.

213. Used to: She is not used to working outdoors.

214. Vote for: People have voted for the bold decisions taken by the Prime Minister

Narendra Modi.

215. Versed in: Chankya was well versed in the diplomacy.

216. Vexed at: Shikhar Dhavan was vexed at himself for playing a loose shot.

217. Victim to: He has fallen a victim to false propaganda.

218. Wait for: We waited for his him at the station.

219. Warn against: I warned him against bad company.

220. Welcome to: He was welcomed to the party by the host.

221. Wonder at: I wondered at the beauty of Taj.

222. Worthy of: Virat is worthy of all the praise he gets.

223. Work at: I am always working at my fitness.

224. Yearn for: India yearns for a permanent membership of UN Security Council.

225. Zealous in: Sachin was zealous in his work.

EXERCISES FOR PRACTICE:

Exercise 4.

Fill in the blanks with appropriate Prepositions:

1. I was surprised_____ contents of the notice.

2. He sat ___ the sofa.

3. She was looking forward___ your proposal.

4. The cat jumped ______the table.

5. I fell ___ love with picturesque beauty of Darjeeling.

6. Sudha was not afraid ____ of challenges.

7. Gulmohars were scattered all ___ the fields.

8. The rat ran into its hole.

9. I saw the advertisement ______ the Sunday newspaper.

10. She was transferred out ____ Bombay.

Exercise 5


1. We walked ____ the park.

2. He lives ____ India.

3. My grandfather’s portrait hung ______ the mantelpiece.

4. His Cat was sitting ___ table.

5. Grandmother’s lips constantly moved ___ prayers.

54

6. I was left alone _______ my village.

7. Her face was covered _____ her silver locks.

8. My school was attached ____ the village temple.

9. She used to sit ____the temple till my school finished.

10. She hobbled _____ the house with a stick in her hand.

Exercise 6.


1. I used to get up early ___the morning.

2. A brisk walk is best ___ the heart.

3. Some books are ___be tasted, while others are to be read__ parts.

4. You should not take things ____ granted.

5. Some students were reading books ___ the library.

6. Books serve ___ delight and ornament.

7. He is good ____ studies.

8. We will be free ___ the end of day.

9. Francis bacon wrote an essay ____ the importance of studies.

10. Bowling is good ____ stone and rains.

Exercise 7.


1. The children climbed ___ the wall.

2. We watched the match ____big screen.

3. He answered some __ the questions only.

4. Wasan was admitted _____ class.

5. We must pray ___ God.

6. I have no interest ___ games.

7. Kalam had three visions ___ India.

8. I believe ___ equality.

9. Discipline is important ____ success.

10. He was worried___ the results of the competition.

Exercise 8.


1. He was moving _____ the stage.

2. Kalam would not rest____ he achieves his aim.

3. The students stood ____ the Taj for some time to admire its beauty.

4. We remain seated_____ the entire performance.

5. Self-respect comes ______ self-reliance.

6. I could see only his head____ the water.

7. I parked my car exactly ______ the bridge.

8. I waited for him_____ 5.00 pm and then left for my walk.

55

9. Cubs were jostling ____ each other.

10. We should wash our hands ____ the meals.

Exercise 9.


1. I have been waiting for you _____ 11.00 am.

2. He has been visiting our place _____ many weeks now.

3. They have lived here ______ 2015.

4. You must learn __stand ___ for yourself.

5. The meeting was held _____ 2. p.m. to 5.p.m.

6. He got a deep cut ___ his right hand.

7. Both the vehicles collided ____ each other.

8. The plane flew___ the fields.

9. Children generally quarrel ____ themselves over trifles.

10. India is ____ the top five nations of the world.

Exercise 10.


1. His car knocked ___ the pillar and overturned.

2. The crowd pressed ____ the gate.

3. Captain Vikram Batra stormed ____ the enemy.

4. Major Som Nath Sharma laid down his life ____ the nation.

5. Indian troops were airlifted ____ Srinagar.

6. Flying Officer Nirmaljit exposed himself___ danger.

7. The aero plane flew ____ the clouds.

8. Indian soldiers displayed highest bravery ___ the battle.

9. Captain Batra led his company ___ victory.

10. Our soldiers inflicted heavy casualities ___ the enemy.

Exercise 11.


1. We can see _____ clear water.

56

2. We should leave the natural resources ___ future generations.

3. Rivers have been flowing _____ ages.

4. Forests are essential ____ human life too.

5. Saving our environment is the need ____ the hour.

6. Many parts of Punjab are on the verge___ becoming a desert.

7. Many cities were developed ____ the banks of rivers.

8. Man has always longed ___ the imaginary elixir of life.

9. We must take steps ____ preserve it.

10. People should be educated____ the adverse effects of globalization.

Exercise 12.


1. U.S. Forces dropped atomic bombs ____ Hiroshima and Nagasaki.

2. A soldier renders selfless service _____ his nation.

3. Violence is not a solution ___ any problem.

4. Man must learn ____ love.

5. Many animals hunt ____ night.

6. I requested the commander ___ explain the situation of the patients.

7. I waited ___ doctor.

8. _______ attending to the patients, he gave them medicines also.

9. General Fitch took _____ his glasses after reading the telegram.

10. The nurse was attending ___ the sick people.

Exercise 13.


1. Malcolm was walking ___ a creek.

2. He saw the grizzly ____a distance of ____ yards.

3. Grizzly pounced_____ Barb.

4. Malcolm was standing ____ the Grizzly and Barb.

5. She kept slipping____ the ice.

6. Grizzly grabbed him ____ both hands.

7. She squeezed him _____ her chest.

8. Barb burst____ tears.

9. There was no time_____fear.

10. Barb did not give _____ on Malcolm.

57

Exercise 14.


1. Nobody warned us ____ dangers of pollution.

2. He never thought I would be ready ____ the challenge.

3. The new law prohibits us _____ drinking while driving.

4. Will you wait _____ your turn?

5. The teacher handed____ the answer sheets ____ the students.

6. Prime Minister was very keen _____ reforms.

7. BMW has recalled many cars because ____ some technical fault.

8. The policeman was walking ______ the street at night.

9. People of India know how ___ welcome a guest.

10. Swami Vivekananda influences millions of people ____ the world.

Exercise 15.


1. He was looking ____ the board.

2. The haze prevented me ____ seeing the train.

3. She complained ____ headache.

4. I could not agree ____ his proposal.

5. There is no exception___ rules of traffic.

6. They fought ___ the last round.

7. Swami’s father was shocked ____ his behavior.

8. I insist ___ his speaking the truth.

9. He was sorry ___ the delay.

10. My friend is a professor___ profession.

Exercise 16.


1. Children are generally fond____ Laddoos.

2. A drowning man catches ____ a straw.

3. We are now ____ good terms with each other.

4. He has not come to my house ___ many days.

5. It is difficult ____ convince him.

58

6. He knew that he was ____ fault.

7. Maharana Pratap fought tooth and nail ___the Mughals.

8. Shivaji fought _____ his motherland.

9. He fell a victim____ drinking.

10. Her voice is familiar ____ me.

Exercise 17.


1. The child was clinging _____ his mother.

2. He wrote a letter _____ his friend.

3. She closed the door___ him.

4. Always be kind ____ children.

5. I am pleased _______ her.

6. Write _____ ink.

7. I don’t care a fig ____ him.

8. He ran short _____ money.

9. We haven’t met ___ last week.

10. Her efforts were rewarded_____ success.

Exercise 18.


1. This book is superior _____ that.

2. I congratulated her ___ her success.

3. He will deliver the mail ___ you.

4. The postman delivered the letter ___ my home.

5. The man was leaning ____ the wall.

6. I will get ____ the difficulties.

7. I wished him a speedy recovery ___ illness.

8. She takes pride___ beauty.

9. My office is opposite ___ Post office.

10. I never exempted him _____ class.

Exercise 19.


59

1. She belongs ___ a poor family.

2. Beware ___ stray dogs.

3. One should never boast ____ knowledge.

4. He appealed ____ public for keeping the area clean.

5. My bed is made____ Teak wood.

6. I was not angry ___ her.

7. Mr. Verma is sure____ his success.

8. He was anxious ____ his son’s safety.

9. He believes ____ fair dealing.

10. I solved the problem_____ any difficulty.

Exercise 20.


1. We go to office ____ my official car.

2. He works in the factory _____ 8.30 a.m. ____ 4.30.p.m.

3. The boy hid himself____ the tree.

4. He was found sleeping ____ the class.

5. His mobile fell _____the water tank.

6. Sweets were distributed ____ the street children.

7. There is cinema hall in front ___ his office.

8. The river is flowing ____ the danger mark.

9. Always hope ____ the best.

10. Always be positive ___ life.

60

4. MODALS

Read the following sentences and observe the verbs carefully.

1. I talked to my friend.

2. I wastalking to my friend.

3. We water the plants.

4. We havewatered the plants.

In the above sentences, the verbs talked, talking, water and watered are called Main Verbs or Lexical

Verbs.

A Main Verb in a sentence is a single word that expresses the main action.

The verbs ‘was’ and ‘have’ in the above sentences are also verbs, but these verbs are called Helping

Verbs because they help the Main Verbs. Helping Verbs are called Auxiliaries.

An Auxiliary or a Helping Verb is a verb placed before a verb. It helps the main verb in

showing Tense, Voice or Mood, or forming Interrogative or Negative Sentences.

Read the following sentence:

I must have been thinking of something else.

In the above sentence, ‘must’ ‘have’ and ‘been’ are Auxiliaries ‘thinking’ is the Main Verb.

Types of Auxiliaries (Helping Verbs) There are two types of Auxiliaries:

1. Primary Auxiliaries

2. Modal Auxiliaries

Primary Auxiliaries There are three Primary Auxiliaries: Be, Do and Have. They change their forms according to Person or

Number of the Subject.

Sr.

No

Primary

Auxiliary

Various Forms of Primary Auxiliaries

1 Be is, am, are, was, were, been, being

2 Do do, does, did

3 Have have, has, had

61

Primary Auxiliaries can be used as Main Verbs as well as Helping Verbs.

(i) Primary Auxiliaries as Main Verbs: The verbs in the bold are Main Verbs.

The jug is on the table.

I have a big house.

They do their work honestly.

He had a problem.

She has a car.

I had two balls.

The boys were busy.

I am a teacher.

(ii) Primary Auxiliaries as Helping Verbs: The verbs in the bold are Helping Verbs.

She is playing a match.

I am not writing a letter.

I did not hit him.

An apple was eaten by Riya.

Are the boys being punished by the teacher?

Has this picture been painted by you?

Modal Auxiliaries Read the following sentences carefully:

(i) He can drive a car. (‘can’ shows ability)

(ii) The rich should help the poor. (‘should’ shows moral obligation)

(iii) It may rain today. (‘may’ shows ability)

In the above sentences, ‘drive’, ‘help’ and ‘rain’ are Main Verbs whereas ‘can’ ‘should’ and

‘may’ are Helping Verbs that denote particular moods, expressions or conceptions of the mind.

Here ‘can’ ‘should’ and ‘may’ express ‘ability’, ‘moral obligation’ and ‘possibility’

respectively. Since these auxiliaries denote some particular moods or expressions, they are

called Modal Auxiliaries.

A Modal Auxiliary is a special auxiliary which is used to denote a particular mood or expression of the subject.

Some Important Rules about Modal Auxiliaries: 1. Modals are never used alone.They are always used to help a main verb.

Example: I must leave soon. (Main verb is ‘leave’)

He can drive a car. (Main verb is ‘drive’)

2. Modals can’t be used as main verbs. They are purely helping verbs to support a Principal or

Main Verb.

62

Example: I will you. (no meaning of ‘will’)

I will invite you. (‘invite’ is the main verb here)

3. Modals don’t have Infinitive, Present Participle or Past Participle forms. For example, we never

use ‘to should, ‘musting’ or ‘canned’ as Modal Auxiliaries.

4. Modals are always followed by the base form (root form or the first form) of a verb.

Examples: They must attend their classes.

I can solve this sum.

5. Modals can’t be used in all tenses.

6. When a Modal is followed by ‘be’ + Present Participle, this indicates that one is talking about

the Present or the Future, e.g.:

Example: He may be watching a movie.

The play will be starting soon.

7. When a Modal is followed by have + Past Participle, this indicates that one is talking about the

Past.

Example: You must have informed us.

She may have left already.

8. In Passive sentences, the pattern is:

Modal + Be + Past Participle Form

or,

Modal + have been + Past Participle Form

Examples: His statement will be published soon.

Such changes may have been justified.

9. Modals do not inflect. They do not have any ‘-s’ form, ‘-ing’ form or ‘-ed’ form.

10. Modals do not take any primary auxiliary to form negetive sentences. To form negative

sentences, ‘not’ is introduced after the Modal.

Example: He should not talk rudely.

11. Questions are formed by placing the Modal before the Subject. In case of ought to, ought is

placed before the subject and to after it.

Examples: Would you please lend me your book?

Ought we to support them?

12. Modals are used in Question Tags:

Examples: She can’t drive a car, can she?

He could not solve the sum, could he?

13. There are 13 Modal Auxiliaries: will, would, shall, should, can, could, may, might, used to,

ought to, must, dare and need.

14. ‘Need’ and ‘Dare’ can also be used as Main verbs.

(1) Use of ‘Will’

63

1. To refer to or express Simple Futurein the sense of Prediction.In Assertive Sentences, will with

the Second and Third Persons indicates Simple Future Tense, without any reference to the wish

of the agent.

(i) It will rain tomorrow. (Prediction)

(ii) You will go to school. (Simple Future Plan)

Important Notes:

(i) In declarative sentences, with I/We as subjects, the use of shall and will is interchangeable.

(ii) In Interrogative Sentences, will is never used with the First Person (I/We)

(iii) Will/shall are not used in clauses beginning with ‘if’ or ‘when’.

Examples: If I go to Delhi, I will visit the Red Fort.

When he returns, I will serve him dinner.

2. To express determination/willingness/intention/wish:

Examples: I will mend my ways.

I will lend you some money.

Who will go home?

3. To express a request/ invitation or order in yes/no question with you as a subject:

Examples: Will you accompany me home? (Request)

Will you shut up? (Order)

Will you have a cup of tea? (Invitation)

4. To express general facts:

Examples: Oil will float on water.

Two and two will make four.

5. To express a characteristic habit:

Examples: She will sit there for hours doing nothing.

He will always come late to the class.

6. To express threat or promise or command:

Examples: I will teach you a lesson. (Threat)

I will try to improve next time. (Promise)

You will not attend my class. (Command/order)

(2) Use of Shall

1. To express Simple Future or Prediction when the Subject is the Pronoun of the First Person.

Examples: I shall meet you tomorrow.

We shall go for a picnic next week.

2. To express suggestion ( in yes/no question with ‘we’ as subject:

Examples: Shall we start the game?

Shall we play cards?

3. To express Volition/will of the listener ( In yes/no questions with ‘I’ as subject)

Examples: Shall I come tomorrow? (Do you want me to come?)

Shall I make some tea for you? (Do you want so?)

4. To express willingness, intention or insistence on the part of the speaker:

64

Examples: He shall go. (I insist on his going) (Order)

He will go. (He insists on his going)

He shall be rewarded for his act of bravery. (Promise)

5. In Declarative sentences:

Examples: Jack will do it. (Simple Future)

Jack shall do it. (I will see to it that jack does it)

You will not betray my trust. (Your determination)

You shall not betray my trust. (Order/ threat)

6. To express a command, compulsion, legal obligation or prohibition when the Subject is the

Second or Third Person.

Examples: He shall do the job. (Command)

The students shall attend the class. (Compulsion)

The people shall submit their Income tax return before the end of March.

(Legal obligation)

You shall not smoke here. (Prohibition)

Solved Exercise: 1 Fill in the blanks with ‘will’ or ‘shall’

1. I ............surely help you (determination)

2. Thou ...............love thy neighbour as thyself.

3. She ..........always come late. (habit)

4. He .............play the match. (willingness)

5. You .....................not leave this place. (order)

6. ...................I bring some tea for you? (Do you want me?)

7. The sun ............rise in the east. (general facts)

8. They .............be in the canteen now. (probability)

9. I ...................send him to jail. (threat)

10. How ...................you solve this problem?

Answers: 1. Will 2. Shall 3. Will 4. Will 5. Shall 6. Shall 7. Will 8. Will 9. Will 10. Will

(3) Use of Would

1. To denote the Past Tense of ‘will’ in Indirect Speech:

Examples: She told me that he would go.

He said that you would tell a lie.

2. To express a wish/preference

Examples: Would that I were a king!

Would that he were here!

I wish you would stand first in the class.

I would rather die than beg.

3. To express willingness, intention, determination or probability:

65

Examples: I would do that for you. (I am willing if you ask me)

He would be at home now. (Probability)

I would go for a long walk. (Intention)

I would give up smoking. (Determination)

Note: ‘Would’ here indicates more tentativeness than ‘will’.

4. To express a habitual activity in the Past: ( meaning: ‘used to’)

Examples: She would sit for hours, saying prayers.

He would take a long walk after meals every day.

5. To express a desire

Example: I would like to have a glass of water.

6. To express a request:

Example: Would you say something on the subject? (Request)

7. In Conditional Sentences:

Examples: If I were you, I would forgive him.

Had you invited me, I would have attended the party.

8. To denote a refusal:

Examples: She would not talk to me. (Refused to talk)

He would not accept the bribe.

9. To express doubt:

Example: We would be in trouble if anybody saw us.

(4) Use of Should

1. To denote Past Tense of Shall in Indirect Speech:

Examples: He said to me, “You shall complete the work by tomorrow.”

He told me that I should complete the work by the next day.

2. To give or ask advice:

Examples: You should give up drinking.

You should take care of your health.

3. To express duty/ necessity/obligation:

Examples: You should serve your country.

We should help the poor.

You should take exercise daily.

4. To express tentative use (meaning ‘in case’)

Examples: Should you come early, you can see me in my room.

Should he give up drinking, he can hope to win her over.

5. To express purpose or suggestion or condition:

Examples: Walk fast lest you should miss the train.

You should not leave this place so late in the night.

I should be glad to meet him.

6. To indicate disapproval of something that was done in the past:

Examples: You shouldn’t have talked rudely to her.

You shouldn’t have risked all your money.

66

7. To express guess or assumption:

Examples: She should be at home now.

He should be 50 years old.

8. To express an offer:

Examples: Should I accompany you?

Should I go now?

Note: In this case ‘Shall’ is more preferred.

9. Should+ have+ Past Participle is used to indicate a past obligation which was unfulfilled.

Examples: You should have attended the meeting.

Solved Exercise: 2 Fill in the blanks with ‘would’ or ‘should’

1. I told him that he .......................pass.

2. You .......................respect your elders.

3. Walk fast lest you......................miss the train.

4. They............................sit for hours talking together. (Past habit)

5. .....................that I were the Prime Minister!

6. You.....................take your medicine regularly.

7. I ..........................rather fail than cheat.

8. I ......................like to have a cup of tea.

9. You........................not leave this job.

10. .........................you meet him, give him this book.

Answers: 1. Would 2. Should 3. Should 4. Would 5. Would 6. Should 7. would 8. Would 9. should 10.

Should

(5) Use of Can

1. To express ability/capacity or inability in Present:

Examples: He can lift this heavy box.

She can drive a car.

I cannot solve this sum.

2. To refer to a characteristic ( only a sporadic pattern of behaviour, usually in a derogatory sense):

Examples: She can be cunning at times.

Rahul can tell aweful lies.

3. To make a request:

Examples: Can I use your pen, please?

Can you pass on the salt sir?

4. To seek or express permission in an informal manner:

Examples: You can go home now.

Can I take your pen?

5. To express possibility or impossibility

67

Examples: She can be hiding.

He can come today.

She cannot be your mother. She seems very young.

6. To make a suggestion or offer:

Example: I can give you some money if you need it.

I can help you prepare the presentation in case you need my help.

7. With verbs of sensation

Examples: I can see the moon.

I can hear the music.

8. To express a theoretical possibility:

Example: It can rain any time during monsoon.

Anyone can make such mistakes.

(6) Use of Could

1. To express Past Tense of ‘Can’ in Indirect Speech:

Example: I told him that he could take the test.

2. To express ability/ inability (Past Tense)

Example: He could lift that heavy box. (He had the ability to....)

He could read and write before he joined the school.

I could not understand what she said as she spoke hurridly.

Important Note: Could is never used to refer to a single successful achievement:

(i) He ran fast and was able to catch the bus. ( Correct)

(ii) He ran fast and could catch the bus. ( Incorrect)

3. To express a characteristic ( Past Time)

Example: She could be very unkind.

He could be cunning.

4. To make a very polite request (more polite than ‘can’) or seek permission:

Example: Could you give me a glass of water.

Could I take your car for today?

5. To express something that has not been done:

Example: You could have given me a call.

They could have returned earlier.

6. To express possibility in Conditional Sentences:

Example: If I had the money, I could buy a new house.

Had he played carefully, he could score more runs.

7. With verbs of sensation in Past Tense:

Example: I could see the moon.

I could hear the music.

8. Special Use of could in the sense of ‘failing to resist’

Example: I could not help laughing.

She could not help dancing.

68

Solved Exercise: 3 Fill in the blanks with ‘can’ or ‘could’:

1. She ....................read and write English well.

2. I told him that he......................accompany me.

3. He......................drive a car at the age of twelve.

4. He ..........................be aggressive sometimes.

5. ............................you lend me some money?

6. He ................ help you if you want.

7. He..........................come to meet me any time.

8. I ......................have availed myself of the opportunity. (But I didn’t)

9. Who ............................be kinder than God?

10. Three years ago, he ......................not even walk.

Answers: 1. Can 2. Could 3. Could 4. Can 5. Could 6. Can 7. Can 8. Could 9. Can 10. could

(7) Use of May

1. To express Permission or Seek Permission formally. May is more formal and polite than can.

Examples: You may leave now.

May I come in, sir?

2. To express a wish (benediction or malediction)

Examples: May God bless you!

May God curse you!

3. To express a good Possibility:

Examples: She may be there now.

They may arrive here any moment.

It is cloudy today. It may rain.

Important Note: Whereas ‘Can’ shows theoretical possibility, ‘may’ shows factual possibility.

Examples: During monsoon it can rain any time. (Theoretical possibility)

The sky is overcast, it may rain today. (Factual possibility)

Important Note: The past form in such a case would be ‘may have+3rd

form)

Example: They may have returned the last week.

Important Note: In declaration sentences ‘can’ and ‘may’ are interchangeable, in the sense of

possibility, e.g.:

(i) He may be hiding.

(ii) He can be hiding.

� Both these sentences have the same meaning. But in question, but in question, it is not so.

We can say: Can he be hiding?

But we can’t say: May he be hiding?

4. To express a Purpose in a Subordinate Clause:

69

Examples: He is building his body so that he may join army.

He is working hard so that he may pass with good marks.

(8) Use of Might

1. To express the Past Tense of May:

Example: He thought he might play a useful role.

She asked if she might read my book.

2. To express permission ( or seek Permission)

Example: Might I come in, sir? (rarely used)

3. To express a remote possibility( Present Time)

Example: It may rain today. (More certain)

It might rain today. (Less certain)

4. To make a suggestion:

Example: You might stay here tonight.

You might take a taxi to reach home.

5. To express a possibility in a Conditional Sentence:

Examples: Had I not taken a taxi, I might miss the train.

Had she worked hard, she might have won the completion.

6. Might with Perfect Infinitive is used to speculate about a past action:

Example: He might have lost the keys.

7. To express some purpose in the Past Tense:

Example: She worked hard so that she might pass.

She ran fast so that she might catch the bus.

Solved Exercise: 4 Fill in the blanks with ‘may’ or ‘might’:

1. ......................I go home now?

2. She asked if she............................read my book.

3. We eat so that we.........................live.

4. .......................God bless you!

5. It ............................rain today. (weak possibility)

6. You.............................have won the race if you had taken an early start.

7. If you apologise, he............. forgive you.

8. She........................have applied for a job, but I am not sure.

9. ....................his soul rest in peace.

10. He is working hard so that he......................stand first in the class.

Answers: 1. May 2. Might 3. May 4. May 5. May 6. Might 7. May 8. Might 9. May 10. May

70

(9) Use of Used to

1. To express a habit in the past: ( It does not have a Present Tense Form)

Examples: He used to go out for a walk every morning.

As a child, she used to love dolls.

I am not used to such treatment.

I am used to hard work.

2. Used to be is used to express something that existed in the past.

Examples: There used to be park where there is a shopping Complex now.

There used to be a hotel in the heart of the city.

3. Used to is also used to show some present habit. In that case the sentence structure will be:

Subject+ Form of be+ Used to +Noun/Gerund

Examples: I am not used to getting up early.

She is used to a busy routine.

(10) Use of Ought to 1. To express duty/necessity/ obligation in the same way as ‘Should’

Examples: I ought to go now.

You ought to take medicine regularly.

We ought to serve our country.

We ought to love our neighbours.

2. To express an advice:

Examples: You ought to join a gym to lose weight.

You ought to prepare well for your exams.

3. To express a guess:

Example: She ought to be at home now.

4. To express strong probability:

Example: You ought to stand first in your class as you have worked very hard.

Five hundred rupees ought to be enough for us.

5. Ought to is not as forceful as must.

Examples: He ought to go, but he won’t. (Correct)

He must go, but he won’t. (Incorrect)

6. The past tense of ought to is expressed with ought to have + 3rd

form of the verb:

Examples: He ought to have attended the meeting.

She ought to have helped you.

7. Ought not to have is used to indicate disapproval of something that was done in the past:

Examples: You ought not to have disobeyed your parents.

You ought not to have misbehaved with your friend.

Important Note:

Ought to expresses more moral obligation than should.

71

‘Must’ expresses more compulsion but less moral obligation than ought to.

Solved Exercise: 5 Fill in the blanks with ‘used to’ or ‘ought to’:

1. We...........................serve our country.

2. My grandmother .............................tell me stories.

3. You................. change your job.

4. I am not..............................driving alone.

5. I ...........................visit my brother tomorrow.

6. He ...........................to smoke a lot when he was young.

7. We...........................obey the laws of our country.

8. They...........................miss their classes to watch a movie.

9. The students.................................be regular and punctual.

10. The employees .........................come late, but now they have become punctual.

Answers: 1. Ought to 2. Used to 3. Ought to 4. Used to 5. Ought to 6. Used to 7. Ought to 8. Used to 9.

Ought to 10. Used to

(11) Use of Must 1. To express compulsion, obligation, necessity, duty, advice:

Examples: You must attend the class. (Compulsion)

We must respect our elders. (Obligation)

You must serve your country. (Duty)

A subordinate must obey his boss. (Necessity)

You must wear a helmet. (Advice)

2. To express a determination:

Examples: I must top the list this time.

I must get a seat this time.

3. To express a guess, or an inference from circumstances, or a feeling of strong likelihood:

Examples: Someone is knocking at the door. It must be the postman.

The Principal must be in the office, the light is on.

4. To express inevitability:

5. To express a threat:

Example: You must be punished for your sins.

He must be suspended from his job for his careless attitude.

Examples: We all must die.

6. To express a logical necessity or expectation:

Examples: You must feel sorry for the mess you have made.

He must have been crazy to do it.

You must be kidding.

7. To express a possibility:

72

Examples: She must have reached Mumbai by now.

(12) Use of Need

1. As a regular verb, ‘need’ means ‘require’ or ‘be in need of’ and forms all the Tenses in a regular

way:

Examples: He needs some money.

He needed some money.

I don’t need your advice.

2. As a Modal Auxiliary, ‘need’ is used to express necessity/obligation in Negative or

Interrogative Sentences. ( Used in Present Tense)

Examples: He need not go there again.

She need not worry for her test.

Need I stay here?

No, you need not stay here.

3. Need questions generally get a negative reply.

4. As Past Tense, need is expressed with need+have+3rd

form of the verb to express unnecessary

activities which have been done.

Examples: You need not have done it.

Need they have gone for a walk?

(13) Use of Dare

1. To express ‘Courage’ or ‘venture’

Examples: He dare not oppose me.

How dare you insult me?

He dare not face me.

Important Note:

We can say: I dare not do it.

But we can’t say: I dare do it.

2. The Past Tense of ‘dare’ is daren’t have + 3rd

form of verb

3. Dare is used as a lexical verb in all tenses with ‘to’ in order to express courage/challenge:

Example: He dares to speak the truth.

She does not dare to offend you.

4. Dare as a lexical verb may mean challenge/face boldly:

Examples: He dared me to a combat.

She will dare any situation bravely.

Solved Exercise: 6 Fill in the blanks with ‘must’, ‘dare’ or ‘need’:

1. The candidates..........................answer five out of ten questions.

2. How.......................you touch my things.

3. I ...........................finish this work by Monday.

73

4. .......................I go to school today?

5. He...............................not oppose me.

6. You .......................not wait for him.

7. Does she..................to argue with you?

8. You ..........................not go to the market as I have brought vegetables.

9. ....................you have taken all this trouble?

10. You...................be joking.

Answers: 1. Must 2. Dare 3. Must 4. Need 5. Dare 6. Need 7. Dare 8. Need 9. Need 10. Must

Practice Exercise: 1 1. 1......................you please stop talking? (will/shall)

2. You......................go home whenever you like. (may/might)

3. We.........................not tell lies. (wouldl/should)

4. You ..........................get a prize if you finish your work in time. (shall/will)

5. My grand mother ........................go for a morning walk in her youth. (used to/might)

6. He.............................read and write Spanish. (can/could)

7. The rich...........................help the poor. (should/would)

8. If you have ticket, you.......................go inside. (could/may)

9. He said that it............................be true. (would/could)

10. .........................you hear that sound? (may/can)

Practice Exercise: 2 1. I tried to climb up the tree, but .............................not.

2. He worked hard so that he.............................win the gold medal.

3. .........................that I were a princess.

4. Death ...............................come any time.

5. ......................you prosper in life!

6. Cars.............................not be parked in front of the gate. (may/must)

7. She is three years old, but she..........................not speak as yet.

8. You..........................not drink here. (will/shall)

9. If it .........................rain, we will have a holiday. (should/could)

10. .........................you mind my sitting here? (would/should)

Practice Exercise: 3 1. You.........................help the needy. (moral obligation)

2. I were you, I .........................not behave like that. (conditional Sentence)

3. I .........................never tell a lie. (determination)

4. He told me that he.......................not let me down.

5. Walk slowly lest you .................................stumble.

6. My uncle..............................have reached by now. (possibility)

7. The patient is critical. He...........................be taken to the hospital. (compulsion)

74

8. You ...........................not laugh at her mistakes.

9. How ..........................you call her names?

10. I ........................to play hockey when I was a student. (past habit)

Practice Exercise: 4 1. What ..................you like to have tea or coffee?

2. .........................I smoke here? (formal permission)

3. One...........................do one’s duty.

4. I ...........................smell something burn.

5. If wishes were horses, beggers.............................................ride.

6. It............................rain today. (less certain)

7. I told him that he...........................take the test. (can/could)

8. She .......................marry Sham. (will/must) (insistence)

9. We.......................respect our elders. (can/ought to)

10. I......................help him with money. (will/shall)

Practice Exercise: 5 1. ........................I answer your question? (should/need)

2. I wish I ...........................help you, but I have my own problems. (can/could)

3. Walk carefully lest you...........................sprain your foot.

4. You .....................not see him; just write a letter. (dare/need)

5. We......................go to the station by taxi, it is getting late. (may/should)

6. You.........................do as you are told. (order)

7. The children asked if they....................have an ice cream. (could/would)

8. .........................we play cricket? (suggestion)

9. Oil.....................float on water.

10. It.....................rain tomorrow. (Prediction)

Practice Exercise: 6 1. .......................I bring some tea for you. (Do you want me?)

2. .........................I use your pen? (very polite)

3. You..........................attend the class. (Compulsion)

4. He told me that he........................join the Army. (possibility)

5. .......................he insult you? (challenge)

6. Play well so that you.........................win the match. (purpose)

7. Everyone..........................love his country. (may/ought to)

8. He is your father, you.....................obey him. (obligation)

9. You ........................not worry about it, I will handle it.

10. You ..........................do your homework regularly. (advice)

75

Practice Exercise: 7 1. I........................hear her reciting a prayer. (might/could)

2. You said that you........................be absent. (should/would)

3. You ......................have a chocolate tomorrow. (promise)

4. You.....................not hurry, there is plenty of time.

5. I ........................try to do better next time. (promise)

6. .........................you please help me? (should/would)

7. ............................God save our souls!

8. I .......................type ninety words in a minute. (may/can)

9. You.....................read a grammar book to understand these concepts. (may/ought to)

10. The doctor told me that the fever ......................go. (would/will)

Practice Exercise: 8 1. A leader.......................... be ready to accept responsibilities. (shall/must)

2. Take an umbrella with you, it..........................rain. (should/may)

3. If we are not free, no one .....................respect us. (will/shall)

4. Some books .....................be read thoroughly. (may/must)

5. We........................preserve our heritage. (can/must)

6. They...................to complete their lessons. (dare/need)

7. One...................... not have liberty without discipline. (can/may)

8. He wondered whether he .....................live.

9. He .......................be thirty next birthday. (will/shall)

10. ...........................we drink salty sea water? (can/could)

Practice Exercise: 9 1. .......................we play cricket?

2. I............................invite you to the party. (intention)

3. You......................not attend my class. (order)

4. He.........................have helped you if he wished.

5. He...........................come today. (remote possibility)

6. She..........................come late to school every day. (past habit)

7. Don’t put off till tomorrow what you......................do today.

8. He did not...........................to offend me.

9. I think I ..........................go now. (could/should)

10. I .........................do or die. (compusion)

Practice Exercise: 10 1. Reading........................make a full man. (may/can)

76

2. We..........................learn how to govern better. (must/might)

3. The teacher said that he ............................be rewarded for his good work.

4. You.............................follow the traffic rules.

5. How..........................you do this to me? (could/would)

6. ......................I bring you something to eat?

7. He..........................play the match. (willingness)

8. You...........................not waste time on it. (necessity)

9. Had the doctor come in time, he ...........................have saved the patient.

10. Had you hurried up, you......................have caught the train. (could/can)

Mixed Practice Exercise

Fill in the blanks with suitable modals:

1. Atheletes _______ take their physical exercises very seriously.

2. He ________ to withdraw money from the bank.

3. I am busy in the morning, but I ____ give some time in the evening for discussions.

4. The big man ____ carry the big box upstairs on his own.

5. It was a clear day. He ______ arranged the party in the open area.

6. We _______ wear a helmet while driving a motorbike.

7. If we are not feeling well, we _____ see the doctor.

8. Her mother has excelleny culinary skills, she ____ go any where to learn cooking.

9. You ___ go into a lion’s den.

10. The thief ____ break open the safe.

77

5. USE OF NON- FINITES (INFINITIVES, GERUNDS AND

PARTICIPLES)

What is a Verb?

A Verb is a word that expresses an action or state of being.

For Example:

(i) Ram writes a poem. (Action)

(ii) The child felt happy. (Feeling)

(iii) Ashoka was a great king. ( Existence)

A verb has two aspects:

(i) Finite verb (ii) Non-Finite Verb

Let us understand these aspects with a closer look.

Finite verb:

A. Look at the following sentences:

(i) A student writes a letter. (Singular subject + Singular verb)

(ii) Students write a letter. (Plural subject+ Plural Verb)

We find that verb ‘writes’ and ‘write’ in the above sentences are governed by the subject ‘A student’

and ‘Students’ respectively. In simple words, a change in the subject leads to a change in the form of

the verb.

Such verbs that are, governed by the number and person of the subject, are called finite verbs.

Here in sentence (i) the verb ‘writes’ is a finite verb. Again, a finite verb can be transitive of

intransitive.

(a) A transitive verb is one that has some object after it.

For Example:

(i) We drink milk.

(ii) They play chess.

In the above sentences ‘milk’ and ‘chess’ are objects after verbs ’drink’ and ‘play’ respectively. So they

are called Transitive verbs.

(b) An Intransitive verb has no object after it.

For Example:

(i) We drink slowly.

(ii) They play in the fields.

78

In the above sentences the verbs ‘drink’ and ‘play’ have no object after them. So theyare intransitive

verbs

Non- Finite verb

Now let us look at the following sentences:

A player wants to win the match.

All the players want to win the match.

Here the verb ‘win’ is not governed by the change in subject (number or person). Such verbs that are

not changed despite the change of the subject are called Non- Finite Verbs.

Non- Finites are of three types:

(i) Infinitives

(ii) Gerunds

(iii) Participles.

Now, we shall study these three types of non-finite verb closely.

INFINITIVES

An infinitive is the base form of the verb (i.e first form of the verb). It is not governed by the change in

the subject. An Infinitive does the work of a noun, Adjective or Adverb in a sentence.

For Example:

He wants to win her heart at any cost.

Here the verb ‘to win’ is an infinitive.

There are two kinds of infinitives.

(i) To-Infinitives:

In this form a verb follows ‘to’, i.e To+ First form of the verb.

For Example:

I want to get a scholarship.

Here the verb ‘to get’ is To- Infinitive.

79

(ii) Bare Infinitive: An Infinitive without use of ‘to’ is called ‘Bare infinitive’.

For Example:

He made herwrite a poem.

Here the verb Writeis Bare Infinitive.

Use Of To- Infinitive

To-infinitive is used in following situations:

1. As Subject of a Verb:

Example:

(i) To err is human.

(ii) To pity is divine.

(iii) To find fault is easy.

(iv) To advise is simple.

(v) To criticize others is childish.

Here To err, To Pity, To find fault, to advise and to criticize are used as subject in these sentences.

2. As Object to the Verb:

Example:

(i) I do not like to cry.

(ii) We hope to start tomorrow.

(iii) She began to tell a story.

(iv) I want to buy a new car.

(v) He promised to help me.

Here to cry, to start, to tell, to buy and to help are used as to- infinitives.

3. As the Complement of a Linking Verb:

Example:

(i) His greatest asset is to dance.

(ii) His aim is to become a great dancer.

(iii) The real aim is to win the match.

(iv) Her hobby is to make friends with new people.

4. As the object of a Preposition:

Example:

(i) The poor beggar is about to collapse.

(ii) The enemy had no option but to surrender.

(iii) The match was about to finish.

(iv) The show is likely to start.

80

(v) The boss is about to reach.

5. In apposition to a noun or a pronoun (After dummy Subject ‘it’):

Example:

(i) It is our duty to serve our nation.

(ii) It is difficult to make everyone happy.

(iii) It is an honour to serve our motherland.

(iv) It is easy to find fault in others.

(v) It is a pleasure to host you.

6. After the verbs like know, learn, discover, when, who and how, etc.

Example:

(i) I know how to sing.

(ii) I wonder who to invite.

(iii) Show me how to do it.

(iv) He knows how to drive a car.

(v) We don’t learn when to say no.

7. Infinitive of purpose:

Example:

(i) We eat to survive.

(ii) We went to see him

(iii) We play to enjoy the game.

(iv) Give me a book to read.

(v) Susan ran to reach the school in time.

8. As an adjective:

Example:

(i) Parth is the boy to win the scholarship.

(ii) He is the player to appreciate.

(iii) Morning is not the time to sleep.

(iv) Sachin is the player to watch.

(v) Singing is the art to emulate.

9. In passive form. As:

(i) The coaches like to be followed.

(ii) The boss likes to be respected.

(iii) The girls like to be treated like a queen.

(iv) He wanted to be honoured by the chief guest.

(v) Everyone wants to be appreciated.

10. To qualify a noun:

Example:

(i) I have no wish to change.

(ii) We have no plan to go out today.

(iii) She had nothing to offer.

(iv) He told me about his decision to leave.

81

(v) I made an attempt to win their hearts.

11. As Gerundial Infinitive-

(a) It modifies adverbs, like:

(i) We play to win.

(ii) He came to meet me.

(iii) We went to congratulate him.

(iv) They fought to defeat the enemy.

(v) I gave him a book to read.

(b) It qualifies an adjective. As:

(i) Spanish is easy to learn.

(ii) I am glad to hear of your victory.

(iii) She is ready to work hard.

(iv) They were eager to learn new tricks.

(v) It is difficult to defeat him.

12. To qualify a sentence:

Example:

(i) To be frank, I hate hypocrites.

(ii) To tell the truth, I don’t approve of your views.

(iii) To be sure, he evaluated the answer-sheet twice.

(iv) To be honest, he is trustworthy.

(v) To be frank, I have done my duty.

13. After ‘Too’ and Enough’:

Example:

(i) He is too smart to understand your trick.

(ii) The bag was too big to carry.

(iii) He is too weak to run.

(iv) This dress is too dirty to wear.

(v) I am strong enough to carry this bag.

(vi) He is intelligent enough to see through their game.

14 With interrogative pronouns:

Example:

(i) He didn’t know how to swim.

(ii) I don’t know what to tell him.

(iii) We didn’t check which way to go.

(iv) Kindly tell me where to keep this gift.

(v) He didn’t know whose name to take.

15 As a substitute for a clause:

Example:

82

(i) I bought a book so that I could read.( Clause)

I bought a book to read. (Infinitive)

(ii) We watch movies so that we can enjoy.(Clause)

We watch movies to enjoy. (Infinitive)

(iii) He paints so that he could earn some money.(Clause)

He paints to earn money. (Infinitive)

16.after ordinal numbers. Example:

(i) He was the first to complete his work.

(ii) He was the last to arrive.

(iii) Ravi was the next to raise his voice.

17. as perfect infinitive:

Example:

(i) I like to have done it by now.

(ii) He wished to have completed the task in time.

(iii) Asha longs to have become a heroine.

(iv) Simran wishes to have married a teacher.

18. With some verbs that express intention:

Learn, forget, agree, prepare, understand, seem, ask, prefer, hate, mean, beg, etc.

Example:

(i) I agree to disagree.

(ii) I forgot to post the letter.

(iii) He prepared himself to reply well.

(iv) He seemed to like it.

(v) We intended to help.

Some Practice Exercises

EXERCISE 1 (SOLVED)

Fill in the blanks with a To-Infinitive:

1. I would like ……… a good story.(read)

2. He wanted…………..some new clothes for party. (buy)

3. I plan ………. a new factory. (open)

83

4. I would like ……..to the party with you.(come)

5. I am learning…….English.(speak)

6. She helped me……my suitcases.(Carry)

7. He decided………Biology.(study)

8. He asked……..with us.(come)

9. I promise ……. you tomorrow.(Help)

10. We hope …….. Goa next month. (visit)

Answers:

1. I would like to read a good story.

2. He wanted to buy some new clothes for party.

3. I plan to open ………. a new factory.

4. I would like to come to the party with you.

5. I am learning to speak…….English.

6. She helped meto carrymy suitcases.

7. He decided to study Biology.

8. He asked to come with us.

9. I promiseto help you tomorrow.

10. We hope to visit Goa next month.

EXERCISE 2 (SOLVED)

1. He is quick ………(respond)

2. We are delighted …….. you. (see)

3. I was quick ……….(reply)

4. It is time …….. now. (sleep)

5. It is not right ………faults with others.(find)

6. This apple is ripe …….. (eat)

7. They had no time……..(waste)

8. He likes ……… old songs.(sing)

9. I didn’t want……..yet. (leave)

10. You have ……this sum. (solve)

Answers:

1. He is quick to respond.

2. We are delighted to see you.

3. I was quick to reply.

4. It is time to sleep now.

5. It is not right to find faults with others.

84

6. This apple is ripe to eat.

7. They had no time to waste.

8. He likes to sing old songs.

9. I didn’t want to leave……..yet.

10. You haveto solve……this sum.

EXERCISE 3 (Solved)

1. …… (err) is human.

2. He is too weak ………. .(walk)

3. Everyone wants …….. (make) money quickly.

4. I have …….. (pick) some books from table.

5. ……….waste time is a folly.

6. Do you have anything more …..(tell)?

7. She seems ……… (be) happy.

8. I find it sensible …………….. (remain) silent.

9. This room is ……. .(let)

10. ……….. (toil) is the lot of mankind.

Answers:

1. To err is human.

2. He is too weak to walk.

3. Everyone wants to make money quickly.

4. I have to pick some books from table.

5. To waste time is a folly.

6. Do you anything moreto tell?

7. She seemsto be happy.

8. I find it sensible to remain silent.

9. This room is to let.

10. To toil is the lot of mankind.

EXERCISE 4 (Unsolved)

1. Children love …….(play)

2. They like ……..(read) newspapers

3. This is not the time ……. (quarrel).

4. He finds this word difficult …….. (pronounce).

5. I want ………. (write) a book.

6. I asked him …….. (complete) his work first.

7. He had a plan ……….. (follow).

85

8. You need ……… (do) a lot.

9. The match was about ……. (begin).

10. Aliens are here ……….. (stay) now.


1. He asked the girl ……… (pick) up a pebble.

2. Students are anxious ………(learn)

3. He wanted……….. (help) the poor.

4. It is a criminal offence …..(hit) some with a stick.

5. Give the beggar something ……….. (eat).

6. He refused ………. (accept) our proposal.

7. You are advised not ……….. (mislead) your friends.

8. I gave him a chance ………. (rethink) his stance.

9. He doesn’t dare …… (tell) me a lie.

10. The judge began………. (pronounce) his final judgment.

BARE INFINITIVE

Usually an infinitive is preceded by ‘to’ but sometimes ‘to’ is not used before an infinitive verb. Such

an infinitive is called bare infinitive.

These infinitives don’t take “to” before them.

Examples:

(i) Let him come in.

(ii) Make him realize his mistake.

(iii) You needn’t abuse him.

In these sentences ‘come’, ‘realise’ and ‘abuse’ are bare- infinitives.

Use of Bare-Infinitive

1. After Modal auxiliaries:

Example:

(i) I can write well.

(ii) He may come anytime now.

(iii) He dare not disobey you.

(iv) You need not go out.

(v) They will win the match.

All the verbs that follow auxiliaries are bare infinitives except those that come after have,

ought and used (to).

86

We have to play and win the match.

Note ‘win’ is also infinitive here, but ‘to’ is missing because it is connected by ‘and’.

2. After some verbs like bid, watch, make, let, feel, behold, help, hear, know, observe,

must, can, pass, hear etc.

Example:

(i) I heard her cry.

(ii) I know him well.

(iii) They bade us goodbye.

(iv) He made me laugh a lot.

(v) He watched the match on TV.

3. After “had better”, “had rather”, “would rather”, had sooner” etc.

Example:

(i) He had better finish his assignment.

(ii) I would rather work than gossip.

(iii) They would sooner stay where they are.

4. After “than”, “except” and “but”.

Example:

(i) He did nothing but cry.

(ii) It is better to work hard than fail.

(iii) It is better to speak the truth than cheat.

(iv) I did everything except steal.

5. Perfect Infinitives:

Examples:

(i) The boy pretended to have fallen sick.

(ii) He was upset to have failed in the first attempt.

(iii) He was sad to have missed the opportunity to win the championship.

(iv) They were glad to have finished the meeting in time.

6. Passive form of infinitives:

Examples:

(i) Everyone likes to be praised.

(ii) It is an honour to be declared the best player of the tournament.

(iii) He deserved to be awarded this recognition for his achievements.

(iv) I want the facts to be brought out.

EXERCISE 6(Solved)

Fill in the blanks with Bare- Infinitive:

1. Let us …… (work) hard to win.

2. We must ……. (go) for final push.

3. He ……… (make) her happy.

87

4. We ………… (bid) them goodnight.

5. I watched the car……….. (disappear) in the darkness.

6. He dare not……. (break) the law.

7. He will ……. (start) a new business.

8. I shall ………… (narrate) an interesting story.

9. He may ……… (guide) you.

10. He wanted his enemy only …….. (defeated).

Answers:

1. Let us work hard to win.

2. We must go for final push.

3. He made her happy.

4. We bade them goodnight.

5. I watched the car disappear in the darkness.

6. He dare not break the law.

7. He will start a new business.

8. I shall narrate an interesting story.

9. He may misguide you.

10. He wanted his enemy only to be defeated.

EXERCISE 7(Solved)

1. The students made the teacher…………. (sing).

2. The teacher lets them……….. (play) during the recess period.

3. ………… (bid) him come here.

4. Let her………… (go) now.

5. You dare not ……… (shout) at me.

6. We ………. (hear) her cry.

7. I saw him …… (do) it.

8. You need not ……. (worry).

9. You should………. (tell) the truth.

10. You must ……….. (finish) your homework at the earliest.

Answers:

1. The students made the teacher sing.

2. The teacher lets them play during the recess period.

3. Bid him come here.

4. Let her go now.

88

5. You dare not shout at me.

6. We heard her cry.

7. I saw him do it.

8. You need not worry.

9. You should tell the truth.

10. You must finish your homework at the earliest.

EXERCISE 8 (Solved)

1. I saw the thief ……..(run)

2. His friends made him……(laugh)

3. They had better …….. (vacate) their room.

4. Please let me ……….. (study).

5. Let the children ………… (play) there.

6. He would sooner ………. (go) than wait for them.

7. He did more than ……… (help) me.

8. We must ……… (respect) our teachers.

9. He would rather………. (die) than steal.

10. How dare you ………(steal) my money?

Answers:

1. I saw the thief run.

2. His friends made him laugh.

3. They had better vacate their room.

4. Please let me study.

5. Let the children play there.

6. He would sooner go than wait for them.

7. He did more than help me.

8. We must respect our teachers.

9. He would rather die than steal.

10. How dare you steal my money?


1. She made the child….. (smile).

2. The coach bade the players……… (play).

3. He did more than …… (lend ) me money.

4. We can see the water level ……..(rise) in the river.

5. Need I …….. (warn) you?

89

6. I have seen him ………. (work) for success.

7. He can ……. (understand) many European languages.

8. A soldier must ……..(aim) to kill.

9. I saw the tiger ……( cross ) the road.

10. We had nothing to do but….. (sleep) in the afternoon.

JOINING PAIR OF SENTENCES BY USING INFINITIVES

Sometimes we can join a pair of sentences by using an infinitive.

Examples:

1. They met at my place.

They discussed some current problems.

They met at my place to discuss some current problems.

2. He went to the school.

He met the principal.

He went to the school to meet the principal.


1. The poor man had five children.

He must provide for them.

2. Turn to the left.

You will find my house.

3. My teacher will learn about my success.

He will be delighted.

4. This box is very big.

He can’t lift it.

5. I had no money.

I could buy no clothes.

Answers.

1. The poor man had to provide for five children.

2. Turn to the left for my house.

3. My teacher will delighted to hear of my success.

4. This box is too big to lift.

5. I had no money to buy clothes.

90


1. The table was very big.

Two boys could not lift it.

2. She buys antique paintings.

It is her passion.

3. He takes light breakfast.

He wants to control his weight.

4. I have some problems.

I must find solve them.

5. He went to Delhi.

He has to attend a marriage.

THE GERUND

A gerund is that form of the verb that ends with “ing” (i.e. V1+ ing) and functions as a noun and a

verb. It is generally called a verbal noun.

Example:

1. Painting is her hobby.

2. Smoking is injurious to health.

3. He made singing his profession.

4. Some people are fond of talking.

In the above sentences, Painting, Smoking, Singing and Talking are Gerunds.

USE OF GERUND

1. As a subject of a verb:

(i) Calling names is bad manners.

(ii) Swimming is a very useful exercise.

(iii) Stealing is a punishable offence.

(iv) Jogging is a very healthy activity.

(v) Dieting can be an effective tool to control weight.

2. As an object of a verb:

(i) I like painting.

(ii) I likedhis daring acts.

(iii) He exhibit his driving skills.

(iv) He prefers eating Indian food.

(v) We enjoyed listening old songs.

91

3. As the object of a preposition:

(i) I am fond of listening music.

(ii) They were accused of cheating.

(iii) Are you not tired of making excuses?

(iv) The captain saved the ship from hitting against a big rock.

(v) He is very fond of dancing.

4. As complement of a linking verb:

(i) Her primary duty is attending telephone calls.

(ii) Seeing is believing.

(iii) What I advise most students is standing up for truth.

(iv) Her favourite pastime is gardening.

(v) My first preference is becoming a great orator.

5. As part of a noun phrase:

(i) The time of the dancing of the peacocks has come.

(ii) Playing in Wankhede stadium is a great experience.

(iii) The taming of the Horse requires a special skill.

(iv) Watching the snowfall was a memorable moment.

(v) Running after a car can be fatal.

6. As part of Compound Noun:

(i) He likes his breakfast at the dining-table only.

(ii) They were sitting in waiting-room.

(iii) The blind man used walking- stick to avoid a fall.

(iv) He was looking for his shaving-kit.

(v) I possess a nice pair of boxing-gloves.

7. As simple nouns:

(i) Greetings are very effective means of communication.

(ii) Meetings can become boring sometimes.

(iii) I never like partings.

8. With possessive adjectives/pronouns:

(i) I don’t like your boasting.

(ii) Please excuse my coming late.

(iii) He insisted on her being not there.

(iv) Nobody liked Rana’s going there.

9. Passive form of Gerund:

(i) The cricketers love being surrounded by fans.

(ii) The film stars love being praised.

(iii) I did not like being asked questions.

(iv) The army officers hate being transferred every two years.

(v) Children don’t like being advised too much.

92

10. In apposition to a Noun/ Pronoun ‘It”:

(i) His habit, finding faults in others, is not good.

(ii) Her behaviour, bullying her juniors, is quite irritating.

(iii) Your offence, attacking your boss, is unpardonable.

(iv) Her decision, helping the needy children, was appreciated by everyone.

(v) It is no use crying over spilt milk.

(vi) It is wrong telling lies.

11. Gerund In perfect form:

(i) Bhagat Singh was proud of having laid down his life for his motherland.

(ii) The king liked being told the facts.

(iii) Ravi didn’t like having fought over trifles.

(iv) We learned of his having won a medal.

(v) She forgot having written a written a letter.

12. In short prohibitions:

(i) No smoking.

(ii) No cheating in the exams.

(iii) NO trespassing.

(iv) No plucking of the flowers in this garden.

13. After following verbs:

Avoid, appreciate, began, intend, mean, permit, start, begin, hate, cease, continue, try,

neglect, want, keep etc.

(i) He began flying kites early in the morning.

(ii) We intend leaving late in the evening.

(iii) He fears going there.

(iv) We continued living in Delhi.

(v) I tried lifting the heavy box.

14. In combining sentences:

(i) The Police arrived at the accident spot. They helped the victims.

On arriving at the accident spot the police helped the victims.

(ii) He completed his race. He sat in a corner.

After completing the race,he sat in a corner.

Exercises For Practice

Exercise 12 (solved)

Complete the following sentences with correct use of gerund form of the verb.

1. She is good at………..(dance).

2. He is crazy about……….. (sing).

93

3. He doesn’t like ……….. (play) cards.

4. I am afraid of ……….(swim) in the canal.

5. He should give up ……..(smoke).

6. Harry dreams of………..(be) a great athlete.

7. I am always interested in …….(make) friends.

8. He is scared of ………(travel) by air.

9. They insisted on……… (cook) the dinner at home.

10. I suggest …… (do) some more sums.

Answers:

1. She is good at dancing.

2. He is crazy about singing.

3. He doesn’t like playing cards.

4. I am afraid of swimming in the canal.

5. He should give up smoking.

6. Harry dreams of being a great athlete.

7. I am always interested in making friends.

8. He is scared of travelling by air.

9. They insisted on cooking the dinner at home.

10. I suggest doing some more sums.


1. ……………. (The end) of those movies were disappointing.

2. ………..(Use) computers saves a lot of time.

3. Fans enjoys ………. (See) a good game.

4. They don't mind (sit) in the cold night air.

5. They hate (see) their team lose.

6. I thanked him for (fix) my door.

7. You can open it by (use) a knife.

8. What's it for? It is for (tie) things together.

94

9. Jason read the manual before (begin) the installation.

10. You can't turn it on without (plug) it in.

Answers:

1. The endings of those movies were disappointing.

2. Using computers saves a lot of time.

3. Fans enjoyseeing a good game.

4. They don't mind sitting in the cold night air.

5. They hate seeing their team lose.

6. I thanked him for fixing my door.

7. You can open it by using a knife.

8. What's it for? It is for tying things together.

9. Jason read the manual before beginning the installation.

10. You can't turn it on without pluggingit in.


1. I am afraid of …….. (tell) the truth.

2. She never ceased ……….(talk) of increasing prices.

3. He regrets……….(say) such words.

4. What about………(take) a cup of tea?

5. How about ………..(sleep) in the verandah?

6. I hate……….(tell) lies.

7. He advises ………(do) more activities before resting.

95

8. Fans enjoy …….(see) a good game.

9. They enjoyed …….(see) him win the trophy.

10. Avoid …..(eat) sweets.

.EXERCISE 15 (Solved)

Combine the following sentences by using a gerund.

1. He goes to his office. He finds it closed.

2. They have to write an essay everyday. They don’t like it.

3. He heard the news of my arrival. He was overjoyed.

4. She began to grumble over her problems. Nobody liked it.

5. He acts on the stage. He wins many prizes.

Answers:

1. He finds his office closed on reaching there.

2. They don’t like writing an essay every day.

3. He was overjoyed on hearing the news of my arrival.

4. Nobody liked her grumbling over her problems.

5. He wins many prizes by acting on the stage.


Combine the following sentences by using a gerund

1. He serves his nation. He gets satisfaction.

2. She eats fruits. She keeps herself fit.

3. The boys were flying kites. They spent the whole evening.

4. A boy has stolen his book. There was enough proof of that.

5. Follow traffic rules. It is everyone’s duty.

PARTICIPLES

A participle is a form of a verb that is used in a sentence to modify a noun, noun phrase, verb, or verb

phrase, and thus plays a role similar to that of an adjective or adverb. In other words it is a word

formed from a verb which can be used as an adjective. It is also called a ‘verbal adjective’.

96

Example:

1. Barking dogs seldom bite.

2. Coming events cast their shadows.

3. Let the sleeping tigers sleep.

4. The day was very tiring.

5. It being a sunny day, they preferred to stay inside.

Kinds of Participle:

There are three kinds of participles in English:

(i) The present Participle

(ii) The Past Participle

(iii) The perfect Participle

(A) THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE

The present participle is that form of the verb that is formed by adding “ing” to the first form of the

verb. It is the form that appears in all continuous tenses.

Example:

(i) Stay+ing= staying

(ii) Writing +ing = Writing

(iii) waste+ ing= Wasting

Uses of Present Participle:

1. As an adjective:

Example:

(i) They were swimming in running water.

(ii) It was an interesting story.

(iii) You are fighting a losing battle.

(iv) A drowningman catches at a straw.

2. As a subject complement:

Example:

(i) This journey has been challenging.

(ii) His advice was motivating.

(iii) This novel is very intriguing.

(iv) The sun is shining.

3. As an object complement:

Example:

97

(i) They caught him napping.

(ii) We found him violating the rules.

(iii) She left him crying.

(iv) His ideas are quite tempting.

4. As adverb:

Example:

(i) They have gone away cursing her.

(ii) The peon went away running.

(iii) The children ran out shouting.

(iv) He finished writing his book.

5. As part of an Adjective phrase:

Example:

(i) The lady wearing black dress is a big TV Star.

(ii) The person controlling the shots here is my friend.

(iii) The book containing valuable information is missing.

(iv) The man waiting at the door is my cousin.

6. As Participle phrase:

Example:

(i) Reaching the station, I took my train.

(ii) Entering the class, he took his seat.

(iii) Finding the book interesting, I purchased it.

(iv) Telling the beads of her rosary, the grandmother moved about in the house.

7. As an absolute phrase:

Example:

(i) Weather permitting, we shall go for long walk.

(ii) It being sunny, children could not play out.

(iii) God willing, they will be winners.

(iv) The cat being away, the mice will play.

8. To combine sentences:

Example:

(i) The children saw the gardener. They ran away.

Seeing the gardener the children away.

(ii) The pickpocket found the police around. He disappeared.

Finding the police around, the pickpocket disappeared.

(iii) He heard the school bell. He started running.

Hearing the school bell, he started running.

98

B. THE PAST PARTICIPLE

The past participle is the form of a verb, typically ending in -ed in English, which is used in forming

perfect and passive tenses and sometimes as an adjective. (Third form of the verb)

Example:

(i) Look + ed=Looked.

(ii) Lock+ ed= Locked

(iii) Pass + ed= Passed

Uses of Past Participle

1. As an adjective:

Example:

(i) He picked up the broken plates.

(ii) He was a spoilt brat.

(iii) A burnt child dreads the fire.

(iv) No use crying over spilt milk.

2. As subject complement:

Example:

(i) Nice people are respected.

(ii) Winners were awarded scholarships.

(iii) Their dreams were fulfilled.

(iv) His mind remains focused.

3. As object complement:

Example:

(i) They considered the match lost.

(ii) I found the market closed.

(iii) We saw him tired.

(iv) They found the water contaminated.

4. In Perfect Tenses:

Example:

(i) He had watched the match.

(ii) They had already vacated the house.

(iii) I have passed the exam.

(iv) She had left for Delhi.

5. As adverb:

Example:

(i) The baby sparrows huddled together frightened.

(ii) He sat in a corner totally exhausted.

99

(iii) They felt famished.

(iv) Delighted over victory, he danced with a rupture.

6. As participle Phrase:

Example:

(i) He found a mouse trapped in a net.

(ii) He finished lunch cooked by his wife.

(iii) I gave him a picture captured by new camera.

(iv) Caught in a bind, he tried to break the rules.

(C)THE PERFECT PARTICIPLE

A perfect participle is a participle that expresses an action or state as just finished.

Example:

1. Having delivered the message, he left immediately.

2. Having finished his work, Harry was ready for play.

3. The child, having found his mother, was again happy.

In the sentences above, the expressions having delivered, having finished, and having found

partake of the nature of the verb, as each expresses action, without making an assertion, and

each has a noun as its object.

Having delivered, in the first sentence, is descriptive of he, and therefore has the force of

an adjective.

Each of the expressions having finished and having found, in the second and third sentences,

has the force of the verb and of the adjective. We see, therefore, that they are participles.

We notice that the time when he left, the time when Harry was ready for play, and the time

when the child was again happy follow immediately upon the delivery of the message, upon

the finishing of the work, and upon the finding of the mother.

These participles express an action that is just finished. They are therefore perfect participles.

It is: having / being / having been+ V3 (third form of the verb).

USES OF PERFECT PARTICIPLE

1. To express the completion of one action before the other action took place:

Example:

(i) Having learnt my lesson, I slept peacefully.

(ii) Having been praised by boss, he felt relieved.

(iii) Having accomplished his task, he took a break.

(iv) Having seen the patient, the doctor advised him to take medicine.

2. Dangling or Unrelated participle: If the participle doesn’t have subjector is disregarded, the

result is confusion. It is called dangling or unrelated participle.

100

Example:

(i) Feeling sleepy, the book fell from his hands.

Note: ‘Feeling sleepy’ belongs to ‘the book’. It seems as if the book was feeling

sleepy. The above sentence should be written as:

As he was feeling sleepy, the book fell from his hands.

EXERCISES FOR PRACTICE


Fill in the blanks with Present Participle:

1. The man…….. (drive) the car is a friend of mine.

2. Lorries ………. (come) over the bridge have to careful of the wind.

3. Who was the girl………(wear) the red dress?

4. Students ……….. (submit) their essays late will lose ten marks.

5. The ……….(bud) flowers looked very beautiful.

6. The ………(run) bus rammed against the wall.

7. ……… (hear) the noise, he rushed to the spot.

8. They told us an ……. (amuse) account of their journey.

9. I saw the lion………… (approach) us.

10. He watched them ……….. (fight) over trifles.

Answers:

1. The mandrivingthe car is a friend of mine.

2. Lorriescoming over the bridge have to careful of the wind.

3. Who was the girlwearing the red dress?

4. Students submitting their essays late will lose ten marks.

5. The budding flowers looked very beautiful.

6. The running bus rammed against the wall.

7. Hearing the noise, he rushed to the spot.

8. They told us an amusing account of their journey.

9. I saw the lionapproaching us.

10. He watched them fighting over trifles.

101

EXERCISE 18(Solved)


1. We saw many ………. (excite) tricks in the Magic show.

2. ………. (keep) in mind his health, the doctor advised him rest.

3. He felt pity on the ………(cry) child.

4. The peon came………..(run) to the office.

5. A ……….(roll) stone gathers no moss.

6. Don’t get off a……..(run) car.

7. Would you mind my ……….(come) too?

8. ………(Climb) mountains is my passion.

9. You should stop ………..(advise) others.

10. ……….(sing) can be a rewarding career too.

Answers:

1. We saw many exciting tricks in the Magic show.

2. Keeping in mind his health, the doctor advised hi rest.

3. He felt pity on the crying child.

4. The peon came running to the office.

5. A rolling stone gathers no moss.

6. Don’t get off a running car.

7. Would you mind my coming too?

8. Climbing mountains is my passion.

9. You should stop advising others.

10. Singing can be a rewarding career too.

EXERCISE 19 (Solved)

Fill in the blanks with Present Participle/gerund:

1. …………(hear) the lion’s roar, the deer ran away.

2. While ……….(cross) the road, the old beggar was hit by a speeding truck.

3. She has a ………..(smile ) face.

4. Her …………(charm) smile wins many hearts.

5. We must prevent their………(go) away.

6. The man…….(sit) on the bench is known to me.

7. Cars ………..(speed) away can be very dangerous for pedestrians.

8. I found him ……… (drink) beer.

9. He began ……….. (shout) at the poor man.

102

10. Children love ……. (eat) chocolates.

Answers:

1. Hearing the lion’s roar, the deer ran away.

2. While crossing the road, the old beggar was hit by a speeding truck.

3. She has a smiling face.

4. Her charming smile wins many hearts.

5. We must prevent their going away.

6. The man sitting on the bench is known to me.

7. Cars speeding away can be very dangerous for pedestrians.

8. I found him drinking beer.

9. He began shouting at the poor man.

10. Children love eating chocolates.



1.The movie now………. (appear)at the city theatre is my favourite.

2. For my birthday today,my mother is _____(prepare) a cake.

3. The ship sailing to Mexico is ____( leave) tonight.

4. The letters (need) immediate answers are on the desk.

5. The boring class just is (end) a few minutes ago.


Fill in the blanks with Past Participle:

1. She found her book………..(tear) on the floor.

2. He left the windows………(open).

3. The college is ……….(close) for summer vacations.

4. They saw a few rupees ………..(throw) on the roadside.

5. We watched a movie ……..(direct) by Raj Kapoor.

6. He seemed to me a ………….(break) heart man.

7. We wanted him a fully ………(cure) person.

8. The man looked …………(worry)

9. He looked a bit………(confuse).

10. We gave him a …………(write) complaint.

Answers:

1. She found her booktorn on the floor.

2. He left the windows opened.

103

3. The college is closed for summer vacations.

4. They saw a few rupees thrown on the roadside.

5. We watched a movie directed by Raj Kapoor.

6. He seemed to me a broken heart man.

7. We wanted him a fully cured person.

8. The man looked worried.

9. He looked a bit confused.

10. We gave him a written complaint.


Fill in the blanks with past Participles:

1. Julie wasn’t at home, she had _________ (go) to the shops.

2. We’ve already _____________________ (have) lunch.

3. This was the first time she had ______ (do) her homework

4. They have _______ (begin) painting the living room.

5. We have ______ (keep) this secret for three years.

6. He has never _______ (drive) a motorbike before.

7. I have _________ (be) sick all week.

8. By the time we arrived, the children had ______ (eat) all the chocolate.

9. The books had _______ (fall) off the table, and were all over the floor.

10. “Are you okay?” “ I’ve __________ (feel) better.”


Fill in the blanks with Past Participle:

1. ………..(select) the best eleven, they started their practice.

2. ………...( finish) the day’s work, we went to see a movie.

3. ………. (Win) the tournament, the Indian team had a great party.

4. The food ………… (Cook), she laid it on the dining table.

5. ………. (take) proper rest, they felt ready for a long game.

Answers:

104

1. Having selected the best eleven, they started their practice.

2. Having finished the day’s work, we went to see a movie.

3. Having won the tournament,the Indian team had a great party.

4. The food having been cooked, she laid it on the dining table.

5. Having taken proper rest, they felt ready for a long game.


Fill in the blanks with an appropriate Participle:

1. I‘d _________ (lend) my umbrella to John, so I got wet.

2. I've been looking for ages, but I haven't _____________________ (find) my keys yet.

3. The birds have ____________ (fly) south for the winter.

4. She has finally _____________________ (come).

5. Don't worry, we haven't _____ (forget) about the meeting.

6. It had __________ (become) very cold, so we went inside.

7. You have ___________ (buy) a lot of new clothes recently.

8. I'd ____ (get) a lovely new bike for my birthday, so I was keen to try it.

9. She'd _____ (bring) a cake to the party, but we didn't eat it.

10. Have you __________ (choose) your university yet?


Fill in the blanks with an appropriate Participle:

1. Have you ever ………….._ (drink) Turkish coffee?

2. I've …………. (give) some money to Julia.

3. Had you........... (hear) of this band before you came to the USA?

4 . She has ……… (know) about the problem for three months.

5. Why has John ……………… (leave) already?

6. while he was ploughing his fields, a scorpion …….(sting) him.

7 . His father looked ………..(worry)

8 . He became ……………(discourage).

9 .It was a………..(tire) exercise.

10 . They shall be ………….(write) a letter.

Exercise 26. (Solved)

105

Fill in the blanks with correct form of the verb (The Infinitive, the Gerund or the Participle) given in

brackets.

1. ………..(Find) fault is easy.

2. It is not worth ……….(read)

3. I saw the snake……… (kill)

4. He made me…………. (listen).

5. He was busy………….. (pack).

6. Don’t make me………… (laugh).

7. The light is too weak …………(read)

8. He enjoys………. (smoke).

9. Most boys like …………(play) games.

10. They let him ………….(speak).

Answers:

1. To find fault is easy.

2. It is not worth reading.

3. I saw the snake killed.

4. He made me listen.

5. He was busy packing.

6. Don’t make me laugh.

7. The light is too weak to read.

8. He enjoys smoking.

9. Most boys like playing games.

10. They let him speak.


Fill in the blanks with correct form of the verb (The Infinitive, the Gerund or the Participle) given in

brackets.

1. He told me……(go).

2. The parcel is heavy ……..(carry).

3. We found the child…….(cry).

4. He wanted………(study) medicine.

5. ……..(jog) is a good exercise.

6. It is a sin ………( tell) a lie.

7. …………(smoke) is injurious to health.

8. He does nothing but ……….(complain).

9. Kids like……….(play)games.

10. We decided ……….(wait) for her.

106

Answers:

1. He told me to go.

2. The parcel is too heavy to carry.

3. We found the child crying.

4. He wanted to study medicine.

5. Jogging is a good exercise.

6. It is a sin to tell a lie.

7. Smoking is injurious to health.

8. He does nothing but complain.

9. Kids like playing games.

10. We decided to wait for her.


Combine the following pairs of sentences by making use of a participle:.

1. She went home.

She was ill.

2. I was hungry.

I prepared some noodles

3. He found his book.

He started reading it.

4. Parth finished his homework.

He went out to play.

5. The mayor was busy.

He had no time to meet anyone.

6. The bus reached the last stop,

He got down.

7. It was raining.

No one could go out.

8. We saw a beggar.

He was limping.

9. They missed their train.

They began to walk back.

10. I saw her result..

I began to dance.

107

MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES

EXERCISE 29(SOLVED)

Do as directed:

1. She has no choice but …………(tell) the truth. (Fill up the blank with an Infinitive)

2. His mother bade him …………..(take) the medicine immediately. (Fill up the blank with an

Infinitive)

3. Every team has a manager.

He manages the administrative needs of the team. (Combine these sentences into a single

sentence using an Infinitive)

4. ……….(play) carom amuses every child. (Fill in the blank with a Gerund)

5. The teacher prevented him …………( quarrel) with his classmates. (Fill in the blank with a

Gerund)

6. The fire fighters entered the ………(burn) house. (fill up the blank with a Participle)

7. He hurt his toe.

He stopped walking.

(Combine into a single sentences using Participle)

8. You will pass only by ………..(study) regularly. (Fill up the blank with a Gerund.

9. He came …………(collect) his money. (Fill in the blank with an Infinitive)

10. I saw a man………(walk) on the rope. (Fill up the blank with a Participle)

Answers:

1. She has no choice but to tell the truth.

2. His mother bade him to take the medicine immediately.

3. Every team has a manager to manage their administrative needs of the team.

4. Playing carom amuses every child.

5. The teacher prevented him quarrelling with his classmates.

6. The fire fighters entered the burnt house.

7. Having hurt his toe he stopped walking.

8. You will pass only by studying regularly.

9. He came to collect his money.

10. I saw a man walking on the rope.

108

EXERCISE 30 (SOLVED)

Do as directed:

1. I am always ready …………(learn) new things. (Fill up the blank with an Infinitive)

2. He was asked ….(explain) his behaviour. (Fill up the blank with an Infinitive)

3. Shelly drove very fast.

She reached her class in time. (Combine these sentences into a single sentence using an

Infinitive)

4. ……….they will get the contract only by (cooperate) with each other. (Fill in the blank with a

Gerund)

5. Children kept on ……….(play) in the sun.. (Fill in the blank with a Gerund)

6. The ………(sing) bird stole the show. (fill up the blank with a Participle)

7. Ravi opened the lock.

He entered the room


8. (swim) is a healthy exercise. (Fill up the blank with a Gerund)

9. He has the ability…… (top) in the exam. (Fill in the blank with an Infinitive)

10. ………..(follow) the right path, he achieved his aim.. (Fill up the blank with a Participle)

Answers:

1. I am always ready to learn new things

2. He was asked to explain his behaviour.

3. Shelly drove very fast to reach her class in time.

4. Theywill get the contract only by cooperating with each other.

5. Children kept on playing in the sun.

6. The singing bird stole the show.

7. Opening the door Ravi entered the room.

8. Swimming is a healthy exercise.

9. He has the abilityto top in the exam.

109

10. Following the right path, he achieved his aim.

EXERCISE 31 (UNSOLVED)

Do as directed:

1. He is eager …………(succeed). (Fill up the blank with an Infinitive)

2. Let me ….(try) this sum. (Fill up the blank with an Infinitive)

3. He has a big farm.

He manages affairs of the farm. (Combine these sentences into a single sentence using an

Infinitive)

4. ……….(read) novels was his favourite pastime. (Fill in the blank with a Gerund)

5. I never enjoyed …………( go) to the dentist. (Fill in the blank with a Gerund)

6. The doctor was attending the ………(wound) soldier. (fill up the blank with a Participle)

7. The servant stole some money.

He wanted to hide it somewhere.


8. A miser hates ………..(waste) his money . (Fill up the blank with a Gerund.

9. He refused…………(sit) for a test. (Fill in the blank with an Infinitive)

10. ………..(throw out) from the party, he wanted to start a new group now. (Fill up the

blank with a Participle)

110

6. TRANSFORMATION OF SENTENCES

Transformation of sentences means changing the form of the sentence without any essential change

in its meaning. Such a change can be in the form of changes from a negative sentences to an assertive

or an interrogative change or exclamatory sentences or vice versa or change in narration or change in

voice or changes from simple to compound or complex sentences etc.

So let us understand a brief about the sentence and its various forms.

What is a sentence:

While speaking or writing we use words. We generally use these words in groups; as

(i) Parth is a nice boy.

(ii) Lions roar.

(iii) He goes to school every day.

(iv) Do not tell a lie.

Each of the above group of words make complete sense or meaning.

Thus, a group of words that makes complete sense or meaning is called a sentence.

A sentence has a subject and a predicate. (The Subject is the part of the sentence that denotes the

person or thing about which something is said and the Predicate is that part of the sentence that says

something about the person or the thing denoted by the ‘Subject’.)

Note: A group of words that forms part of a sentence, and has its own subject and its own predicate is

known as a Clause. A sentence may have one or many clauses in it.

On this basis we find different kinds of sentences.

Kinds of sentences:

1. Simple Sentence

2. Compound Sentence

3. Complex Sentence

1. A Simple sentence is that which has one finite verb and has a single clause independent only.

It follows the pattern: S+V+O

Example :

(i) Children are playing.

(ii) Ram gave him a gift.

(iii) Shiva dances.

(iv) The principal pardoned the naughty boys.

111

2. A Compound sentence is one that has a main (principal) clause and one or more co-ordinate

clause. These sentences or clauses are joined with the help of co-ordinating conjunctions e.g

and , but, as well as, therefore, for, though, yet, however, still, nevertheless, either-or, neither-

nor, etc.

Examples:

(i) We wentto Delhi and saw the Red Fort.

(ii) She worked hard yet could not succeed.

(iii) We must run or we can’t catch the train.

(iv) Life is short, still we love it.

Each of the above sentences has two finite verbs in it. Each sentence has two independent

clauseswhich are joined by a coordinating conjunction.

3. A Complex sentence is one that has one main clause and one or more than one subordinating

clauses. In such sentences, the main clause makes complete sense on its own, whereas the

subordinating clause does not convey a complete meaning on its own and it has to depend upon

the main clause for making full sense.

Examples:

(i) He saw a man who was very tall.

(ii) Unless he stops, he can’t pass the baton.

(iii) He says that he will reach in time.

(iv) The player who scored the goal has gone out of the ground.

We use following conjunctions in complex sentences.

Who, whom, where, which, when, whose, what, how, that, if / whether, unless, than, while, till,

until, before, why, even if, because, wherever, as though, although-yet, as, since, so-that, lest-

should, such- that etc.

EXERCISE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF SENTENCES

EXERCISE 1(Solved)

Let us look at the following sentences and identify them as simple or compound or complex

sentences.

1. This is the town where he was born.

2. Be kind and help the poor.

3. He is a good player.

4. He saw a man who was limping.

5. Stay healthy and cheerful.

6. He knew what he wanted from them.

7. I shall speak to you when I reach home.

8. Inspite of hard work, he could not win.

9. He heard what I said.

112

10. They shall come home now.

Solutions:

1. Complex Sentence 2. Compound Sentence 3. Simple Sentence 4. Complex Sentence. 5.

Compound Sentence 6. Complex Sentence 7. Complex Sentence 8. Simple Sentence 9.

Complex Sentence 10. Simple Sentence.

EXERCISE 2(Unsolved)

1. He must weep or he will die.

2. I know Rajesh is a clever person.

3. The village in which he lives is every small.

4. The train leaves at 5 p.m.

5. There is no student but loves good teachers.

6. Whoever is learned is respected.

7. What you say is quite correct.

8. He is too fat to run.

9. He is so fast that you cannot catch him.

10. He is very rich yet very humble.


1. I can prove that he is a liar.

2. God made man and man made a machine.

3. Heis more a fool than a cheat.

4. He was tall and handsome.

5. He says that he will win.

6. This is the business in which huge profits can be earned.

7. Moga is the place of my birth.

8. As you sow so shall you reap.

9. We must eat to live.

10. I hoped that it was true.

Subordinate Clauses and its types:

A clause that depends upon a main clause or any other clause to make complete sense is called a

subordinate clause or a dependentclause.

113

There are mainly three kinds of subordinate clauses, namely:

(i) Noun clause

(ii) Adjective clause

(iii) Adverb clause

Let us examine them briefly:

A .Noun Clause:

It is a group of words that does the function of a noun. It has a subject and a predicate of its own and

it forms part of a larger sentence.

A Noun clause generally begin with subordinating conjunctions and indefinite relative pronouns such

as; what, where, why, when, which, how, that, if, whether, etc.

Examples:

1. The teacher says that it is true.

2. What you say is true.

3. Does anybody know if the banks are open today?

4. I earn whatever I can.

B .Adjective Clause:

It is a group of words that contains a subject and a predicate of its own, and does the function of an

adjective.

An adjective Clause generally starts with connecting words such as: Who, which, where, that, whom,

whose, as and why etc.

Examples:

1. He is the boys who helped his friend.

2. That is the house where Gandhiji was shot at.

3. Shaheed Mangal Pandey was the person who laid the foundation of India’s first war of

Independence.

4. That is the award which he deserves the most.

B.Adverb Clause:

It is a group of words that has a subject and a predicate of its own and functions as an adverb in the

sentence.

114

An adverb clause generally indicates time, place, purpose, manner, and condition and it begins with

conjunctions like, since, where, when, after, before, although, as if, till, as long as, whence, wherein,

now that, in case, because, unless, etc.

Examples:

1. They stood when Lady Diana entered the room.

2. Everybody became silent as she got up to speak.

3. He cracked jokes with his friends before he had a heart attack.

4. You will succeed because you have worked hard.

TRANSFORMATION OF SIMPLE SENTENCES INTO COMPOUND SENTENCES

Simple sentences can be converted/ transformed into compound sentences by expanding words or

phrases into co- ordinate clauses as shown below:

1. Simple : The match being over, the players went home.

Compound:The match was over and the players went home.

2. Simple : Besides making a promise, I kept it.

Compound: I not only made a promise but I also kept it.

3. Simple : We must eat to live.

Compound: We must eat or we can’t live.

4 . Simple: Notwithstanding her best efforts, she did not win.

Compound: She made her best efforts, yet did not win.

5.Simple : Seeing a snake, the child ran away.

Compound: The child saw a snake and he ran away.

EXERCISE 4. (Solved)

Transform the following simple sentences into compound sentences:

1. He shall succeed with your assistance.

2. Climbing up the table, he cleaned the ceiling fan.

3. You must rest to avoid losing your health.

4. Work hard to pass the examination.

5. Through his sincere efforts, he won the first position.

6. Besides being hard working, he is intelligent.

115

7. Coming here, he took away my books.

8. Owing to his indiscipline, he was reprimanded.

9. Seeing a tiger coming, he fled.

10. Going to New York, Manav met his friend.

Answers:

1. Assist him, and he shall succeed.

2. He climbed up the table and cleaned the ceiling fan.

3. You must take rest or you will lose your health.

4. Work hard and you will pass the examination.

5. He made sincere efforts and he won the first position.

6. He is not only hard working, but he is also intelligent.

7. He came and he took away my books.

8. He showed indiscipline, therefore he was reprimanded.

9. He saw a tiger and he fled.

10. Manav went to New York and met his friend.


Transform thefollowing simple sentences into compound sentences:

1. Getting out of the car, Mr. Rattan Tata walked away.

2. Being hungry, he needed food.

3. We were surprised to see him at our place.

4. He will compel you to leave the room.

5. In speaking the truth one need have no fear.

6. He fell sound asleep on account of being tired.

7. In spite of being poor he is very honest.

8. Notwithstanding his failure, he is still hopeful.

9. She was credited for her hard work.

10. Taking a stone he threw at the dog.

TRANSFORMATION OF SIMPLE SENTENCES INTO COMPLEX SENTENCES

EXRECISE 6 (Solved)

Transform the following simple sentences into complex sentences:

1. He is sure of his success.

2. She doesn’t remember the exact date of her birth.

116

3. He knows the name of the best player in this team

4. She promised to help me.

5. I owe my success to his guidance.

6. India is my land of birth.

7. His victory is certain.

8. His remarks pleased all

9. He died in his youth.

10. He is too fat to run.

Answers:

1 He is surethat he will succeed.

2 She doesn’t remember the exact date when she was born.

3 He knows who the best player in this team is.

4 She promised that she would help me.

5 I owe my success to him because he guided me.

6 India is the land where I was born.

7 It is certain that victory will be his.

8 It were his remarks that pleased all

9 When he died he was very young.

10 . He is so fat that he cannot run.

EXRECISE 7 (Unsolved)


1. I wish him success.

2. India‘s victory is certain.

3. It is the way to learn new ideas.

4. We must help him, a poor man.

5. He is too weak to walk.

6. This book has too good to lose.

7. It is his duty to safe guard his children.

8. Father desired him to succeed.

9. Work hard for success.

117

10. He acts like a joker.



1. Owing to repeated failures she made no effort.

2. He is too weak to stand.

3. They went to Chandigarh to buy a car.

4. He would be very pleased to help us in any way.

5. Of all the players, Virat is the best batsman.

6. On reaching the city, she went straight to her college.

7. Being lost in thoughts, I could not see him.

8. He got plucked in the tests because of his careless attitude.

9. On being caught red handed, he had to admit his mistake.

10. In spite of all his riches, he had no peace of mind.



1. He felt utterly helpless.

2. Sheena admitted her guilt.

3. The boss is likely to punish her.

4. He has informed her of her result.

5. That is the way to do it.

6. Having renounce the world, these monks live on charity.

7. He comes of rich and noble family.

8. There I saw many beautiful palaces.

9. She likes my style.

10. He seems to be a fool.



1. Ms. Sushma is said to be a good doctor.

2. The east wind cut like a knife.

3. Don’t leave the station without permission.

4. She speaks very fast for me to understand.

5. He is a lazy lad.

6. I like solving such problems.

118

7. His face expressions tell us a different story.

8. Today is the last day of this test match.

9. On being questioned he confessed his fault.

10. Tell us the facts.


Transform the following compound sentences into complex sentences:

1. Hesaw the lion and fled.

2. He got the message and replied at once.

3. I saw the thief and caught him.

4. You have to write it or you will forget it.

5. The teacher explained the sum and students noted it.

6. He finished his breakfast and left the table.

7. He was upset but did not lose heart.

8. Be simple and you will win hearts.

9. She tried her best but could not catch the thief.

10. The principal addressed the students and gave his message.



1. He had lost the book and he has found it.

2. She read the letter and took off.

3. You must run or you will miss the meeting.

4. The nation calls us and we must respond.

5. We must eat or we can’t live.

6. He is unwell, he doesn’t rest.

7. He must admit his fault or he will be thrown away.

8. Spare the rod and spoil the child.

9. Take care of her healthy, you will live longer.

10. Show me his picture, I will find him.



1. He must be advised or he will falter.

2. I must be informed about your loss or I shall not bother.

3. He cared for me so I respect him.

4. Write as I say or I will not help you.

5. She wrote to me and I responded immediately.

6. Be truthful and fear not.

119

7. Keep quiet or you will be punished.

8. We called the peon but she did not appear.

9. He worked very hard yet she did not top her class.

10. He was unhappy with his boss so he left the job.



1. She asked me and I told her all the details of the incidence.

2. Either you tell us the truth or you will be sacked.

3. Finish this work in time or I will not give any more orders.

4. He threw off his shirt and jumped into water to pull the drowning child.

5. He has a charming smile therefore he made many fans.

6. I found his mobile and he was very thankful to me.

7. Heis an old friend therefore I respect him.

8. She must weep or she will fall sick.

9. Milkha Singh was hard working and he won many races.

10. They were afraid and they ran away.



1. He must resign or he will be thrown out unceremoniously.

2. I rang up at your number but you never responded.

3. Be diligent and you will succeed.

4. Be nice to others and you will be happy.

5. I not only make promises, but also fulfil them.

6. He took a break and started working again.

7. He should not be late or you may be fined.

8. Listen and she will explain.

9. Waste not, want not.

10. Give the papers to my secretary and I will sign them.

IDENTIFYING COMPOUND AND COMPLEX SENTENCES:


State, which of the following sentences are ‘Compound’ and which are‘Complex’.

1. Hemust cry or he will die. – Compound sentence

2. He knows Reena who is a clever girl. – Complex sentence

3. The village in which I was born is very small. – Complex sentence

120

4. I returned home because I was tired. – Complex sentence

5. He will treat them, as they treated him.—Complex sentence

6. God made rivers and manmade dams. – Compound sentence.

7. A guest is unwelcome when stays too long.—Complex Sentence

8. He is not only handsome but also clever. –Compound sentence

9. I liked what he suggested.—Complex sentence

10. She was sick, but still she attended school.– Compound sentence.


State, which of the following sentences are ‘Compound’ and which are ‘Complex’.

1. As I was sick, I could not go out. --- Complex sentence

2. The higher we go, the cooler it is. --- Complex sentence

3. We wish he should win.--- Complex sentence

4. She was ill, therefore, she could not come to school.-Compound sentence

5. I was tired and fell asleep. ---Compound sentence

6. He had no advice that he could offer. Complex sentence

7. She is rich but she is miserly. – Compound sentence

8. I will help him with the resources that he needs. Complex sentence

9. When he was questioned, he faltered.—Complex sentence

10. She is very intelligent yet simple. – Compound sentence.


State, which of the following sentences are ‘Compound’ and which are ‘Complex’.

1. This is the place where Gandhiji stayed.

2. I know what is in this packet.

3. I picked up the chalk and wrote on the board.

4. He can go wherever he likes.

5. Neither he nor you are wrong.

6. Don’t talk while I am speaking.

7. It was not as big as I thought.

8. It seems as if it might rain.

9. I will help her when she needs any help.

10. I got up and walked out of the meeting.

In addition to the above, English language Sentences may take the following forms:

(i) Statement or assertive sentences

121

(ii) Question or Interrogative sentences

(iii) Imperatives and Optative sentences

(iv) Exclamatory sentences

(v)Active and passive

(vi) Direct and Indirect Sentences.

We shall learn how to transform one formof sentences into the other form of sentences.

(a) Transforming Interrogative into assertive

Examples:

Interrogative Assertive

1. Did he not help you? He did help you.

2. Is she a fool? She is not a fool.

3. Who does not know Gandhiji? Everyone knows Gandhiji.

4. What if she fails? It doesn’t matter if she fails.

5. Who likes to be bullied? Nobody likes to be bullied.

6. When can honesty die? Honesty can never die.

7. How can man remain immortal? Man cannot remain immortal.

8. Why waste money like this? Money should not be wasted like this

9. Who trusts a liar? Nobody trusts a liar.

10. Who doesn’t love power? Everybody loves power.

(b) Transforming assertive intoInterrogative

Examples:

Assertive Interrogative

1. Everyone knows him. Who doesn’t know him?

2. A leopard cannot change its spots. Can the leopard change

Its spots?

3. Nobody likes to be poor. Who likes to be poor?

4. Everyone loves his motherland. Who doesn’t love hismotherland?

5. It does not matter if we lose What if lose the match?

the match.

6. You will never forget your college Will You ever forget your days?

days?

7. This is not the right attitude. Is this the right attitude?

8. There is no one like a mother. Is there any one like a

Mother?

9. Everyone wants to be a millionaire. Who doesn’t want to be a millionaire?

10. Nobody wants to lose. Who wants to lose?

(c) Transforming Exclamatory into assertive

122

Examples:

Exclamatory Assertive

1. What a lovely scene! It is a very lovely scene.

2. O for a glass of water! I long for a glass of water.

3. Alas! He is dead. It is sad that he is dead.

4. If only I could win the scholarship! My greatest ambition is

to win the scholarship.

5. How noble he is! He is very noble.

6. What a great win! It was a great win.

7. O that I were rich! I wish that I were rich.

8. Hurrah! We have won the match. It is a matter of joy that we have

won the match.

9. How pleasant the weather is! The weather is very pleasant.

10. What a fall! It was a great fall.

(d) Transforming assertive sentences into negative

Examples:

Assertive Negative

1. He is a good person. He is not a bad person.

2. Health is wealth. Isn’t health is wealth?

3. He is too weak to walk. He is so weak that he cannot walk.

4. Look before you leap. Do not leap before you look.

5. Do attend my party. Do not fail to attend my party.

6. He is an honest person. He is not a dishonest person.

7. Man is mortal. No man is immortal.

8. It is foolish to argue with him. It is not wise to argue with him.

9. Every rose has a thorn. There is no rose without a thorn.

10. Only god can help us. None but God can help us.

(e)Transforming imperative sentences into assertive

Examples:

Imperative Assertive

1. Do not make a noise. You should not make a noise.

2. Avoid bad company. You should avoid bad company.

3. Do not play with fire. You are advised not to play with fire.

4. Get out of the room. You are ordered to get out of the room.

5. Take exercise daily. You should take exercise daily.

123

6. Attack the enemy. You are ordered to attack theenemy.

7. Respect your elders. You are advised to respect yourelders.

8. May the sun never set. I hope the sun never sets.

9. Open the door. The door should be opened.

10. Keep quite. You are asked to keep quite.


Exercise 18 ( Unsolved)

Transform the following sentences into interrogative:

1. It is useless to blame her.

2. Everyone knows him.

3. Our soldiers are exceptionally brave.

4. It is not a foolish idea.

5. The deaf cannot hear.

6. Everyone loves his parents.

7. His arguments are baseless.

8. Cowards die many times before their death.

9. A rolling stone gathers no moss.

10. This is not the way a gentleman should behave.


Transform the following sentences into assertive

Examples:

1. Why cry over spilt milk?

2. Why be dishonest?

3. Who is free from guilt?

4. Who can serve two masters?

5. Is not honesty the best policy?

6. Why waste time in useless arguments?

7. Why go to him?

8. Who would not like to be a millionaire?

9. Who likes to be the last?

10. Can anybody say that he has never told a lie.


124

Transform the following exclamatory sentences into assertive

Examples:

1. O for a cup of coffee!

2. Would that I were an engineer!

3. How stupid of him to say that!

4. Alas! He has lost his purse.

5. Hurrah! We have won.

6. Oh! You are going.

7. If I were the Prime Minister of India!

8. What a great start of the day!

9. What a lovely face!

10. How sweet of you!


Transform the following sentences into exclamatory.

Examples:

1. I wish I had a cup of tea.

2. It was a very nice day.

3. It is very sad that she is undone.

4. It is very odd.

5. He narrates the story very cleverly.

6. Swami Vivekananda was a great speaker.

7. Kishore was indeed a great singer.

8. It is very stupid of him to criticize others.

9. Man is a strange piece of work.

10. Death is very dreadful.

( f) Change of Voice ( This is covered in detail in Chapter on Voice)

(g) Change of Narration (This is covered in detail in Chapter on Narration)

INTERCHANGE OF DEGREES OF COMPARISON

Adjectives are expressed in different degrees- (a) Positive (b) Comparative ( c) Superlative.

Positive degree is used to describe the quality of a place, person or thing in the plain form. Pattern:

No other +subject + as+ positive degree+ as + other words.

Example:

1. No Indian actor is as great as Amitabh Bachchan.

125

2. Manav speaks as fast as a parrot.

3. You are as tall as I.

Comparative degree is used when we compare the qualities of two places, persons or things. Pattern:

Subject+ verb+ comparative degree+ than any other+ other words.

Example:

1. Amitabh Bachchan is greater than any other Indian actor.

2. Parrot does not speak faster than Manav.

3. I am not taller than you.

Superlative degree is used when we convey that something is the best of its kind in comparison to

three or more places, persons or things.

Pattern: We use ‘most other’ in place of ‘any other’ and ‘very few’ in place of ‘no other’.

Example:

1. Amitabh Bachchan is the greatest of all Indian actors.

2. Manav is the fastest of all the speakers.

3. You are the tallest of all the boys in the class.

Positive Comparative Superlative

No other boys in the class is

as tall as Sham.

Sham is taller than any other

boy in the class.

Sham is the tallest boy in the

class.

Most of the countries in the

world are not as large as

India.

Some other countries in the

world are larger than India.

India is not the largest

country in the world

Very few poets are as great

as Keats.

Keats is greater than most

other poets.

Keats is one of the greatest

poets.

Very few speakers are as

respected as Swami

Vivekanand in India.

Swami Vivekanand is more

respected than any other

speaker in India.

Swami Vivekanand is the one

of the most respected

speakers in India.

EXERCISE FOR PRACTICE


Transform the following sentences using comparative degree of comparison:

1. He is not as tall as his brother.

126

2. He is the most honest employee.

3. No other boy is as good as Parth.

4. Jill is not as beautiful as Maggie.

5. I have never seen such a beautiful girl as Rekha.

6. No other metal is as useful as iron.

7. This book is not as good as that.

8. Himalaya runs as fast as a horse.

9. Mandeep is as strong as Sandeep.

10. Alisha does not sing so well as Lata.


Transform the following sentences using positive degree of comparison.

1. She is not more intelligent than I.

2. Ravi is smarter than Kishan.

3. This Poem is better than this.

4. Mercedes car runs faster than Honda Bikes.

5. My brother is richer than mine.

6. Mussoorie is cooler than Dehradun.

7. Water is the best drink.

8. Mother India is one the best Indian movies.

9. Ashoka the Great was one of the best kings of all times.

10. Lead is the heaviest metal.


Transform the following sentences using Superlative degree of comparison.

1. Kalidas is greater than other poet in India.

2. He is more liberal than many people.

3. My city is cleaner than many other cites of Punjab

4. Birds do not fly as fast airplanes.

5. Simran is more intelligent than her friends.

6. No other hill is as busy as Mussoorie in India.

7. No flower is as good as Rose.

8. No other season is as pleasant as spring.

127

9. Very few filmmakers were as good as Raj Kapoor.

10. He is smarter than any other boy in our neighborhood.

USING AND REMOVING “TOO”

When adverb ‘too‘is followed by ‘to infinitive’, it can be removed by replacing it with ‘so-that’.

Even if ‘too’ is not followed by ‘to’, according to the sense of the sentences, we can replace it with

expressions like, to a fault, over, beyond, more than enough,etc.

Examples:

1. The milk is too hot to drink.

The milk is so hot that one cannot drink it.

2. He is too weak to run.

He is so weak that he cannot run.

3. This room is too small for me.

This room is so small that it cannot serve my purpose.

4. He is too proud to learn.

He is so proud that he cannot learn.

5. She is too simple.

She is simple to a fault.

Using “Too”

It can be used in place of expressions like ‘so-that’.

Examples

1. He is so happy that he cannot tell.

He is too happy to tell.

2. The wall is so high that I can jump over it.

The wall is too high for me to jump over it.

3. He is so slow that he cannot catch her.

He is too slow to catch her.

4. I am so busy that I cannot join you in celebrations.

I am too busy to join you in celebrations.

128

5. He spoke so fast that he could not be understood.

He spoke too fast to be understood.


( Transformation of All Types)

Exercise 1 (Solved)

Do as Directed:

1. He was too fast to be caught. ( remove ‘too’)

2. Bullet trains run faster than mail trains.(Change the Degree of Comparison)

3. He hoped to pass the test. ( Change into a complex sentence)

4. He was honoured for his honesty. ( Change into a compound sentence)

5. It is probable that he would win. (Change into simple sentence)

6. Mumbai is the largest metro city of India. (Use positive degree of Comparison)

7. Who doesn’t make mistakes? ( Change into assertive sentence)

8. He is smart that no one can befool him. ( Use ‘too’)

9. One more mistake and he will be fired. (Use ‘If’)

10. As soon he lay on bed, the postman rang the doorbell. ( Change into a negative sentence)

Answers:

1. He was so fast that he could not be caught.

2. Mail train does not run as fast as the bullet trains.

3. He hoped that he would pass the test.

4. He was honest and so he was honoured.

5. He would probably win.

6. No other city is as large in India as Mumbai.

7. Everyone makes mistakes.

8. He is too smart for anyone to befool him.

9. If he makes one more mistake, he will be fired.

10. No sooner did he lay on bed than the postman rang the doorbell.

Exercise 2 (Solved)

Do as Directed:

1. He is too composed to lose temper. ( remove ‘too’)

2. She is not so intelligent her sister.(Change the Degree of Comparison)

3. They objected to our suggestions. ( Change into a complex sentence)

4. He asked for too much money as he was greedy. ( Change into a compound sentence)

5. It was a possibility that was vague. (Change into simple sentence)

129

6. Prevention is better than cure. (Use positive degree of Comparison)

7. A sailor and afraid of storm! ( Change into assertive sentence)

8. She is so nice that one cannot doubt her. ( Use ‘too’)

9. You cannot win competition unless you work hard. (Use ‘If’)

10. Everyone will believe her word. ( Change into a negative sentence)

Answers:

1. He is so composed that he cannot lose temper.

2. Her sister is more intelligent than her.

3. They objected to what we suggested.

4. He was greedy, so he asked for too much money.

5. It was a vague possibility.

6. No other cure is as good as prevention.

7. A sailor is so brave that he cannot be afraid of a storm.

or A sailor cannot be afraid of a storm.

8. She is too nice to be doubted.

9. If you don’t work hard you can’t win the competition.

10. Nobody will disbelieve (doubt) her word.

Exercise 3 (Solved)

Do as Directed:

1. She is too practical to understand real love. (Remove ‘too’)

2. As soon as he saw a lion, he began shuddering with fear. ( Rewrite Using ‘ No sooner…..than’)

3. You may go anywhere. ( Change into a complex sentence)

4. The sun having set we returned home. ( Change into a compound sentence)

5. He admitted that he was at fault. (Change into simple sentence)

6. Very few kings were as great as Ashoka. (Change degree of Comparison)

7. How fast Milkha ran! ( Change into assertive sentence)

8. She is so weak that she can’t even sit. ( Use ‘too’)

9. You will feel tired if you don’t take proper rest. (Use ‘unless’)

10. She is a great artist. ( Change into a exclamatory sentence)

Answers:

1. She is so practical that she cannot understand real love.

2. No sooner did he see a lion than he began shuddering with fear.

3. You may go wherever you like.

4. The sun had set and we returned home.

130

5. He admitted his fault.

6. Ashoka was greater than many other kings.

7. Milkha ran very fast.

8. She is too weak to even sit.

9. Unless you take proper rest, you will feel tired.

10. What an artist she is!


Do as Directed:

1. These fruits are too cheap to be good. (Remove ‘too’)

2. As soon as I stepped out of my office, it started raining heavily. (Rewrite Using ‘ No

sooner…..than’)

3. Everyone believes in my sincerity. ( Change into a complex sentence)

4. Owing to his sickness he could not play the match. ( Change into a compound sentence)

5. She told me where she lived. (Change into simple sentence)

6. The cuckoo is the best singing bird. (Change degree of Comparison)

7. What a great shot! ( Change into assertive sentence)

8. This book so interesting that one cannot stop reading. ( Use ‘too’)

9. You will fall sick if you don’t stop eating. (Use ‘unless’)

10. This painting is a great piece of art. (Change into a exclamatory sentence)


Do as Directed:

1. This news is too good to be true. (Remove ‘too’)

2. Hardly had he finished his work when his boss gave him another task. (Rewrite Using ‘ No

sooner…..than’)

3. He is too proud to appreciate anyone else. ( Change into a complex sentence)

4. With a great effort, I lifted the box. ( Change into a compound sentence)

5. The iron rod was so hot that no one could touch it. (Change into simple sentence)

6. He is smarter than any other employee in his office. (Change degree of Comparison)

7. Money cannot buy happiness. ( Change into an interrogative sentence)

8. The water in the pool is so cold that one cannot swim in it. ( Use ‘too’)

9. He is poor. He is honest. (Use ‘though’)

10. Is there anything greater than the love for your mother land? (Change into a negative sentence)


Do as Directed:

1. It is too chilly to goout. (Remove ‘too’)

131

2. As soon as the sun rose, the clouds disappeared. (Rewrite Using ‘ No sooner…..than’)

3. I saw the danger and passed on. ( Change into a complex sentence)

4. With a great effort he passed the examination.( Change into a compound sentence)

5. If weather permits, they will play the match. (Change into simple sentence)

6. Kapil was the best of all all-rounders in the world. (Change degree of Comparison)

7. He never drinks milk. ( Change into an interrogative sentence)

8. He is so slow that he cannot win the race. ( Use ‘too’)

9. We cannot go for picnic unless it does not stop raining. ( Rewrite using ‘if’)

10. Ram was older than Sham. (Change into a negative sentence)


Do as Directed:

1. The iron is too hot to touch. (Remove ‘too’)

2. As soon as the sun rose, the clouds disappeared. (Rewrite Using ‘ No sooner…..than’)

3. I liked his suggestions. (Change into a complex sentence)

4. In the event of being late, he will miss the train.(Change into a compound sentence)

5. He failed though he worked hard. (Change into simple sentence)

6. It is easier said than done. (Change degree of Comparison)

7. The police will take steps to control the situation.(Change into an interrogative sentence)

8. He is so stupid that he cannot handle such a situation. ( Use ‘too’)

9. Can money buy health?(Change into assertive sentence)

10. He played a great shot. (Change into a an exclamatory sentence)


Do as Directed:

1. It is too difficult a sum for him to solve. (Remove ‘too’)

2. As soon as he saw the tiger, he took to heels. (Rewrite Using ‘ No sooner…..than’)

3. This is Gandhiji’s birth place. ( Change into a complex sentence)

4. I had a cow that gave a plenty of milk.(Change into a compound sentence)

5. The boy was so weak that he could not stand properly.(Change into simple sentence)

6. Akshay is the best comedy actor in the present lot. (Change degree of Comparison)

7. Walk fast. You may miss the train.(Combine these sentences)

8. This news is so good that it cannot be true. ( Use ‘too’)

9. She confessed her fault.( Change into complex sentence)

10. There is a doctor in the stadium. (Change into an interrogative sentence)

132


Do as Directed:

1. He was too late to attend the meeting. (Remove ‘too’)

2. As soon as his examination started, he started writing the answers. (Rewrite Using ‘ No

sooner…..than’)

3. Obey your parents or you will come to grief. ( Change into a complex sentence)

4. He punished his servant because he behaved rudely.(Change into a compound sentence)

5. This tree is so high that none can climb it.(Change into simple sentence)

6. Love is greater than any other thing in the world. (Change degree of Comparison into superlative

degree)

7. If you read, you will learn.(Remove ‘if’)

8. He is so arrogant that no one can like him. ( Use ‘too’)

9. None but sincere can achieve success.( Change into affirmative)

10. Only Rekha has done justice to her role. (Replace ‘Only’ by ‘none’)


Do as Directed:

1. She is too strong for her opponents. (Remove ‘too’)

2. No sooner did I hear of his success than I congratulated him.(Remove ‘ No sooner…..than’)

3. I have no time to waste. (Change into a complex sentence)

4. The play being over, the audience left the hall.(Change into a compound sentence)

5. As soon as I arrived I sent for her.(Change into simple sentence)

6. This city has more parks than playgrounds. (Change degree of Comparison)

7. Unless you write the correct answer, you will not get full marks.(Remove ‘Unless’)

8. Tea is sweeter than it should be. ( Use ‘too’)

9. He is insincere.( Change into negative)

10. Only the polar star remained in sight. (Replace ‘Only’ by ‘all’)


Do as Directed:

1. She is too proud to listen. (Remove ‘too’)

2. No sooner did he start his bike than the petrol finished in the fuel tank.(Remove ‘ No

sooner…..than’)

3. Hard working person succeeds in life. ( Change into a complex sentence)

133

4. He fell asleep on account of being tired.(Change into a compound sentence)

5. He is sure that he will succeed.(Change into simple sentence)

6. Our shopkeeper sells cheaper than any other shopkeeper in the area. (Change degree of

Comparison)

7. If you do not water the plants, they will not bloom.(Remove ‘if’)

8. It is never so late that one cannot tell the truth. (Use ‘too’)

9. She is trying many dresses.(Change into negative)

10. She came here ten years ago. (Replace ‘ago’ by ‘since’)


Do as Directed:

1. She was being too generous. (Remove ‘too’)

2. As soon as the referee blew the whistle, the athletes started running.(Use ‘ No sooner…..than’)

3. The child was pleased at having the toy. (Change into a complex sentence)

4. Both the parties were happy with the solution that they arrived upon. (Change into a compound

sentence)

5. Men who work hard rise in life.(Change into simple sentence)

6. He is not cleverer than his brother. (Change degree of Comparison)

7. If you study, you will pass.(Remove ‘if’)

8. Very few countries are as great as India. ( Change into superlative degree of adjective)

9. Kamal acts foolishly sometimes.( Change into negative)

10. Ten years have passed since we met. (Use ago’)


Do as Directed:

1. She was too busy to go to cinema. (Remove ‘too’)

2. No sooner did I learn of his illness than I took him to the doctor.(Rewrote using ‘ as soon as’)

3. He is poor but he is honest. (Change into a complex sentence)

4. He was not only punished but also fined. (Change into a compound sentence)

5. It was a trick that was difficult to understand.(Change into simple sentence)

6. Kolkatta is the most populated city of India. (Change degree of Comparison)

7. Speak the truth and you don’t have be afraid.(Use ‘if’)

8. Who does not want peace? ( Change into assertive)

9. She did not forgive me .( Change into positive)

10. Everyone admire the brave.(Change into interrogative)

134


Do as Directed:

1. The soldiers are too disciplined to violate rules. (Remove ‘too’)

2. If a woman is educated her whole family is benefitted.(Rewrite using ‘ Unless’)

3. I love India, my motherland. (Change into a complex sentence)

4. He has all the virtues of a great man except straight forwardness. (Change into a compound

sentence)

5. I was very tired after the day’s work and I sat down to take some rest.(Change into simple

sentence)

6. A wise foe is better than foolish friend. (Change degree of Comparison)

7. We share our room and books.(Use not only…..but also)

8. Does not the moon revolve around the earth? ( Change into assertive)

9. You are not without wisdom.( Change into positive)

10. He drives very fast.(Change into interrogative)


Do as Directed:

1. It is too foggy outside to see anything. (Remove ‘too’)

2. He left for USA two years ago.(Rewrote using ‘ Since’)

3. Please write your name and address. (Change into a complex sentence)

4. With all my faults, she loves me. (Change into a compound sentence)

5. Though he ran fast, he could not catch me.(Change into simple sentence)

6. Swimming is the best exercise. (Change degree of Comparison)

7. Seeta and Geeta are beautiful .(Use not only…..but also)

8. Does anyone like cheats? ( Change into assertive)

9. This sum is not difficult .( Change into positive)

10. That is not the way a lady should behave. (Change into interrogative)


Do as Directed:

1. He is too smart to lose his focus. (Remove ‘too’)

135

2. Walk fast. You might miss the bus.(Rewrote using ‘ lest.. should’)

3. He is a hard working person. (Change into a complex sentence)

4. Hurry up or you will be late for school. (Change into a compound sentence)

5. Since India is my motherland, I love her.(Change into simple sentence)

6. He is as wise smart as his brother. (Change degree of Comparison)

7. There are difficulties in his spellings and pronunciation of the language.(Use not only…..but also)

8. How shameful! ( Change into assertive)

9. He is very talented.(Use ‘too’)

10. You cannot please everyone. (Change into interrogative)

136

7.USE OF THE WORDS AS NOUNS, VERBS AND ADJECTIVE

Words perform different function in a sentence. They convey different meanings as per their position

in the sentence. Many words can be used as verb, noun and adjective. In this chapter, we shall look at

definitions and examples ofNouns, Adjectives and verbs.

Nouns

Nouns are the simplest among parts of speech. A Noun refers to words that are used to name persons,

things, animals, places, ideas, quality or events. In simple words, nouns are naming words. Manav,

boys, class, Moga, cattle, happiness or marriage are examples of nouns. Let us look at some of these for

clear understanding.

Examples:

8. Keats was a great poet.

The underlined word is a noun that refers to a Person.

9. This pen is new.

The underlined word is a noun that refers to a thing.

10. India is beloved country.

The underlined word is a noun that refers to a Place.

11. Honesty is the best policy.

The underlined word is a noun that refers to a quality.

12. Beautycan be exceedingly cute.

The underlined word is a noun that refers to an idea.

13. Lion is king of the jungle.

The underlined word is a noun that refers to an animal.

14. I celebrated my birthday.

The underlined word is a noun that refers to an event.

VERB

A verb is a word used to denote an action or being or possession. In simple words, we call them

action words.

For example:

1. I sang a song.

2. She wrote a poem.

3. Virathits the ball hard.

4. Parthis a good boy.

137

The underlined words are Verbs.

ADJECTIVES

An adjective is a word that is used to qualify or describe a noun or a pronoun. An adjective is

descriptive by nature. They add something to the meaning of a noun or a pronoun. Examples: A red

pen, a black shirt or a tall boy.

For example:

5. It is a red pen.

6. He is wearing a black shirt.

7. Harry is a tall boy.

The underlined words are adjectives.

Words used as Noun, Verb and Adjective

1. Air

Noun I could feel the air on my face.

Verb I always aired my opinion freely.

Adj. Simran was getting air sick.

2. Act

Noun It was an act of bravery.

Verb He acted well on the stage.

3. Address

Noun I traced her new address in the

city.

Verb The Prime Minister addressed

the nation on the Independence

Day.

4. Attempt.

Noun It was her maiden attempt.

Verb You must attempt all questions.

5. Aim

138

Noun Every student has an aim in life.

Verb Arjun always aimed at the target.

6. Attack

Noun It was a direct attack on

democracy.

Verb Porus attacked his

enemyferociously.

7. Answer

Noun His answers satisfied the police.

Verb She answered the officer

politely.

8. Back

Noun He was hit at the back by

opponent.

Verb I always backed my friends in

trouble.

Adj. He approached the kitchen from

the back door.

9. Bag

Noun She was carrying a bag.

Verb Rekha has bagged best actress

award.

10. Blind

Noun One should help the blind.

Verb We shouldnot be blinded by our

own faults.

11. Book

Noun I bought a new book.

Verb I have booked my room in the

hotel.

12. Break

Noun We shall meet in the break for

lunch.

Verb The child broke the glass.

139

13. Catch

Noun Sachin never dropped a catch.

Verb The police caught the real

culprit.

14. Chair Noun He was sitting on a chair.

Verb Her boss was chairing the

meeting.

15. Calm

Noun It seemed like the calm before

the storm

Verb I tried to calm her down.

16. Call

Noun She made a call to mother.

Verb We were called for a meeting.

Adj. I pressed the call button.

17. Cry

Noun I could hear her cry in the corner.

Verb The child has been crying for

long.

18. Clear

Adj. It was a clear sky.

Verb We must clear your doubts.

19. Dance

Noun I was never fond of dance.

Verb She danced with a rupture.

20. Demand

Noun Your demands are high.

Verb He was demanding undue

favours.

140

21. Dress

Noun She purchased a new dress.

Verb She was dressed to kill.

22. Deal

Noun We finalised the deal.

Verb Her father deals in sugar.

23. Desire

Noun Her only desire is to be an

actress.

Verb He desired to be the captain of

his team.

24. Date

Noun A Date is a source of rich Fibre.

Verb Your application is not dated.

25. Draw

Noun Indo-Pak match is always a great

draw for the organisers.

Verb She was drawing beautiful

sketches,

26. Drink

Noun Cold drinks can also be harmful

for young children.

Verb He has been drinking Rum since

afternoon.

27. Eye

Noun He got hurt in his right eye .

Verb She has been eyeing this position

for long.

28. Excuse

Noun He always makes silly excuses.

Verb I quietly excused myself from the

meeting.

141

29. Face

Noun She has a very photogenic face.

Verb We faced the enemy bravely.

30. Fear

Noun There was no time for fear.

Verb Everyone should fear God.

31. Feed

Noun Mother’s feed is best for child.

Verb The guest were fed with many

delicacies.

32. Figure

Noun Facts and figures must match.

Verb Some problems take time to be

figured out.

33. Fill Noun They ate to their fill.

Verb He filled the bottle up to the

brink.

34. Field Noun: They were preparing the field for

crops.

Verb: Yuvraj Singh fields well in the slips.

35. Finger Noun: He cuts his finger while dressing the

salad.

Verb: They fingered the notebooks while

cleaning the bookshelves.

36. Fish Noun: I like fish.

Verb: Don’t fish in the troubled waters.

37. Fail. Noun: He will reach at the meeting without a

fail.

Verb: Ravi failed in the final test.

38. Fit Noun: A fit of jealousy caused his downfall.

Verb: He fitted well into the new team.

39. Fix Noun: They were in a fix regarding their

choice of dress for the wedding

142

Verb: The meeting has been fixed for

tomorrow.

40. Flow Noun: This pen has a smooth flow.

Verb: Tears were flowing down her cheeks

41. Frame Noun: The frame of his spectacles was

shining golden.

Verb: He his picture framed.

42. Flower Noun: I like flowers very much.

Verb: Roses flower in the springs.

43. Fly Noun: He tries to catch the flies.

Verb: The war planes were flying low in the

sky.

44. Form Noun: He filled all the columns in the form.

Verb. A new raid team has been formed.

45. Gun Noun: He purchased a new gun.

Verb: The robbers were gunned down by the

police.

46. Groans Noun: Her groans were getting louder.

Verb: He was groaning at the top of his voice.

47. Hand Noun: He washed his hands with soap.

Verb: We handed over the thief to the police.

48. Head. Noun: He ducked his head against the ceiling

fan.

Verb: The truck was heading towards him.

49. Hold Noun: He got hold of him.

Verb: I held my ground firmly.

50. Hope Noun: All his hopes were dashed to the

ground.

Verb: Saina hoped to win the gold at

Olympics.

51. House Noun: They live in a big house.

Verb: This hotel houses many suites.

52. Hunt Noun: They were out on a hunt in the forest.

Verb: They were hunting wild boars.

53. Humble Noun: We must respect the humble.

Verb: he Humbled the proud person in the

party.

54. Interest Noun: He pays heavy interest on his loans.

Verb: I am interested in new discoveries.

143

55. Insult Noun: Rebuking him in the class added insult

to the injury.

Verb: We should never insult the poor.

56. Know Noun: I came to know about his proposal at a

later stage.

Verb: He knew all the answers.

57. Line Noun: He drew a straight line on the white

sheet.

Verb: Many shops were lined along the river

bank.

58. Light Noun: He asked for a light.

Verb: He lighted the lamp.

59. Lack Noun: He could not pay fee due to lack of

funds.

Verb: He lacked enough courage to speak the

truth.

60. Look Noun: The look in her eyes gave away the

secret.

Verb: I looked at him with surprise.

61. Land Noun: He was the tilling the land.

Verb: The plane landed Safely.

62. Leave Noun: She is on leave for a few days.

Verb: He is leaving the station tomorrow.

63. Love Noun: They were in love.

Verb: I will always love my country.

Adjective: Their love affair was the talk of the

town.

64. Man Noun: Man is a social animal.

Verb: The soldiers are manning this post

round the clock.

65. Make Noun: I liked the make of his Jacket.

Verb: The Old man was making kites.

66. Master Noun: He thinks he is master of all tricks.

Verb: She has mastered her subject

thoroughly.

67. Milk Noun: I drink milk everyday.

Verb: The milkman is milking the cow.

68. Mind Noun: He had a mind to thrash his opponent

hollow.

Verb: One should mind one’s own business.

144

69. Mouth Noun: the dentist asked him to open his

mouth.

Verb: He mouthed some new words today.

70. Measure Nouns: All the safety measures were taken by

the police.

Verb: The tailor master measured the cloth

carefully.

71. Need Nouns: Shelter and Food are basic needs of

human beings.

Verb: He needs some help in Mathematics.

72. Notice Noun: The Principal issued a show cause

notice to the errant clerk.

Verb: I noticed some changes in his attitude.

73. Number Noun: What is your mobile number?

Verb: His days in this office are numbered.

74. Novel Noun: I have read many novels by George

Elliot.

Adjective: He gave a novel idea.

75. Oil Noun: I applied oil in my hair.

Verb: He oiled the machine for smooth

running.

76. Offer Noun: He received many offer for job.

Verb: The minister offered to resign after the

train accident.

77. Open Noun: the children were playing in the open.

Verb: He many the window.

78. Order Noun: the magistrate issues his release

orders.

Verb: I ordered him to post the letter.

79. Paper Noun: The boy tore the paper.

Verb: He papered the wall with posters.

80. Plant Noun: He bought a new plant in a pot.

Verb: The gardener was planting the trees in

the garden.

81. Pause Noun: He delivered his speech with many

pauses.

Verb: I paused for a moment.

82. Promise Noun: We must keep our promise.

Verb: I promised him all kinds of help.

83. Present Noun: He gave a beautiful birthday present.

Verb: He presented his case forcefully.

145

84. Pay Noun: She received her pay in her account.

Verb: He paid the bills in time.

85. Quarrel Noun: A Quarrel among real friends don’t last

long.

Verb: The neighbors were quarreling over a

trifle.

86. Race Noun: We finished the race as co-winners.

Verb: He was racing to the post fast.

87. Rain Noun: The kids loved dancing in the rain.

Verb: it has been raining since morning.

88. Reach Noun: It is beyond his reach.

Verb: The fire tender reached the spot in

time to douse the fire.

89. Rest Noun: He asked for some rest after a long

day.

Verb: The old man rested for a while.

90. Refuse Noun: We should not litter the roads with

refuse.

Verb: She refused to dance with him.

91. Remark Noun: I don’t appreciate his negative

remarks.

Verb: The judged remarked against his

proposal.

92. Rise Noun: There has been a sharp rise in the

prices of essential commodities.

Verb: The sun rises in the east.

93. Request Noun: She forwarded her request for leave.

Verb: Seema requested her brother for help.

94. Ring Noun: I gave my beloved a diamond ring.

Verb: Who will ring the bell?

95. Right Noun: Everyone knows his rights.

Adjective: This is your right hand.

Verb: The judge should right the wrong now,

96. Run Noun: He completed the run successfully to

win the match.

Verb: Athletes ran to their best potential.

97. Stand Noun: Anna Hazare took a clear stand against

the corrupt system.

Verb: I would stand by my friends through

thick and thin.

98. School Noun: I always reached the school in time.

Verb: His schooling was done at different

places.

146

99. Ship Noun: Titanic was a big ship.

Verb: His consignments have been shipped

today.

100. Storm Noun: A storm shook the sea shores.

Verb: The police stormed into the gangster’s

den.

101. Sleep Noun: He lost his sleep over the business

deals.

Verb: He slept carelessly.

102. Smell Noun: I liked the smell of her perfume.

Verb: His body smells sweet.

103. Spy Noun: James Bond has been a fictional spy.

Verb: They were spying on the military

personnel.

104. Stop Noun: The machine came to stop suddenly.

Verb: They stopped the work for a while.

105. Temper Noun: We should not loose temper at kids.

Verb: The seals of the locker have been

tempered by someone.

106. Time Noun: What is the time by your watch?

Verb: Their meeting was timed to perfection.

107. Turn Noun: We voted turn by turn.

Verb: The boss turned down his request for

leave.

108. Touch Noun: I would never forget her soft touch.

Verb: Her words touched my heart.

109. Vote Noun: Everyone must cast his vote in a

democracy.

Verb: They voted for their leader.

110. Water Noun: We must use water judiciously.

Verb: She was watering the plants.

147

Exercise for Practice

Use the following words both as Nouns and as Verbs and adjectives (if applicable) :

Exercise 1

Account, Break, Back, Care, Surprise, Look, Drink, Step.

Exercise 2

Issue, Charm, Guess, Sleep, Cut, Court, Judge, Move.

Exercise 3

Touch, Respect, Park, Post, Price, Sound, Smile, Heat.

Exercise 4

Reserve, Mistake, Ground, Picture, Quake, Reward, Handle.

Exercise 5

Little, House, Burn, Control, Embrace, Flag, Dust, Brave.

148

8. CHANGE OF VOICE

The voice of a verb tells whether the subject of the sentence performs or receives the action.

When a verb represents a person or a thing as doing something, it is said to be in Active

Active Active

Active

Voice.

Voice.Voice.

Voice.In most English sentences with an action verb, the subject performs the action denoted

by the verb. So when we express an idea giving importance to the doer, the sentence is

written in the active form.

Structure:

Subject + verb + object.

Example: I do the work.

That means that the ‘doer of the action’ is active. e.g:

Harry won the prize.

Sonamsang a song.

These examples show that the subject is doing the verb's action. Because the subject does or

"acts upon" the verb in such sentences, the sentences are said to be in the active voice

active voiceactive voice

active voice.

On the other hand when a verb represents a person or thing being acted upon, it is said to be

in Passive Voice

Passive VoicePassive Voice

Passive Voice.When we express an idea giving importance to the action rather than to the

doer, the sentence is written in the passive form.

Structure:

Object + be verb + verb as past participle+ by+ subject.

Example: The work is done by me.

That means that the ‘doer of the action’ is not active but passive. e.g

The prize was won by Harry.

A song was sung by Sonam.

149

Generally the passive is preferred when the doer of an action is unknown.

The bridge is being repaired.

The prizes have been announced.

The thief was caught.

Points to remember: There are many sentences in Active Voice that cannot be changed into passive or

vice versa.

Rules for Change of Voice

Important rules for change of voice from active voice to the passive voice are as :

Active Voice Passive Voice

In active voice, the verb is controlled by the

subject.

In passive voice, the verb is controlled by the

object

The object in the active voice becomes the

subject in the passive voice

Only the past-participle of the main verb is

used in the passive verb (along with the

helping verb)

The subject in the active voice becomes the

object of the preposition “by" in the passive

voice

In Active Voice, the verb agrees the subject. It means the subject is active.

In Passive Voice, the verb agrees the object. It means the subject is passive.

Some Common Rules for Active and Passive Voice –

1. Subject is changed into Passive Voice and vice versa. 2. Pronouns get changed when they change their positions in the following way –

Comment [ILMI1]:

150

Only Verb III is used in Passive Constructions.

Examples:

I. They understand me very well. (Active voice)

II. He understands me very well. (Active voice)

In the example-I, the subject is in plural form (they). So the verb (treat) is used in accordance with

that.

But in the example-II, the subject is in singular form (he). So the verb (treats) is used in accordance

with that.

Let us see the Passive voices of these sentences.

Examples:

(i) I am understood very well by them.

(ii) I am understood very well by him.

In both these sentences, the verbs are modified only by the singular Pronoun “I", not by the subjects

of the sentences.

The gardener waters the plants. (Active voice)

The plants are watered by the gardener. (Passive voice)

I ↔ Me ; We ↔ Us

You ↔ You ; He ↔ Him

She ↔ Her ; It ↔ It

They ↔ Them

151

Active and Passive Voice Related with Tense

1. Present Indefinite Tense:

Active voice: Sub+ First form of the Verb+ s/es + Object

Sub+Do/Does+ 1st form + not + object

Do/ Does+ Sub+ 1st form +not + object?

Passive Form: Object + is/am/are/ + 3rd form + by + Sub

Example:


Arjun sees a deer. A deer is seen by Arjun.

Parth plays Violin. Violin is played by Parth.

I do not like kites. Kites are not liked by me.

He does not eat apples Apples are not eaten by him

Do you take tea? Is tea taken by you?

2. Present Continuous Tense:

Active Voice –Sub + is/am/are + V1+ ing + Obj

Is/am/are +sub+ 1stform +ing+ object

Is/am/are +sub+ not+1st form +ing+ object?

Passive Voice – Obj + is/am/are + being + V3+ by + Sub.

Is/am/are + Obj + being + V3+ by + Sub

Is/am/are + Obj +not+ being + V3+ by + Sub ?


Arjun is seeing a deer. A deer is being seen by Arjun.

Parth is playing Violin. Violin is being played by Parth.

I am not liking kites. Kites are not being liked by me.

He is not eating apples Apples are not eaten by him

Are you taking tea? Is tea being taken by you?

152

3. Present Perfect Tense:

Active Voice – Sub + has/have + V3 + Object

Sub + has/have +not+ V3 + Object

Has/have +Sub+ V3 + Object?

Passive Voice –Obj + has/have + been + V3+ by + Sub

Obj + has/have + not+been + V3+ by + Sub

Has/have + Object + been + V3+ by + Sub?


Arjun has seen a deer. A deer has been seen by Arjun.

Parth has played Violin. Violin has been played by Parth.

I have not liked kites. Kites have not been liked by me.

He has not eaten apples Apples have not eaten by him

Have you taken tea? Has tea been taken by you?

4. Past Indefinite Tense:

Active Voice – Sub + V2 + Obj .

Sub+did+not+ V1+ Obj

Did+sub+ V1+obj?

Passive Voice – Obj + was/were + V3+ by + Sub

Obj+was/were+ not+V3+by +Sub

Was /were + Obj+V3+by + sub


Arjun saw a deer. A deer was seen by Arjun.

Parth played Violin. Violin was played by Parth.

I did not like kites. Kites were not liked by me.

He did not eat apples Apples were not eaten by him

Did you take tea? Was tea taken by you?

153

5. Past Continuous Tense –

Active Voice – Sub + was/were + V1+ ing + Obj .

Was/were +sub+ 1st form +ing+ object

Was/were+sub+ not+1st form +ing+ object

Passive Voice – Obj + was/were + being + V3+ by + Sub

Was /were + Obj + being + V3+ by + Sub

Was/were + Obj +not+ being + V3+ by + Sub


Arjun was seeing a deer. A deer was being seen by Arjun.

Parth was playing Violin. Violin was being played by Parth.

I was not liking kites. Kites were not being liked by me.

He was not eating apples Apples were not eaten by him

Were you taking tea? Was tea being taken by you?

6. Past Perfect Tense:

Active Voice – Sub + had + V3 + Object

Sub + had +not+ V3 + Object

Had +Sub+ V3 + Object ?

Passive Voice – Obj + had + been + V3+ by + Sub

Obj + had + not+ been + V3+ by + Sub

Had + Object + been + V3+ by + Sub?


Arjun had seen a deer. A deer had been seen by Arjun.

Parth had played Violin. Violin had been played by Parth.

I had not liked kites. Kites had not been liked by me.

He had not eaten apples Apples had not eaten by him

Had you taken tea? Had tea been taken by you?

154

7. Future Indefinite –

Active Voice – Sub + will/shall + V1 + Obj .

Sub+will/shall +not+ V1+ Obj

Will/shall+sub+ V1+obj ?

Passive Voice – Obj + will/shall+be + V3+ by + Sub

Obj+ will/shall+ not+be+V3+By +Sub

Will /shall+ Obj+be +V3+by + sub


Arjun will see a deer. A deer will be seen by Arjun.

Parth will play Violin. Violin will be played by Parth.

I shall not like kites. Kites will not be liked by me.

He will not eat apples Apples will not be eaten by him

Will you take tea? Will tea be taken by you?

8. Future Perfect Tense–

Active Voice – Sub + will/shall+ have + V3 + Obj

Sub + will/shall+ have +not+ V3 + Object

Will/shall+have +Sub+ V3 + Object ?

Passive Voice –Obj +will/shall+have + been + V3+ by + Sub

Obj + will/shall+have + not+ been + V3+ by + Sub

Will/shall+ have + Object + been + V3+ by + Sub


Arjun will have seen a deer. A deer will have been seen by Arjun.

Parth will have played Violin. Violin will have been played by Parth.

I shall not have liked kites. Kites will not have been liked by me.

He will not have eaten apples Apples will not have been eaten by him

Will you have taken tea? Will tea have been taken by you?

Important Note:One must keep an eye whether the object in the Active Voice is a singular or a Plural one. Verb will have to be changed keeping this in mind, when the object becomes the subject in the Passive Voice.

155

For example:

1. Rimpy is writing a poem. 2. Rimpy is writing poems.

Here the first sentence has a singular object (a poem) while the second sentence has a plural object(poems) therefore the verb will have to be adjusted accordingly at the time of changing them into Passive Voice.

1. A poem is being written by Rimpy. 2. Poems are being written by Rimpy.

I.Present, Past and Future Indefinite Tenses:

1. Solved Exercise


He sings a song A song is sung by him. Do you like music? Is music liked by you? I do not play chess. Chess is not played by me. He told a lie. A lie is was told by him. Did he help you? Were you helped by him? She did not like them. They were not liked by her. You will win the prize. The prize will be won by you. Will you take tea? Will tea be taken by You? He will not harm you. You will not be harmed by you.

Exercise 1.

Change the voice:-

1. He reviews his work.

2. They revise their lessons.

3. She don’t tell stories.

4. Do you favour him?

5. I bought a new car.

6. He always helped the poor.

7. Boys didn’t make a lot of noise.

8. Did he visit you?

9. I shall write a letter.

10. They will read the Ramayana.

156

II.Present and Past Continuous Tense


I am buying a book. A book is being bought by him. We are selling mangoes. Mangoes are being sold by you. The teacher was advising the boy. The boy is being advised by me. The hunter was killing birds. Birds are being was told by him. Did he help you? Were you helped by him? Is he telling a story? Is a story being told by him? Were you watching the match? Was the match being watched by you? What was he doing? What was being done by him? Who is reading the novel? By whom was the novel being read?.

Exercise 2

Change the Voice:

1. He is singing a song.

2. They were flying kites.

3. You were eating fruits.

4. Are they doing their work?

5. Were they making a noise?

6. Who is drawing pictures?

7. What are you saying?

8. Are you not doing mischief?

9. Whom are you waiting for?

10. I am favouring you.

III.Present. Past and Future Perfect Tense


I have taken a new job. A new job has been taken by me. We had won the contest. The contest had been won by us. The teacher has finished the lesson. The lesson has been finished by the

teacher. The hunter has shot the animal. The animal has been shot by the hunter. Have you helped us? Have we been helped by you? Will he have told the truth? Will the truth have been told by him? Will you have done your work? Was your workhave been done by you? What has he asked you? What have you been asked by him? Who had painted this picture? By whom had this picturebeen painted?.

157

Exercise 3

Change the voice:

1. I have built a new house.

2. They have set up a cloth shop.

3. You had not bought a new car.

4. The police will have caught the thief.

5. What wrong has he done?

6. Has he sung a song?

7. Have you won the prize?

8. Why have you selected her?

9. Who will have spoken the truth?

10. He will have delivered the parcel.

IV.Transitive Verbs having two objects

Some transitive verbs govern two objects. While changing a sentence, that has two

objects, from Active to Passive Voice, any one of the objects may be used as subject.


I gave her a rose. A rose wasgivento her by me. She was given a rose by me

We taught them French. They were taught French by us. French was taught to them by us.

The judge awarded him punishment. Punishment was awarded to him by the Judge. He was awarded punishment by the judge.

She sent me a gift. A gift was sent to me by her. I am sent a gift by her.

The teacher narrated us a story. A story was narrated to us by the teacher. We were narrated a story by the teacher.

Exercise 4

Change the voice:

1. He is telling them an interesting story.

158

2. Who has taught him Punjabi?

3. They sent us a message.

4. I promised her an award.

5. She gave them an extra chance.

V.Prepositional Verbs.

While changing Prepositional Verbs from Active to Passive Voice, the prepositions attached

with the verb should not be dropped because it is a part of the verb.


The hunter aimed at the bird. . The bird was aimed at by the hunter. Parents look after their children Children are looked after by Parents. The police charged him with murder. He was charged with murder by the

police. Who is waiting for me? By whom am I being waited for? He objected to my proposal My proposal was objected to by him.

Exercise 5

Change the Voice:

1. Mothers bring up their wards.

2. Children were laughing at the joker

3. Students should listen to their teachers.

4. The conjuror played upon their weaknesses.

5. They looked for the enemy.

VI. Imperative Sentences:

Sentences that express a request, advice, advice or order, should be changed into Passive

Voiceby using the word ‘Let’ and ‘be’ or should be or ‘you are Requested to’; ‘you are ordered

to’ ; ‘you are advised to’.


Follow the traffic rules. Let the traffic rules be followed. Or The traffic rules should be followed.

Learn your lessons. Let your lessons be learnt. Or Your lessons should be learnt.

Mind your business. Let your business be minded.

159

Go out at once. You are ordered to go out at once. Help me, please. You are requested to help me.

Exercise 6

Change the Voice:

1. Stand up at once.

2. Love your friends.

3. Always speak the truth.

4. Get up early in the morning.

5. Sit down

6. Post this letter

7. Kindly do it.

8. Never harm anybody.

9. Do not make a noise.

10. Call the doctor.

Exercise 7

Change the Voice:

1. Help your friends in need.

2. Enjoy the moment

3. Don’t play with fire. 4. Never cheat anyone.

5. Get some water please.

6. Hit the ball hard.

7. Be courteous to others.

8. Play the match fairly.

9. Always make new friends.

10. Take a break now.

VII – Sentences in which preposition ‘By’ is not used.

There are some sentences in which preposition’ By’ is not used.


He knows me. I am known to him. His words alarmed me. I was alarmed at his words.

160

This pot contains coffee. Coffee is contained in this pot. You displeased her. She was displeased at you. Many people thronged the stadium. The stadium was thronged with many

people.

Exercise 8

Change the voice:

1. This news surprises me.

2. He does not know the answer.

3. The audience thronged the hall.

4. The students lined the field.

5. This jug contains milk.

6. His bag contains many books.

7. The warning bells alarmed the thieves.

8. His manners impressed his fiancée.

9. The sight of a lion frightened the child.

10. Her rude behavior surprised her parents.

VIII- Sentences Having Infinitives

In case of sentences that have infinitive verbs (to+ first form of the verb) the passive

sentences are changed using to+ be+ V3.


He has to win it. It has to be won by him. She had to tell the truth. The truth had to be told by her. You have to finish the work in time. The work has to be finished in time by

you. You had to do it. It had to be done by you. They have to give him credit. He had to be given credit by them.

Exercise 9

Change of Voice:

1. I am sure to win the prize.

2. The judges had to praise him

3. You will have to help him.

4. He had to recommend my work.

5. Will I have to drink the entire milk.

161

6. Doctors have to attend him regularly.

7. He likes to admire his comrades.

8. Children have to show himtheir book

9. She had to sing a song at the party.

10. Women like men to flatter them.

IX – Sentences having the subject missing

Sometimes, when some sentences are to be converted from passive into active form, they

have to be supplied a subject according to the context to the sentence.

Sometimes, a transitive verb- is not changed to passive form but gives the passive sense.


Ravi has been advised to study (His teacher) has asked Ravi to study. He is wanted at home. (His parents) wants him at home. The criminal was caught. (The police) caught the criminal. Work must be finished. (Workers) must finish work. The terrorist has been neutralized. The Army has neutralized the terrorist.

Exercise 10

Change of Voice:

1. It must be done.

2. The baby has been named Radha.

3. The agreements have been signed.

4. Gandhiji was refused entry into the cabin.

5. Her parents were informed.

6. The thieves were arrested.

7. Some boys were denied entry into the stadium.

8. The deals were finalized peacefully.

9. Some protestors were released on bail.

10. The winners have been awarded.

X – MODAL VERBS

Modals verbs like can. Could, may, might, will, would, shall, should, must, dare, ought to are

in passive voice by adding ‘be’ + V3.

162


He can solve your issue. Your issue can be solved by him. They may not help the poor man. The poor may not be helped by them. The courts shall grant him bail today. He may be granted bail today by the

courts. Everyone ought to respect the law. The law ought to be respected by

everyone. The Govt. must punish the corrupt. The corrupt must be punished by the

govt.

Exercise 11.

Change of Voice.

1. You could lend him some money.

2. He should be helped.

3. Your efforts must bear fruit.

4. We shall keep our area clean.

5. Youth must spread Swacch Bharat concept.

6. We shall create awareness about Drugs.

7. Every citizen ought to follow the constitution.

8. Children should obey their parents.

9. We must love our motherland.

10. Teachers must be respected.

XI – INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

We may come across many sentences where questions are asked in different manner. For

‘Change of Voice’ in case of Interrogative sentences, we can divide them into two categories.

a. Yes/ No Type

b. Wh- Type

Yes/No type Questions begin with Auxiliary Verbs such as am, is, are, was, were, do, did,

has, have, had, will, shall, can, could, would, should, may, might, must etc.


Do you like mangoes? Are Mangoes liked by you?

Does he take a picture? Is a picture taken by him? Have you done your homework? Has your homework been done by you? Did he sing a song? Was a song sung by him?. Can you lend me your book? Can I be lent your book (by you)?

163

In case of ‘Wh’ type questions, the answers are provided with some facts or opinions. We

place the wh-word at the beginning of the question in the passive sentences also.


Why do you like her? Why is she liked by you?

How did you solve the problem? How was the problem solved by him? Who is making a noise? By whom is a noise being made? Where did she find her ring? Where was her ring found by her?. When will you meet her? When will she be met by you?

Exercise 12.

Change the voice:

1. Have you received the parcel in time?

2. Do you speak English at home?

3. Can you spot the mistakes in her homework sheet?

4. Will they own up their faults?

5. Who will the bell the cat?

6. Why will you always rescue him?

7. Where do you get such beautiful flowers?

8. Will the boys defeat the girls in debate contest?

9. Why should you do it?

10. What can your parents do for you?

MISCELLANEOUS SENTENCES


May I go home now? Am I allowed to go home now?

Love your countrymen. Your countrymen should be loved by you.

This juice tastes sweet. This Juice is sweet when tasted. Quinine tastes bitter. Quinine is bitter when tasted. Keep your promise. Your promise must be kept.

164

Exercise13.

Change of Voice:

1. Hear your inner voice.

2. Sea water tastes salty.

3. Hate none.

4. His new novel is printing.

5. Always speak the truth.

6. People elected him their Prime Minister.

7. Who bought you here?

8. Let an application be written by you.

9. Go out now.

10. You ought to win it.


Exercise14.

Change of Voice:

1. We saw it as a challenge.

2. He kept her in the dark.

3. Nurse the sick.

4. Why did he kick you?

5. I don’t make excuses.

6. He never lost his focus.

7. Why are you laughing at him?

8. I admire our Prime Minister.

9. People dare him to tell a lie.

10. Duty must be done.

Exercise15.

Change of Voice:

1. She know her teacher well.

2. I love my India.

3. Why should you bear your insult?

165

4. What is wanted by you?

5. Save you soul.

6. Will you have done her work?

7. He doesn’t complete the song.

8. We have won the competition.

9. How did you get the prize?

10. You may write a letter.

Exercise16.

Change of Voice:

1. I agreed to her proposal.

2. He was elected the speaker of the house.

3. Who did not write the poem?

4. We were surprised at his remark.

5. Crowds lined the roads.

6. He displeases me.

7. Be alert.

8. Don’t litter in the streets.

9. What is done by him?

10. Nobody listened to his entreaties.

Exercise17.

Change of Voice:

1. Open the window please.

2. I asked him to leave my office.

3. Let them perform freely.

4. You are asked to clear the dues.

5. The manager has been suspended.

6. It has to be finished today.

7. Duty must be done.

8. I taught then English.

9. Every parent knows his child.

10. I have met Amitabh Bachchan once.

166

Exercise18.

Change of Voice:

1. The king was wearing a big turban.

2. Post this card immediately.

3. This glass contains milk.

4. Coffee tastes sweet.

5. He gave away the prizes.

6. When will you return my money?

7. What are you doing in the ground?

8. She sought my forgiveness.

9. Sneha has won many awards this year.

10. I adore Narendra Modi.

Exercise19.

Change of Voice:

1. Please share your experiences with us.

2. What is she asking for?

3. I helped him in his learning days.

4. None should shirk work.

5. Why are they shouting at you?

6. Do it at once.

7. They admit their mistakes.

8. Do what pleases you.

9. Live your dreams.

10. Sudha was offered the job by Telco.

Exercise19.

Change of Voice:

1. Discipline your life.

2. Grandmother recited the hymns daily.

3. Let them oppose me.

4. May I borrow your car?

167

5. The teacher taught us new concepts.

6. We must acknowledge the salute.

7. We could not accept your proposal.

8. Who is creating chaos in the streets?

9. Indians have proved their mettle in the IT sector.

10. Indian troops pushed the invaders out of our soil.

Exercise20.

Change of Voice:

1. Captain Vikram Batra made the supreme sacrifice for the motherland.

2. Flying Officer Nirmaljit Singh hit two Pakistani planes.

3. We need to remember this.

4. Malcolm was attacked by the grizzly.

5. Bhagat Singh is remembered for his selfless sacrifice.

6. Crafty men condemn study.

7. I gave them many story books.

8. We must do more for our society.

9. Our media must create more for public awareness on GST.

10. De-monitisation has harmed the interests of the corrupt.

168

9. CHANGE OF NARRATION

Look at the following picture and read the sentences given below:

1. The teacher said to the student, “Welcome back to school.”

2. The teacher welcomed the student back to school.

The act of reporting a person’s speech is called Narration. There are two ways of narrating a

person’s speech:

Direct Speech: In Direct Speech, the actual words spoken by a person are quoted within inverted

commas (“...........”). In example 1, the actual words spoken by the teacher are quoted without any

change.

Indirect Speech: In Indirect Speech, the gist/meaning/matter of the speaker’s words is conveyed

without quoting the actual words. In example 2, the meaning of the teacher’s words is conveyed

without quoting her actual words.

Components of a Direct Speech: There are two parts of a Direct Speech

(i) Reporting Verb: The part of the sentence outside the inverted commas is called Reporting

speech. It is generally termed as Reporting Verb. It has three parts: Subject, Reporting Verb

and Objects. In certain cases the object may be missing.

(ii) Reported Speech: The part of the sentence enclosed within the inverted commas is called

the Reported Speech. A Reported Speech also has a Subject and a Verb with other

extensions (other parts of speech).

169

Read the sentence given below and study its structure.

Direct: She said to me, “I am going to Delhi.”

Direct: (Reporting Speech), “Reported Speech.”

Direct: (She) (said)(to me), “I am going to Delhi.”

Direct: (Subject) (Reporting Verb) (Object), “Subject and Verb of Reported Speech (with other

extensions).”

Components of an Indirect Speech: An Indirect Speech is a Complex Sentence made of a Principal

Clause (Reporting Speech) and a Subordinate Clause (Reported Speech), generally joined by a

conjunction. Look at the following example:

She told methathe was going to Delhi. (Indirect Speech)

(Principal Clause) Conjunction (Subordinate Clause)

Difference between Direct and Indirect Speech

Direct Speech Indirect Speech

Actual words of the speaker are quoted in

inverted commas.

Actual words of the speaker are not quoted.

The meaning or matter of the reported

speech is conveyed indirectly.

It has two parts: Reporting Verb and

Reported Speech

It is one complex sentence with a Principal

Clause and a Subordinate Clause.

Reporting Verb and Reported Speech are

separated by comma. Reported Speech is

enclosed within inverted commas.

There is no use of comma to separate

Reporting Verb and Reported Speech.

Inverted commas are removed.

Reported Speech in inverted commas starts

with a capital letter.

Reported speech becomes the subordinate

clause of a Complex Sentence. Hence, it

starts with a small letter.

There is no use of Conjunction, as Reporting

Verb and Reported Speech are separated by

a comma and inverted commas.

In most of the cases, Reported speech is

introduced by a conjunction.

General Rules for Changing Direct Speech into Indirect Speech

Important Note: General rules are those rules which are always followed while changing a

Direct Speech into an Indirect Speech. Both General and specific Rules must be followed

while changing a Direct Speech into an Indirect Speech. The specific rules are related to

types of sentences. These rules are discussed further in this chapter.

170

Rule-I Inverted commas are removed.

Rule-II Look at the tense of the reporting verb.

(a) If the tense of Reporting Verb in Direct Speech is Present or Future Tense, there will be no

change in the tense of the Reported Speech while changing the Direct Speech into Indirect

Speech.

Direct: The teacher says to the students, “I havecorrected your note books.”

Indirect: The teacher tells the students that she hascorrected their notebooks.

(b) If the tense of Reporting Verb in Direct Speech is Past Tense, follow the rules regarding the

change of tense discussed later in this chapter.

Rule-III Rules regarding the change in Personal Pronouns

Important Note: While changing the Personal Pronouns, the Gender and Case of the Personal

Pronouns should be kept the same. Study the table given below.

Personal Pronouns Nominative Case Accusative Case Possessive Case

First Person I, We Me, Us My, Mine, Our, Ours

Second Person You, Thou You, Thee Your, Yours, Thine

Third person He, She, It, They Him, Her, It, Them His, her, hers, its,

their, theirs

(i) Pronouns of the First Person in the Reported Speech change according to the Subject of the

Reporting Verb. The case will remain the same.

Direct: My sister said to me, “I don’t want to waste my time”.

My sister (Subject, Third Person) said to me, “I (First person, Nominative Case) don’t want to waste

my (First Person, Possessive Case) time.”

Indirect:

My sistertold me that she (Third person, Nominative Case)did not want to waste her (Third Person,

Possessive Case) time.

(ii) Pronouns of the Second Personin the Reported Speech change according to the Object of

the Reporting Verb. The case will remain the same.

Direct: Isaid to her, “You should do your work.”

I said to her (Object, Third Person), “You (Second person, NominativeCase) should do your (Second

Person, Possessive Case) work.”

Indirect:

I advised her that she (Third Person, NominativeCase) should do her (Third Person, Possessive Case)

work.

171

(iii) Pronouns of the Third Person in the Reported Speech remain unchanged.

Direct: Asha said to me, “He (Third Person) is wasting his (Third Person) time.”

Indirect: Asha told me that he (Third Person) was wasting his (Third Person) time.

The following table will help the learners learn the rules of Pronouns:

Reporting Verb S O N

Reported Speech I II III

Here: S = Subject I= First

O= Object II= Second Person

N= No Change III= Third Person

Rule- IV Subject-verb agreement must be followed when Pronouns or Tense in the Reported Speech is

changed.

Direct: I say to my friend, “You are very hard-working.”

Indirect: I tell my friend that he is very hard-working.

Direct: I said to my friend, “Youare very hard-working.”

Indirect: I told my friend that hewas very hard-working.

Rule-V A conjunction is used to introduce the Reported Speech. The use of conjunction depends on

the type of sentence of the Reported Speech. The following table will elaborate this concept.

Type of Sentence in Reported Speech Conjunction Used to join Reporting Verb

and Reported Speech

Assertive Sentences (Affirmative & Negative) that

Interrogative Sentences (Single) if/whether

Interrogative Sentences ( Double: with

Wh-words)

Wh-word used in the Reported Speech

Imperative Sentences Infinitive with to/that

Exclamatory Sentences that

Optative Sentences that

Rule- VI The tense of Reporting Verb remains the same. If the Reporting Verb is ‘say’, ‘says’, ‘will say’,

or ‘said’ it remains the same. If Reporting Verb is followed by ‘to’ and an object, there will be the

following changes in the Reporting Verbs if the Reported Speech is an Assertive Sentence. Examples:

172

say to him tell him

says to me tells me

will say to

her

will tell her

said to you told you

Rules Regarding the Change in Tense

Rule-I If the Reporting Verb is in Present Tense or Future Tense, there will be no change in the tense

of the Reported Speech.

Direct: My mother says, “The food is ready.”

Indirect: My mother says that the food is ready.

Direct: He says to me, “I amstudying here.”

Indirect: He tells me that he isstudying here.

Direct: Tarun will say, “I wassleeping.”

Indirect: Tarun will say that he wassleeping.

Rule-II If the Reporting Verb is in Past Tense the tense of the Reported Speech will change in its

corresponding tense in the Past Tense. The following table explains the change in tense:


Simple Present (V1) Simple Past (V2)

Present Continuous (is/am/are+ V1+ ing) Past Continuous (was/were+ V1+ ing)

Present Perfect (has/have+V3) Past Perfect (had+V3)

Preset Perfect Continuous

(has/have +been+ V1+ing)

Past Perfect Continuous

(had+ been+ V1+ing)

Simple Past (V2) Past Perfect (had+V3)

Past Continuous

(was/were+ V1+ ing)


(had +been+ V1+ing)

Past Perfect (had+V3) Past Perfect (had+V3)


(had +been+ V1+ing)


(had +been+ V1+ing)

Simple Future (will/shalll+V1) Past form of Simple Future (would+ V1)

Future Continuous

(will/shalll+be+V1+ing)

Past form of Future Continuous

( would+be+V1+ing)

Future Perfect

(will/shall+ have+ V3)

Past form of Future Perfect

(would+have+V3)

Future Perfect Continuous

(will/shall+ have+ been+ V1+ing)

Past form of Future Perfect Continuous

(would+ have+ been+ V1+ing)

Direct: My mother said, “The food is ready.”

Indirect: My mother said that the food was ready.

173

Direct: He said to me, “I am studying here.”

Indirect: He told me that he was studying there.

Direct: John said, “I was sleeping.”

Indirect: John said that he hadbeen sleeping.

Direct: My sister said to me, “I don’t like mangoes.”

Indirect: My sister told me that she didnot like mangoes

Rule-III Modal Auxiliaries are changed according to the table given below.


can could

will/shall would

may might

could/should/would/might No change

Rule-IV Change of ‘Must’

(i) If must indicates future necessity or compulsion, it changes into would+have+to+V1

(Conditional)

Direct: He said, “I must finish this work by tomorrow.”

Indirect: He said that he wouldhaveto finish that work by the next day.

(ii) For immediate necessity, ‘must’ is changed into ‘had to’.

Direct: He said, “I must go home now.”

Indirect: He said that he hadto go home then.

(iii) When ‘must’ indicates permanent rule, prohibition etc, it does not change.

Direct: The teacher said, “The students must not miss my class.”

Indirect: The teacher said that the students must not miss her class.

Rule-V Change of Modal Auxiliaries ‘Need’ and ‘Dare’

Direct: He said to me, “You neednotgo to market.”

Indirect: He told me that I neednotgo to market.

Direct: He said to me, “I darenottalk to the teacher.”

Indirect: He told me that he dare not talk to the teacher.

Rule-VI Adverbs of Time and Place and some other words are changed according to the table given

below. If the tense of the Reported Speech is not changed, the adverbials of time and place are also

not changed.

174


this that

these those

here, hither There, thither

hence, hereby thence, thereby

come go

now then

today that day

tonight that night

yesterday the previous day

last week/month/year the previous week/month/year

last night the night before

tomorrow the next day/the following year

ago before

Situations When the Tense of Reported Speech Remains the Same

There are a few exceptional situations when the tense of the Reported Speech is not changed even if

the Reporting Verb is in the Past Tense.

(a) If the Reported Speech is a Universal Truth, a Mathematical fact, Geographical fact, Historical

fact, Chemical fact or some other fact, the tense is not changed.

Examples:

Direct: The teacher said, “The earth revolves around the sun.

Indirect: The teacher said that the earth revolves around the sun.

Direct: He said to me, “Two and two make four.”

Indirect: He told me that two and two make four.

Direct: He said to me, “Water boils at 100˚ Celsius.”

Indirect: He told me that water boils at 100˚ Celsius.

Direct: He said to me, “The TajMahalis in Agra.”

Indirect: He told me that the TajMahalis in Agra.

(b) If the Reported Speech is a Proverb or an act of morality, the tense is not changed.

Example:

Direct: Riya said to her brother, “Honesty is the best policy.”

Indirect: Riya told her brother that honesty is the best policy.

(c) If the Reported Speech explains some Habitual Act, the tense is not changed.

Direct: The teacher said, “Mohan always comes late.”

Indirect: The teacher said the Mohan always comes late.

Direct: He said to me, “I go for a walk daily.”

Indirect: He told me that he goes for a walk daily.

(d) If the Reported Speech refers to past time/date/year, the tense is not changed.

175

Examples:

Direct: My mother said to me, “India got freedom on 15th August 1947.”

Indirect: My mother told me that India got freedom on 15th August 1947.

(e) If the Reported Speech expresses two simultaneous actions, the tense remains the same.

Examples:

Direct: He said to me, I played when my brother slept.”

Indirect: He told me that he played when his brother slept.

Direct: He said to me, I was completing my homework when my mother wascooking food.”

Indirect: He told me that he wascompleting his homework when his mother wascooking food.

(f) If the action expressed in the Reported Speech continues at the time of Reporting, the tense is

not changed.

Example:

Direct: He said to me, “Prices aregoing up.”

Indirect: He told me that prices aregoing up.

Direct: He said to me, “India isprogressing by leaps and bounds.”

Indirect: He told me that India isprogressing by leaps and bounds.

(g) If the Reported Speech expresses an imaginary condition or an unreal condition, the tense is

not changed.

Example:

Direct: He said, “If my friend were here, I wouldbe very happy.”

Indirect: He said that if his son were there, he wouldbe very happy.

Direct: He said to me, “If you hadinvited me, I wouldhaveattended the party.”

Indirect: He told me that if I hadinvited me, he wouldhaveattended the party.

Specific Rules According to Types of Sentences

There are different rules for different types of sentences for changing a Direct Speech into

an Indirect Speech. Therefore, it is very important to find out what type of sentence a

Reported Speech is. A Reported Speech in a Direct Speech may be

1. Assertive Sentence

2. Interrogative Sentence

3. Imperative Sentence

4. Exclamatory Sentence

5. Optative Sentence

Rules/Instructions for Changing Assertive Sentences

Assertive Sentences are simple statements. There are two types: Affirmative Sentences and Negative

Sentences.

1. Remove inverted commas and use the conjunction ‘that’ to join the Reporting Speech and the

Reported Speech.

176

2. Change Personal Pronouns according to General rules.

3. Follow Tense related rules to change or not to change the Tense.

Direct: He said, “I amwatching T.V.”

Indirect: He said that he waswatching T.V.

Direct: My friend said to me, “I havesolved the sum.”

Indirect: My friend told me that he hadsolved the sum.

Direct: He said to me, “I can explain the situation”

Indirect: He told me that he could explain the situation.

Direct: She said to me, “I was waiting for you.”

Indirect: She told me that she hadbeen waiting for me.

Direct: My brother said to me, “I will work hard to stand first in the class.”

Indirect: My brother told me that he would work hard to stand first in the class.

Exercise-I

1. She said to me, “I will go to Delhi next week.”

2. Rajan said to him, “I returned your book yesterday.”

3. My sister said to me, “I have to finish my work before 5 O’ clock today.”

4. The teacher said to the students, “You must attend your classes regularly.”

5. The stranger said to me, “I belong to Rajasthan.”

6. The captain said to players, “In case of rain we will cancel the match.”

7. My friend said to me, “You can take my book if you want to study.”

8. My neighbour said to me, “Someone has stolen my scooter.”

9. His brother said to him, “I am going to watch a movie.”

10. Riya said to me, “I shall go to Chennai next week.”

Rules/Instructions for Changing Interrogative Sentences

Interrogative Sentences are questions. There are two types of Interrogative Sentences:

(a) Single Interrogative Sentence: It starts with a Primary Auxiliary or a Modal Auxiliary. Such

sentences are answered in ‘Yes’ or ‘No’.

Example: Are you a teacher? Yes/No

Will you marry me? Yes/No

(b) Double Interrogative Sentence: It starts with a ‘Wh-word’ (Interrogative Pronoun or

Interrogative Adverb).

Example: What is your name?

Who are you?

Where are you going?

1. Change the reporting verb into ask/asked, enquire/enquired, or wonder/wondered etc.

177

2. Remove inverted commas. If the Reported Speech is a Single Interrogative Sentence, use the

conjunction ‘if’ or ‘whether’ to join the Reporting Speech and the Reported Speech.

3. If the Reported Speech is a Double Interrogative Sentence, use the Wh-word given in the

Reported Speech as a conjunction.

4. Follow the rules of Pronouns and Tenses.

5. In Indirect Speech, Interrogative Sentence, given in the Reported Speech, changes into an

Assertive Sentence. Therefore, the places of Subject and Verb are exchanged. This is known as

Inversion. Sign of Interrogation (?) is removed.

6. Helping verbs: ‘do’, ‘does’, or ‘did’ are removed.

For example: Is he your friend? (Interrogative Sentence)

He is your friend. (Assertive Sentence)

Direct: He said to me, “Doyoulive in Delhi?”

Indirect: He asked me ifIlived in Delhi.

Direct: He said to me, “Whenareyou going to Ajmer?”

Indirect: He asked me whenIwas going to Ajmer.

Direct: The teacher said to the students, “Whobroke the chair?”

Indirect: The teacher asked the students whohadbroken the chair.

Direct: She said to me, “ShallI open the door?”

Indirect: She asked me ifsheshould open the door.

Direct: My father said to me, “Haveyou seen my spectacles?”

Indirect: My father asked me ifIhad seen his spectacles.

Direct: My sister said to me, “Whyareyou disturbing me?”

Indirect: My sister asked me whyIwas disturbing her.

Questions Starting with Shall I/We

1. If ‘shall’ indicates Future Tense or some information/speculation, it changes into ‘would’.

Direct: He said to me, “Shall we ever meet again?”

Indirect: He wondered if we would ever meet again.

2. If ‘shall’ indicates seeking advice or a request, it changes into ‘should’

Direct:Ritu said, “Shall I open the door?”

Indirect:Ritu asked if she should open the door.

3. If ‘shall’ indicates an offer, it is replaced with the verb ‘offer’.

Direct: She said to me, “Shall I bring you something to eat?”

Indirect: She offered to bring me something to eat.

4. If ‘shall’ indicates a suggestion, it is replaced with the verb ‘suggest’.

Direct: He said, “Shall we meet again tomorrow?”

Indirect: He suggested meeting again the next day.

178

Questions Starting with Will you/ would you/ could you

1. If the questions starting with ‘will you’, ‘would you’ or ‘could you’ are ordinary questions, the

rules of single interrogative sentences will be applied.

2. If the questions starting with ‘will you’, ‘would you’ or ‘could you’ indicate an order, request or

offer, the changes will be made accordingly as explained in the following examples:

Direct: He shouted, “Will you keep silence?” (order)

Indirect: He ordered me to keep silence.

Direct: She said to me, “Could you give me some sugar?” (request)

Indirect: She requested me to give her some sugar.

Direct: She said to me, “Wouldyou like to have a drink?” (offer)

Indirect: She invited me for a drink. Or, Sheoffered me a drink.

Exercise-II

1. The shopkeeper said to the boy, “What do you want to buy?”

2. The student said to the teacher, “Can you explain the sum again?”

3. The father said to his son, “Where have you kept my spectacles?”

4. The teacher said to the student, “Why have you come late today?”

5. I said to him, “When are you going to inaugurate your house?”

6. My father said to my sister, “Why have you not prepared your lessons.”

7. He said to his guest, “Shall I make you a cup of tea?”

8. The secretary said to the visitor, “Whom do you want to see?”

9. He said to me, “Are you building a new house?”

10.My uncle said to me, “When does the postman come every day?”

Rules/Instructions for Changing Imperative Sentences

Imperative Sentences express an order, command, request, prohibition or advice. These sentences

start directly with the first form of Verb or ‘Don’t’, followed by the first form of Verb.

1. Change the Reporting Verb in order/ordered, request/requested, command/commanded,

forbid/forbade or advise/advised according to the meaning implied in the Reported Speech.

2. The Imperative Mood is changed into Infinitive Mood.

3. Change the first form of verb into Positive Infinitive (to+V1) and ‘Don’t+ V1’ into Negative

Infinitive (not+to+V1). For Negative Infinitive, the verb ‘Forbid’ can also be used.

Direct: The boss said to his employee, “Show me the report.”

Indirect: The boss ordered his employee toshow him the report.

Direct: My father said to me, “Take care of your health.”

Indirect: My father advised me totake care of my health.

Direct: My sisters said to me, “Please, don’tdisturb me.

Indirect: My sister requested me nottodisturb her.

179

Direct: The Commander said to the soldiers, “Don’tbeafraid of the enemy. Move forward.”

Indirect:The Commander commanded the soldiers nottobeafraid of the enemy and to move forward.

Direct: The gardener said to the boys, “Don’tpluck the flowers.”

Indirect: The gardener forbade the boys from plucking the flowers.

Use of ‘Let’ in Imperative Sentences

There are different ways to use ‘Let’ in Imperative Sentences.

(a) To Propose or Suggest something: In such a case, the Reporting Verb is changed into

‘proposed’ or ‘suggested’ and ‘Let’ is changed into ‘should’. Conjunction ‘that’ is used.

Direct: She said to us, “Let’s go for shopping.”

Indirect: She proposed to us that we should go for shopping.

(b) To permit/get permission: In such cases, ‘Let’ is changed into ‘to let’ or ‘might be allowed to’.

Conjunction ‘that’ is used.

Direct: Rohit said to his father, “Let me choose the subject I want to study.”

Indirect: Rohit suggested to his father to let him choose the subjects he wanted to study.

(c) To express a condition or supposition: In such a case, ‘Let’ is changed into ‘might’.

Conjunction ‘that’ is used.

Direct: He said, “Let him try ever so hard, he will not stand first in the class.”

Indirect: He said that he would not stand first in the class however hard he might try.

Exercise-III

1. The teacher said to the students, “Don’t make a noise.”

2. She said to her father, “Let me marry the boy I want to.”

3. The Principal said to the boys, “Work hard if you want to succeed.”

4. My mother said to me, “Clean your room and arrange your books.”

5. The beggar said, “Please give me a rupee.”

6. The leader said to his followers, “Let’s do something for our motherland.”

7. He said to his son, “Never tell a lie.”

8. The Principal said to the peon, “Bring that file to me.”

9. The captain said to the soldiers, “Fire at the enemy.”

10. My friend said to me, “Let’s play cricket.”

Rules/Instructions for Changing Exclamatory Sentences

180

Exclamatory Sentences express a sudden or a strong feeling. These sentences start with an

Interjection such as ‘Hurrah’, ‘Alas’, ‘Oh’ etc. or ‘What’ ‘How’.

1. The Exclamatory Sentence is changed into Assertive Sentence.

2. The Reporting Verb is changed into exclaimed or exclaimed with (Joy, sorrow, wonder etc

according to the Interjection given in the Direct Speech).

3. Conjunction ‘that’ is used to join the Reporting Verb and the Reported Speech.

4. ‘Interjection’ or any other exclamatory word is removed.

5. All the rules of Pronouns and Tenses are followed.

6. Mark of exclamation is removed.

Points to remember

Ho! Hurrah! Hoo! etc. express joy or delight

What! Oh! Good Heavens etc. express wonder/surprise

Alas! Ah! etc. express grief or pain

Hark! Hush! Lo! Behold! express attention

Pooh! Pshaw! express contempt

Damn! express swear

Bravo! express applaud/encouragement

Direct: She said, “Alas! I have injured my hand.”

Indirect: She exclaimed with sorrow that she had injured her hand.

Direct: The players said, “Hurrah! We have won the match.”

Indirect: The players exclaimed with joy that they had won the match.

Direct: The captain said to the players, “Bravo! You played very well today.”

Indirect: The captain applauded the players saying that they had played very well that day.

Direct: She said, “How beautiful the scenery is!”

Indirect: She exclaimed that the scenery was very beautiful.

Direct: She said, “How foolish I have been!”

Indirect: She confessed that she had been very foolish.

Exercise-IV

1. My brother said, “Hurrah! I have got the first rank in my class.”

2. He said, “Alas! I have lost my son.”

3. She said to me, “Good Heavens! You have come again.”

181

4. He said to the boy, “Pooh! Pooh! What a dirty fellow you are!”

5. The students said, “How difficult the question paper is!”

6. She said to her son, “Hush! The baby is sleeping.”

7. My friend said to me, “How nice of you to have come.”

8. She said, “Hurrah! My brother has won a lottery prize.”

9. The boy said, “Oh! I have forgotten my book at home.”

10. I said, “What a tongue twister!

Rules/Instructions for Changing Optative Sentences

Optative Sentences express a wish, desire, blessing, prayer or curse. The use of Modal Auxiliaries

‘May’ and ‘Would’ is common in these sentences. Conditional sentences using ‘were’ are also used to

express a wish.

1. Reporting verb is changed into wished/prayed/ desired/cursed etc.

2. The word ‘wish’ used in the Direct Speech is removed.

3. If the Reporting Verb is in Past Tense, ‘May’ is used into ‘Might’.

4. ‘Were’ used in Conditional Sentences is changed into ‘had been’ if the Reporting Verb is in Past

Tense.

5. We wish good morning, good afternoon, good evening or good night.

6. We bid welcome, farewell or good-bye.

Direct: He said to me, “May you get success in life.”

Indirect: He wished that I might get success in life.

Direct: He said, “Good morning, teacher.”

Indirect: He wished good morning to his teacher.

Direct: She said, “Good bye, friends.”

Indirect: She bade farewell to her friends.

Direct: He said, “I wish I were a king.”

Indirect: He wished that he had been a king.

Direct: He said, “O for a glass of water!”

Indirect: He desired strongly for a glass of water.

Exercise-V

Change the Narration:

1. I said to my friend, “May you get well soon.”

2. My friend said to me, “Good luck to you!”

3. John said, “O for a house to live in.”

4. He said, “I wish I were the Prime Minister.”

5. My mother said to me, “May you get all the success in life.”

182

6. The blind man said, “May God bless you!”

7. I said to my parents, “Good Night!”

8. The teacher said to the students, “May you all fare well in your examination.”

9. She said to her friend, “May you recover soon!”

10. He said, “O for a cup of tea!”

Exercise-VI

1. He said to me, “You can go now.”

2. Radha said, “I bought these books yesterday.”

3. Priyanka said to me, “I lost my book last night.”

4. He said, “I have found a gold coin today.”

5. She said to me, “I will wait for you here.”

6. Pratibha said to her friend, “I should go back home now.”

7. The servant says to his master, “The dinner is ready.”

8. Nehru said, “The Ganga has been a symbol of India’s culture.

9. The teacher said to the students, “You should obey your parents.”

10. He said to Doctor, “There is no hope for him unless you treat him.”

Practice Exercise-VII

1. The tourist said to the guide, “How long does it take to reach Manali?”

2. He said to me, “Shall I help you?”

3. I said to him, “When are you coming to my home?”

4. The daughter said to her mother, “What have you prepared in lunch.”

5. He said to his neighbour, “Who has spoiled my garden?”

6. She said to me, “Do you know the way to railway station?”

7. I said to him, “What have you got as your birthday gift?”

8. She said to me, “Why did you hurt my brother?”

9. My friend said to me, “Are you looking for a new job?”

10. Amit said to his brother, “How did you fare in your final examination?”

Practice Exercise-VIII

1.He said to me,” You have no liking for poetry.”

2. She said, “May God bless the new born baby.”

3. I said to him, “Did you go to school today?”

4. The boys cried out, “Bravo! It is a big hit!”

5. The boy said to his mother, “Let me play for some time.”

6. He said to her, “Are you well?”

7. She Said, “You mustn’t break your promise.”

8. The Officer said to his men, “Attack the enemy.”

9. The teacher asked her why she was late.

183

10. He said to me, “Let him play cunningly, he will not be able to defeat you.”

Practice Exercise-IX

1. Mother said, “Go ahead and do well in life.”

2. He said, “Do it at once.”

3. You said to us, “Why were they quarrelling at night?”

4. Her husband said, “How stupid you are?”

5. He said, “I must win the prize.”

6. Sonam said her mother, “Where are the keys?”

7. We wished them success in life.

8. The Fox said, “How clever I am!”

9. The Principal said to the students, “You should always respect your teachers.”

10. “What a lovely flower!” I said.

Practice Exercise-X

1. I said to her, “Are you comfortable now?”

2. He said to me, “You can trust me.”

3. He said to Sanam, “Whose car is that?”

4. Money said to Simmy, “I am going to Jaipur tomorrow.”

5. Manav said to Hari, “Please lend me some money.”

6. I said to him, “Let us go to the cinema tonight.”

7. He said to me, “Let me know if I can do for you.”

8. The officer said, “March forward, boys.”

9. The Guru said, “Do good and expect nothing in return.”

10. He said, “If he were a king!”

Practice Exercise-XI

1. She said to him,” Where are you staying?”

2. I said to my secretary,” Don’t disturb me.”

3. Mother said to her, ”Why don’t you finish your meals fast?”

4. He said to the teacher, “Don’t blame me, Sir.”

5. I said,”Good bye, friends.”

6. “You are a coward”, said the girl.

7. Yoga teacher said,” Take a deep breath.”

8. The manager said to the waiter,” Shut up.”

9. “Alas! I have no money”, Said the gambler.

184

10. She said,” May I go home, sir?”

Practice exercise –XII

1. I said to her, “Does that book belong to you?”

2. He said to me,” When is you last paper?”

3. I said to her,” Have you learnt your lesson?”

4. She said to me,” I can help you in studies?”

5. His friend said to him,” You must work hard for success.”

6. I asked her where she had been missing.

7. The old woman said, God be with you, my Child.”

8. Children said to her,” Good morning, madam.”

9. His wife said to him,” Good night darling, I am going to sleep now.”

10. She said to me, ”Let’s not run after the wealth.”

Practice Exercise-XIII

1. The teacher said to the boys,”Are you ready for the test?”

2. She said to her friend,” Where should I wait for you?”

3. The bus conductor said, “Come inside, sir.”

4. I said, “Hurrah! My buddy has won.”

5. The officer said,” Get ready for a long race.”

6. She said,” I wish I were the Prime Minister of India.”

7. Bose said to the volunteers, “Give me blood and I will get you freedom.”

8. He said to his boss, “Forgive my mistakes, sir.”

9. I said to the boy, “Get me a glass of water.”

10. The old man said, “Farewell, my son.”

Practice Exercise-XIV

1. Rosy said to her mother, “I will come on Monday.”

2. She said to peon,” Do you know when the Principal will come?”

3. Surubhi said to her niece,” I am busy to today.”

4. Prabhjot said to the child,” You better see the doctor now.”

5. I said,” Will you be quiet for sometime?”

6. Farzana said, “I must go soon.”

7. Anurag said, “ I like this story,”

8. Bindu Said, “I wish I could help you.”

9. Varinder Said, “Did she like the movie?”

185

10. Deepak said, “It’s a great idea to see the play today.”

Practice Exercise-XV

1. Sachin Said, “I don’t want to play anymore.”

2. “What is going in your mind?” Geeta said to her brother.

3. He reminded me that we would meet me on the next day.

4. She says, “I will be a lawyer when I grow up.”

5. Pardeep said, “If I were rich, I would travel a lot.”

6. She remarked, “I needn’t hurry now.”

7. Samay said, “Do you know French?”

8. He said, “My coffee is to cold.”

9. Her teacher said, “Don’t talk so fast.”

10. The teacher asked me where I had been.

10.ADVERTISEMENTS

186

An advertisement is basically sharing or spreading information about something with an aim to make

attract people towards a product or service. It is not a new thing, It has been going on since ages.

Earlier the producer or service provider used to spread awareness about his product through word of

mouth information or showing it at public places.

Since the advent of newspapers, it became easier to get a bigger audience. The first newspaper

Advertisement was published in 1704,seeking a buyer for an Oyster Bay, Long Island Estate, in Boston

News Letter. After the advent of Radio, First radio commercial was aired in 1922 in New York and the

first television advertisement was also broadcasted in New York before a baseball game in 1941.

As per Oxford dictionary, an advertisement is a public notice or announcement especially one

advertising goods or services in newspapers, magazines, on posters or in broadcasts.

In general terms, it is aform of communication that typically attempt to persuade a potential

purchaser or user to purchase or to consume more of a particular product or brand of a product or

service.

Why do we need advertisement?

We need advertisements -

-to introduce new products

-to increase sale of product or service

-to create a new brand

-to communicate any changes in the product line

-to give requirement for a particular product or service.

Generally there are two broad categories of Advertisements: Classified and Display

Classified Advertisement is a product or services advertising thatappears in specific section of

newspaperunder the heading classifying the product orservice being offered. It is commonly used in

newspapers, online and periodicals/ magazines which may be sold or distributed free of cost. They

can be grouped under specific headings such as:

- Matrimonial

- Real estate-sale /purchase of property.

- Employment/ Situation Vacant

- Vehicles-sale / purchase

- Accommodation- to let or purchase property

- Change of Name

- Tours and Travels

- Missing Persons and pets

187

Some of the main features of a classified advertisement are:

- It takes less space

- Use only words / shorts Phrases(No full sentences used)

- Simple and brief

- Economical

- Title and contact details

- Should give complete relevant information

- Generally Words limited to fifty only

Format of an advertisement:

1. Headline- it should be in capitals.The purpose of the headline is to sell the ad.

2. Body of the advt.-content should be concise, relevant, self-explanative and to the point. The

purpose of the body is to set up the call to action.

3. Call of action-The purpose of the call to action is to sell the click

. Display Advertisements: They contain many formats such as Images, text, flash video and audio. They

use visuals, drawings, sketches and video clips etc. The aim is to draw as much as possible. They can

used to announce events, extend invitations, to join for a cause or an awareness programme etc.

They can be grouped such as:

- Out-Door Advertisement

- In-Door Advertisement

- Non-Product Advertisement

- Radio Advertisement

- T.V Commercial

- National Advertisement

- International Advertisement

- Retail Advertisement

- Local Advertisement

Some of the features of a display advertisement are –

- It takes more space

- It is expensive

- It is visually attractive

- It has catchy slogans

- It is very colourful

- Use of different fonts and designs

- Lengthy message can be delivered effectively

.

188

CLASSIFIED ADVERTISEMENTS

1.BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY 2. INVESTMENT 3. SECURITY SERVICES

We are looking for Franchise / all out deal for a well established institute , successfully managing various professional courses, in nearly 100 acres of land and approximately 50 thousand square meters , nicely built up area near Ludhiana. The site is highly suitable for private institute /Medical college project from every parameter. Interested individuals may call or email their expression of Interest for further discussions. 9999910xx0 [email protected]

Invest in agriculture sector, increase your capital 10 folds in ten years, game changer opportunity, seems ten lakhs for ten years, guaranteed yield of sandalwood crop minimum sale value worth rupees one crore (tax free income)along with one acre land deed. Earn high dividends in comparison with financial sector and Banking Sector. Business associates urgently required. Contact ABC Woods, SCO-XX, First Floor, Near Gurudwara , Sector- 5, Mohali. Punjab. +91 72211xxx00, +91 9XXX9 22xxx, Email: [email protected] Website: acdwood.in

ZEBRA STRIPES detectives and Security services private limited also training under National Detectives association act and recovery agents training accredited by Indian Institue of Banking and Finance as per RBI guidelines. New batch starting 21st of Every month- SCF 11/2017, Mohali, Ph. 0172- 22200xx, 9xxx912345. Email: [email protected]

4. Vedanta Clinic

Chandigarh

Wanted Immediately

1. Dr. Radiologist

MD Experienced with intensive Care and CCU

2. Dr. Surgeon MS

5.Property for Sale

LAND FOR SALE

/JOINT VENTURE

10 ACRE LAND FOR SALE Main Moga Ludhiana Road, approved. TowardsMullanpur, near Haveli Resorts;

6. Situation vacant

Sigma School of

Science

Rampur Road, Dharamshala. Urgently Require Teachers Lecturer ( M.A./M.Sc B.Ed) English-2, Chemistry, Physics-2, Mathematics-3,

189

Experienced preferred.

3. Doctors ( BAMS)

- With Ayurvedic Medicine Experience.

Apply Immediately before 15 December 2017 along with complete bio data, photo-copies of certificates and contacts details. Handsome salary with campus accommodation. Interview details will be intimated shortly to shortlisted candidates. -General

secretary

300 ft. roadside front, best for School, flats, institutes, hospitals. Village Dakha. Ludhiana. Contact: 99xxx100xx

Biology-1. Salary as per HP govt. Norms . Previous experience will be given added weightage. Email your resume at : [email protected] 98555xx0xx

7. Operations Manager:

For Hotel in Dehradun (50+ rooms) 4 year degree holder with 1 year experience as OM. Excellent communications skills with a update knowledge of MS office, able to be on call 24 hours as per duty demand and age not more than 35 years. Please send your resume via Email, copies of certificates with latest passport sized photographs and expected salary. Email:

8. Required Medical

specialist and

gyneocologist: For running hospital in Moga – Firozpur Road, Moga on share / salary basis. One resident on salary basis. 980011xxx0 Email: [email protected]

9. PINEGROVE SCHOOL,

DHAMPUR. (H.P)

www. Pinesforyou.com _________________________ Requires

• PGTs- English , Maths, Physics

• TGTs- Science, SST, Maths

• PRTs- English, SST, Maths

• Matrons- Female • PTI(Male /Female)

Well spoken experienced, trained candidates, with good communication skills, ready for long-term commitment. Qualifications: As per CBSE norms for teachers, graduation for matrons. Walk

190

[email protected]

in Interview on 20 -21 Dec. 2017 at 1000 hrs. at Hotel Shankra, Shimla (H.P) Bring detailed CV, colour photos, Copies of Certificates.

10 11 12

Situation Wanted

Wanted a Full time Typist –English and Punjabi with 55 w.p.m. minimum 10 years experience. Correspond directly. Box No. 1101,The Tribune.

Admission Notice

BABE KE INSTITUTE

OF NURSING, V.P.O DAUDHAR, MOGA

Direct Admission 2017-18 M.Sc. Nursing: (PMNET qualified /appeared /B.Sc.Nursing with 1 years experience before/after post Basic nursing) B.Sc Nursing:

(PPMET qualified /Appeared 10+2 PCB 45% Marks)

Situation Vacant

Required account assistant at Industrial Area Alipur Barwala, Distt, Panchkula. Qualification: 12th, B.Com Age: 20-28 years Experience / Additional qualifications: a course in accounting or Computer Knowledge will be given weightage. Contact: 9988xxxx11, 9001101xxx Email: [email protected]

191

13. Matrimonial 14. Matrimonial 15. Matrimonial

Suitable match for beautiful Jat Sikh girl, Cultured status family, 1985 born, 5’ 4’, B.Sc. M.B.A Suitable matches may send bio data, photo. Email: SidhuJS@yahoo. Com or Call at 999xx10xxx.

BrahminManglik girl, 29.02.1996, 2.40a.m Ambala, B.com, M.Com, 5’.6’ , high Status business family , Contact after matching Kundli, WhatsApp: 9910199xxx.

Suitable match for a handsome army officer Mair Rajput boy, 6’3’, 1992 born , B.Tech Mach., Reputed family, looking forward a well-educated pretty girl. Caste No bar. WhatsApp bio-data and Pics. 9xx8xx9x00

192

193

194

195

196

Practice Exercises

1. Draft an advertisement for a Washing Machine.

2. Draft an advertisement for a furniture exhibition.

3. Write an advertisement for a Mysore Silk Saree center offering festival discounts.

4. Draft an advertisement for a new HD TV showroom.

5. Draft an advertisement for ‘The Leather Shop’ – an all leather store.

6. Draft an advertisement for admission to various Engineering and Management courses

being offered at an institute of Engineering and Management.

7. Draft an advertisement for a high Eco-Bikes- an alternative means of transport.

8. Draft an advertisement for an electric car.

9. Write an advertisement for Swacch Bharat Mission in rural areas.

10. Draft an advertisement for a store of Ayurvedic Products at affordable rates.

197

11. NOTICE WRITING

A notice is a very short piece of writing which is usually formal in style. It is meant to provide

integrated and useful information, to issue public instructions, to make appeals or warning about the

events that have happened or about to happen. Notices are supposed to be pinned up or pasted on

notice boards meant for this purpose only. There can be one or more notice boards in a school or

organization for everyone to read.

How to write a Notice:

Notice writing is an art that requires practice to be effective. There are some important points to be

kept in mind while writing a notice:

1. The complete Notice must be placed within a ‘Box’.

2. A well-written notice must inform the readers about the 5 W’s:

— What is going to happen, (that is, the event)

— Where it will take place ( Place of action, If any)

— When it will take place (that is, the date and time)

— Who can apply or is eligible for it( For Whom)

— Whom to contact or apply to (that is, the issuing authority).

3. The heading ‘Notice’ to make it very clear.

4. Only the most important points should be written.

5. The sentences should be short and grammatically accurate. These should be in the passive

voice as far as possible.

6. The word limit for a notice is 40–50 words (only the words in the body of

7. the notice are counted).

8. Bold letters, catchy slogans, striking words and phrases should be used to increase the visual

appeal of the notice.

9. Standard abbreviations are allowed.

Format of Notice writing:

A notice has a specific format. It should be written in the following format:

1. Name of the Organisation followed by the Title ‘Notice’

2. Purpose of the notice.

3. Date-

4. Body of the notice- essential information including time, place, and contact details

5. Writer’s signature- Name in Block letters with designation.

198

FORMAT OF A NOTICE

Name of Organisation/office issuing the notice

Date

Notice

Heading

Contents / Body of letter

(It should include-

Why—Purpose

What—Event

When—Date

Where—Venue & Time

Whom—Invites for the event

Signature

Name

Designation

Notices can be of these types:

1. School/ Educational Notice

2. Public Notice

3. Tender/ Auction Notice

199

SAMPLE NOTICES

1. You are Prem, the Cultural Secretary of D. A . V Public School, Jalandhar. You have have been

asked to inform students of class XI and XII about an inter School Dramatics Competition.

Draft a Notice in not more than 50 words for the student’s notice board with all important

details. Put the notice in a box.

D A V PUBLIC SCHOOL JALANDHAR

NOTICE

11 September 2017

DRAMATICS COMPETITION AUDITION

An inter School Dramatics Competition will be held on 23 October 2017 at DeshBhagat Hall.

An audition will be held to select students for the school team. Interested candidates may

give their names to the undersigned. The details are as given below:

Date: 23 -10-2017

Time: 11.00 am

Venue: DeshBhagat Hall

Eligibility: Class XI and XII

Last date for submission of names: 03-10-2017

Prem

(PREM VERMA)

Secretary

2. You are Puneet, Secretary of the CCRT Cultural Club, Moga. Your club is organizing an

educational tour for the students. Draft a notice for students to join an educational tour.

CCRT CULTURAL CLUB, MOGA

NOTICE

22 JULY,2107.

EDUCATIONAL TOUR

It is for information of all concerned that CCRT Cultural Club Moga is organizing an

educational tour to the historical places around Delhi and Agra for students of class XI

and XII from 29 July 2017 to 31 July 2017. Interested students should give their

names and deposit Rs. 2500/- each to the secretary of the CCRT Cultural Cub before

25 July 2017.

Puneet

(PUNEET)

Secretary, CCRT Cultural Club

Name of the

Organisation

issuing notice

Date

The

word

‘Notice’

Heading

Content:

Event,

Date, Time

and Place &

Audience

Name and

Ddesignation

200

3. Your wrist watch is lost yesterday in your school playgrounds. Draft a notice for the loss of

your watch.

ROOTS PUBLIC SCHOOL NOIDA

02 March, 20..

NOTICE

LOST LOSTLOST

My wrist watch is lost yesterday in the School playground. It is a Titan watch with a golden

brown leather strap. Anybody who finds it should contact the undersigned or inform at

mobile number 1234567891.

Manav

(MANAV SHINH)

Class XI

4. You are the Head Girl of your school. Your school will be celebrating Children’s Day with lot

of activities. Draft a notice informing about the children’s day celebrations at your school.

S D MODEL SCHOOL , LUDHIANA

Nov.04, 20.. .

NOTICE

All the students are informed that Children‘s Day will be celebrated in the school on 14th Nov.

20.. . On this day there will be many activities organized like Painting competition, Quiz

Contest, Essay writing Competition and poem recitation programmes. All are requested to

attend. Those students who want participate in activities may give their names beforehand to

their class in-charge.

Manisha

(MANISHA SHARMA)

Head Girl

201

5. You are Secretary of Students Welfare Society of your college. Your college is organizing a

blood donation camp. Draft a notice announcing the details about a Blood Donation Camp.

Government College Ludhiana

NOTICE

February11, 20..

The college is organizing a blood donation Camp on February 20, 2017 from 11.00 am to 5.00

pm in the college Main Hall. The volunteers/ donors will be awarded certificates and donor

badges. Please arrive and donate blood to save many lives.

Rajan

(RAJAN SRIVASTAVA)

Secretary , Students Welfare Society.

6. Draft a public notice for meeting of theExecutive committee welfare society of your locality

to discuss the problem of breakout of Dengue fever in your residential area.

AMANDEEP AVENUE WELFARE SOCIETY , MOGA

NOTICE

20 May, 20….

PROBLEM OF BREAKOUT OF DENGUE FEVER

A large number of cases of dengue fever has been reported in our residential area. It

is a matter of great concern for all. A meeting of the executive committee will be

convened on 27 May 2017 at 4.00 pm at the Community Centre to discuss the

immediate steps to check the spread of dengue. All executive members are requested

to attend the meeting.

Radha Krishnan

(RADHA KRISHNAN )

Secretary, A A W Society

202

7. You are the head boy of your school. Your school is organizing an NSS Camp. Draft a

notice for all students announcing the details of the camp.

SARASWATI VIDYA MANDIR, JAGRAON

28 May, 20….

NOTICE

NSS CAMP

The NSS unit of our school is organizing a one day long camp in the nearby village

Ramgarh on 2nd June 2017. The main project of the camp is Swachh Bharat Abhiyan

initiated by the honourable Prime Minister with special focus on cleanliness and

pollution control. Volunteers should contact the NSS office in the school.

Arjun

(ARJUN SINGH)

Head Boy

8. You are Srinivasan, Assets Manager SBI. Your bank requires space for opening a new

branch. Draft a Public Notice for hiring of premises for a premier bank.

STATE BANK OF INDIA

22 September 20...

NOTICE

India’s biggest nationalized bank requires premises measuring 400 by 600 Sq. meters on lease

basis in Focal point area. The premises should be within the limits of the corporation. The

lease will be for a minimum period of ten years.All the legal clearances for openingthe branch

of the bank will be obtained by the landlord. The interested parties must submit their offer

covering all the relevant details within seven days of the publication of this notice at the

given address.

Srinivasan

Assets Manager, SBI

Regional Office

203

9. You are purchase manager of Fergusan Sugar Mills, Mumbai. Draft a tender notice for

the purpose of buying some furniture for a firm.

FERGUSAN SUGAR MILLS, MUMBAI

29 August, 20….

TENDER NOTICE

Sealed tenders are invited for supply of office furniture. Furniture should include office

tables, chairs and almirahs. Tenders should reach this office before 5.pm on September 11,

20…. . The supplier should have minimum five years expertise in the field of supplying office

furniture.

Sd/- Manager

Purchase Deptt.

10. You are General Manager of BSNL. Draft a notice for the auction of VIP numbers of

BSNL to general public..

BHARAT SANCHAR NIGAM LIMITED

AUCTION OF VIP NUMBERS

An open auction of Reserved telephone numbers lying with the BSNL Regional Office (North)

will be held for general public at 10.00 am on 29 October 2017 atRegional Office (North),

BSNL Headquarters, Chandigarh. All individuals, companies or firms invited to participate in

this auction. Further details can obtained from the BSNL office. The successful bidder/bidders

will have to deposit the amount immediately.

sd/- General Manager

BSNL.

204

ADDITIONAL NOTICES FOR EXERCISE

1. You are Amrinder, Secretary of the Eco Club of your school. Write a notice for the students

about the celebration of ‘Ban Plastics’ to create awareness regarding the dangers of using

plastic products. Put the notice in a Box

2. You are Krishna, the Head Boy of Guru Nanak Public School, Nabha. You have been asked

to draft a notice announcing that a tiffin Box found in the playground.

Put the notice in a box.

3. You are Priya, the Head Girl of S.D. Public School, Moga. Your school is organizing

Annual Day Function. Your School activities in-charge has asked you to call a meeting ofall

the members of the School Students Council to allocate different duties for the Annual day

Function.Draft a notice for all members to attend the meeting. Put the notice in a notice.

4. Suppose you are Akshay. You are Secretary of Arya Model Senior Secondary School,

Ludhiana. Write a notice for students informing them the details of an inter class science

Quiz to be organized in your school.

5. Suppose you are Navneet, the president of the Reader’s club of the your school. ‘Penguin

Books’ is organizing a Book fair in your school to promote the habit of reading among

students. Draft a notice inviting the students to visit this fair in maximum numbers and get

best books. Put the notice in a box.

6. You are Muskan. You are the secretary of ‘Literacy Club’ of Government Senior school,

Bhim Nagar, Moga. Your school is organising a lecture by famous English author Ruskin

Bond during the ‘Literacy Week’ being organized in your school. Draft a notice informing

the students about the lecture.

7. You are Mohan, sports Secretary of R.S.D. College Firozpur. Your school is organizing a T-

20 match with a nearby college. Draft a notice for the students to watch this maximum

providing them with details about time and venue etc.

8. Your District transport officer has issue an advisory for a week long Anti- Pollution drive in

your district. Draft a notice about it for general public.

9. The Northern Railways, Ambala, issues a public notice for some special trains for the

comfort of passengers arranged during celebration of the ‘KumbhMela’ at Kurukshetra.

Draft a notice giving the details about the train names and their schedule.

10. As the School Head Girl of your school , you are organizing a Career Couselling Seminar

for students of class XI and XII. Draft a notice for these students giving details about the

timing and venue.

11. You are Aarti, Secretary of your Social Welfare Club of SaraswatiVidyaMandir, Khanna.

Your school is organizing a special cultural benefit show in aid of Children with Special

Needs of your city. Draft a notice informing your school children about the details of this

programme.

12. You are Yogesh, Head Boy of Jain Public School, Barnala. Draft a notice regarding a

bicycle found in the school campus.

13. You are Lovepreet, President of Guru Gobind Apartments Society, Mohali. There is a

problem of frequent power failure in your society. You want to organize a meeting to find a

solution to this problem. Draft a notice for all residents inviting them to attend the meeting.

205

14. You are the President of Eco Club of your school. Draft a notice requesting the students to

keep the school campus clean and green.

15. You are Sujan Singh, Exective Engineer with State Highways Authority, Punjab. Draft a

tender notice for the widening of the road between Chandigarh and Ludhiana.

16. Suppose you are Principal of Government Senior School Dhaliwal. Your school needs some

new desktop computers. Draft a tender notice for supply of desktop computers.

17. Suppose you are Principal of Swami Vivekanad School, Jalandhar. Your school wants to

dispose of some old desktop computers and printers. Draft a tender notice for sale of these

old desktop computers and printers.

18. You are the property In-charge of your school. Your school is constructing a new class

room. Draft a tender notice for supply of construction material for the room.

19. Your father left an Old Fiat car for you. You no need it, so Draft a notice for its auction.

20. Your school has some old furniture and almirahs lying in the stores. Draft an auction notice

for its disposal.

206

12-NOTE MAKING

A note is a brief record of information or ideas. It is useful as an aid to memory to remember the

important points, to prepare for an exam, to be used in a discussion, to be used in a debate or a

lecture or a speech delivery.

Note making is a skill. In the present competitive world, we read or listen to numerous kind of

information. It is not easy or possible to keep everything stored in mind, so it is, indeed, important

that we develop the habit of noting down relevant information or details in a concise form i.e in the

form of notes.

It is always helpful to compress a large piece of information into a brief, organized and summarised

form that can be used as a reference as and when to be used for different purposes.

1. I have to

make a

presentation

on the sun.

1. You can make notes, Joy.

It will be very helpful.

2.Notes ?

What’s 2. Let me

explain that.

207

Note is an activity that combines many skills. It can be mastered with practice. We need to remember

the following features while making notes:

1. Notes should be brief

2. Notes should be written in third person.

3. Only important details should be included in notes.

4. No illustrations, long explanations or diagrams should be included in the notes.

5. No full sentences, only phrases or words to be used.

6. Logical sequence of information should be presented.

Note making

helps us to:

Remember

important

details.

Refresh our

memory.

Prepare for our

exams.

Plan essays,

speeches,

lectures

And participate

in discussions,

debates

208

There is a format that we can follow while making notes:

Notes may be divided into Main Headings, Sub headings and sub-sub headings.

Title or Heading may be used for main heading. (Title / Main Heading should tell us what the

main idea of the passage is?)

Main heading may be represented with numbers such as 1,2,3 etc.

Sub headings can be represented by alphabets such as a. b.c etc.( There can be two or three

sub headings.)

Sub-sub headings can be represented by numbers such as i, ii, iii etc.

Title

( In Block Letters)

1. Main Heading (Underline it)

Sub Heading

(i) Sub-sub heading

(ii) Sub-sub heading

Sub heading

(i) Sub Heading

2. Main Heading

(a) Sub heading

(i) Sub-sub heading

(b) Sub-heading

(i) Sub-sub heading

(ii) Sub-sub heading

To make the notes brief and condensed, the following points may kept in mind.

1. Use of abbreviations and Commonly used symbols.

Words Abbreviation/

Symbol

Words Abbreviation/

Symbol

Major

Professor

Mister

Standard

Superintendent

United States of

America

Maj.

Prof.

Mr.

Std.

Supdt.

U.S.A

Colonel

Engineer

For example

Please turn over

Science

United Kingdom

Information

Col.

Er.

e.g

P.T.O

Sc.

U.K

Info.

209

Government

Assistant

Road

Sergeant

By the hundred

Positive

And

Family

Govt.

Asst.

Rd.

Sgt.

Percent

+ive

&

fmly

Association

Company

General Post Office

Greenwich Mean

Time

American Dollar

Pound

Etcetra

Aviation

Assn.

Co.

G.P.O

G.M.T

$

€

Etc.

Avt.

2. Some innovative abbreviation can be used. For example: Programme -Pgme, Principal – pr.

; Seconadary- Sec. Educational-Edu’nal

3. Avoid irrelevant details.

4. Use alternative words for longer words.

Note making is a useful skill. It should be developed with consistent practice. Notes useful for

students in school/ board examinations.

Some of the steps to be followed while making notes are as given:

1. Read the passage carefully.

2. Try to understand the theme and subject of the passage.

3. Try to find the answer to questions as ‘What is this passage about?’ and try to get the gist.

4. Identify main ideas and important supporting details.

5. Give heading and sub heading and sub-points.

6. Use proper layout/ format.

7. Use recognizable abbreviations wherever possible.

Sample Passages for Practice

Passage 1

1.Read the following passage carefully and make notes using suitable abbreviations.

The concept of disposal of Plastic waste is becoming outdated with time since disposal cannot be a

good option in a long run and require lot of remedial measures to be taken; hence it is preferable to

reuse the plastic. Gasification refers to thermal decomposition of organic matter under inert

atmospheric conditions with limited supply of air. To gasify PVC/ chlorinated plastic, gasification

should be carried out at lower temperature to remove chlorine subsequently, the temperature must

be raised. However there are problems in controlling the combustion temperature and quantity of

unburned gases. Though recycling is a good option still it does not offer a complete solution for

managing plastic waste. In India about 40% of the plastic waste is recycled yet there are many

210

problems associated with recycling of plastic waste. Firstly, recycling can be done twice at the most;

after third/ fourth recycling the plastic is totally unfit for reuse and ultimately ends up in land filling.

Secondly the sorting the plastic is difficult as well as expensive proposition. Plastics contain a wide

range of fillers and additives and often they are associated with metal, glass etc.

Title: Disposal of Plastic waste.

1. Concept of Disposal of Plastic waste:

(a) Gasification

(i) Gasify PVC / chlorinated plastic at lower temperature

(ii) To remove chlorine, raise temperature.

(b) Recycling

(i) Good option

(ii) Doesn’t offer complete solution

2. Problems associated with Recycling:

(a) Limited cycles

(b) Diversity

(i) Many types

(ii) Difficult to sort

(iii) Expensive

Abbreviations: Temp-Temperature

Soln_- Solution

2. Read the following passage carefully and make notes using suitable abbreviations.

Located at the NASA Research Center in Iowa is a 5000 –gallon vat of water, and inside the

tank is an underwater treadmill designed by Dava Newman, an aerospace engineer. For four

years Newman observed scuba divers as they simulated walking on the Moon and on Mars on

her underwater moving belt. She wanted to discover how the gravity of the moon and of Mars

would affect human movement. To do this, Newman attached weights to the divers and then

lowered them into the tank and onto the treadmill. These weights were carefully adjusted so

that divers could experience the underwater gravity of the moon and of mars as they walked

on the treadmill. Newman concluded that walking on Mars will probably be easier than

walking on the moon. The moon has less gravity than Mars does, so as lunar gravity, the divers

struggled to keep their balance and walked awkwardly. But at Martial gravity, the divers had

greater traction and stability and could easily adjust to a pace of 1.5 miles per hour. As

Newman gradually increased the speed of the treadmill, the divers took longer graceful strides

211

until they comfortably settles into an even quicker pace. Newman also noted that at Martian

gravity, the divers needed less oxygen.

Title: Newman’s Experiments of Gravity at Moon and Mars.

1. Newman observed Scuba divers

(a) Scuba divers simulation

(b) Effect of gravity on human movement

(i) On human movement at Moon

(ii) On human movement at Mars.

2. Use of weights

(a) Weights attached to divers

(i) Divers lowered into tank and onto the treadmill

(ii) Divers walked on the Moon and Mars with weights

(iii) Experience the gravity during walks

3. Newman ‘s Developed conclusions :

(a) Moon has less gravity

(i) Divers struggled to keep balance at Moon

(b) At Mars, Divers could walk with stability.

(i) Divers took longer strides and settled into quicker pace

(ii) Divers needed less Oxygen at Mars

Abbreviations:Er.- Engineer

Qukr.- Quicker

Mph. -miles per hour


Pollution and other environmental problems are often considered to be the direct result of a

country’s development. Industrialization, growing number of factories, people’s capability of

purchasing more vehicles and electronic devices etc. are often related to the economic condition and

growth of a nation. These factors are responsible in raising the level of pollution.

It is a matter of fact that that pollution and environmental problems are more prominent in poor

countries than that of rich countries. Air, sound and water pollutions in countries like India and

Bangladesh are far dangerous than that of developed countries like Australia, Canada and the UK.

Furthermore, the number of factories does not represent the amount of pollution it causes. For

instance, recent researches have made it clear that only a few garments factories in a country like

212

Bangladesh cause far more damage to the air and water resources than hundreds of bigger industries

do in the United States.

Second, economic development does not mean that a country will have industries and factories all

over the country. Proper planning and inspection from the government can ensure the minimal

emission of gas and other toxic elements into the water and air. For instance, industrialization does

not cause as much deforestation as does human greed lack ofmonitoring and implementation of laws

in many countries.

Finally, pollution is a global issue and proper law and enforcement of laws can reduce it to a great

extent. We cannot stop the natural causes of pollution but the greater percentages of environmental

pollutions are caused by the human actions.Planting trees are the best answer for air pollution, and it

reduces the carbon ratio in the air and expels oxygen. Furthermore, reduce the usage of fossil fuels

also helps to reduce the air pollution. Government should educate and encourage people to use

alternative source of energy and help people to reduce and reuse of products.

Title: Environmental Problems and Pollution

1. Pollution and development

(a) Different causes of Pollution

(i) Industrialization, more vehicles, electronics

2. Poor countries produce more pollution

(a) India, Bangladesh vs. Australia, England

(b) No. of industries; not a deciding factor

(i) Less industries in Bangladesh, far more harmful than U.S

3. Deciding factors in minimizing pollution

(a) Proper planning; the amount and place of industry

(b)Govt. surveillance: factories’ gaseous emission and sewage disposal,

Deforestation.

(c) Human greed

4. Dealing with Human actions

(a) Educate people; plantation of trees, alternative forms of energy

(b) Reduce carbon ratio in air, reduce usage of fossil fuel

213

(i) Law enforcement

(ii) Effective management

Abbreviations:

No. Number

Govt. Government

Vs. versus


Child abuse may be defined as any attempt or action to harm to a child by the near ones. It is often

done by parents, teachers, and the elder ones those who are closely related to the child. Abuse on the

other hand is any non-accidental physical attack on or injury to children by individuals caring for them.

In simple words, it can be beating, maltreatment and severe punishment to a child. Physical abuse is

extremely dangerous to the child and can result in permanent physical and mental disabilities.

Abuse appears in families for many different reasons. One reason for abuse and neglect by parents is

that they do not understand the needs of their children. Another cause for abuse and neglect is

poverty. It is noticed that in poor families, parents tend to care less for their children and even to

show more abuse. Cases of child abuse increase a lot in case the parent, especially the father, loses a

job. In such cases, children become the way through which the parent releases their angry feelings.

Besides, if parents are addicted to drugs or alcohol, the chances of child abuse and neglect become

very high.

To protect the child from such an abuse, we need a decisive set of laws that protect the rights of the

child inside the family. Abusive parents must be punished, there should be a helpline where the kids

can report to protect themselves. If no such line exists, children will be abused in silence, and all the

laws to prevent child abuse will not have any value. The helpline can be used by kids, teachers and

even the neighbour, if they notice any sufferer nearby.

Public awareness is also very important to prevent the problem of child abuse. The only way to do so

is to establish specialized agencies for the protection of child rights, and to educate the public about

their obligations towards these agencies and the children of the community. The role of media is most

important in educating parents to protect their kids from child abuse.. It is better to start education

on child abuse in school programs, especially for those who will become parents in the future.

1. What is child abuse?

(a) (i) Def. child abuse: attempt or harm

(ii) Agents responsible: close or first relations

214

(b) Effects of child abuse: leads to disabilities

2. Causes of child abuse

(a) (i) Parents’ neglect: needs of children misunderstood, poverty, jobless parents

(ii) Drug addiction of parents enhances child abuse .

(b) Children serve as vents for parents’ anger

3. Protection of kids

(a) Need of strict laws

(i) Prov. of helpline

(ii) Moral resp. of teachers’ parents’ and society

(iii) (a) Pub. awareness

(i) Establishment of a special agency

(b) Role of media in educating the masses.

(c) Effective school programs

Title: Child Abuse: Causes and Preventions

Abbreviations

Def.-------definition

Resp.-----responsibility

Pub.------- public


English has become the default global language. Someone who speaks English can travel all over the world without experiencing any difficulties. English is also the language of business and science. Scientists from all over the world are publishing their studies and papers in English and thus their research are reaching most people around the globe. Almost all journal articles, conference papers and even human case studies are in English. Therefore, these merits validate the importance of the English language.

215

Hoards of students migrate abroad for higher studies. English is the most preferred language in which they continue their studies. Most of the countries have set English language benchmarks for different educational courses. To attain these language levels, students have to appear in different, internationally accepted, language testing systems. The implement of English as the global language for fields such as business, university studies, and research has improved the communication and exchange of information. Trade transactions among executives from different lands have been empowered by this Shakespearean language settled as the primary language in this sector.

People in some countries find learning English to be extremely difficult because of the extreme differences in written expression. For example, each symbol is a word in the Chinese language, hence learning English may be an arduous task for the Chinese people. Consequently, people from non-English speaking nations have to learn English as a second language in addition to their native language. But none of these are valid excuses for not learning English because someone who speaks English has a clear advantage over someone who doesn’t speak English.

Title: Importance of English Language and its challenges

1. English a global language:

(a) Most preferred tourists Language.

(ii) Lang. of Sci. and busi: researches and other works.

(iii) Validation of need of learning

2. Scope of English Language

(a) Migration of students

(i) For higher studies

(ii) Internationally set lang. b-marks and English testing syst.

(b) Global communication and trade facilitation.

3. Challenges in learning English

(a) Difference of exp. in diff. lang.

(i) add. lang. along with native lang., for non-English speakers

(ii) English users are advantaged over non English speakers.

Abbreviations:

lang. language

216

diff. different

add. additional

exp. expressions

b-marks benchmarks


Social media has impacted the world in many ways. Millions of people are using Facebook, Twitter

and Instagram worldwide. Such websites have proven to be the best way to connect and

communicate with friends and family. These have also become the best tool to keep oneself abreast

with latest buzz in every field. These are so convenient that one tends to forget that such tools are to

be used very judiciously. On needs to learn to be a responsible social media user. Especially young

children must be taught to use social media very carefully. It is the responsibility of the parents and

teachers to teach them proper use of social media.

Facebook started by Mark Zukerberg is the most used social media tool. Its’ business depends on

persuading people into making their personal experiences share with public or their known people.

Posting pictures, updating status has become an important part of their daily routine. No one is

immune its addictive effect. Periodically looking at their phones for any updates has become a norm

for people. Users must be made aware of the fact that sharing personal details, photos can be

misused by criminals or anti-social elements. One must understand that every posted on Facebook or

such sites is not always backed by facts or truth. One must not make friends with unknown persons.

Time and effort spent on social media can be used productively. Some people may use social media to

spread religious fanaticism or hatred. Social media should be used to help connect with people not to

disconnect or disintegrate from mainstream. It should be used to bring harmony and love only.


Windows give the character to a house, just as features suggest the personality in a face. Small

changes in style, finish or proportions of windows can destroy the spirit of home-consider carefully

the effect that changes will make to the outside as well as the inside of the building. Until the

seventeenth century, most windows were of the four-panel casement type. Opening outwards( or

inside) like a door on butt hinges. The particular irregularity of the glass is important, and such

windows are ruined by insensitive and mechanical metal casements and phoney lead lights.

Thereafter, sash window became more common in Britain and America; usually they open vertically,

but horizontal-sliding sash windows have a peculiar charm and work well in wide, low frames. Today,

217

we are used to great of glass, but originally windows were busily divided by mullions. The fine art of

fenestration seems to have fallen by the wayside- proper leaded lights, decorative Geogrian fan-

lights, and the dignified proportions conveyed by a satisfying geometry of wooden mullions – seem to

be a thing of the past. Replacing old windows with modern versions is almost always to the detriment

of house. Unfortunately, almost all double- glazing is hideous and metal-frames windows are heinous-

terrible crimes are committed in the cause of fuss –free windows. And blocking in a windows or a

glazed door can have a quite disproportionate effect on the light within – look closely at the path of

light shed by the glazing in question before you decide to remove it.


In negotiation, tactics and strategy are many a time mixed up. In simple words, tactics means

negotiating small scale and short term interim issues where as Strategy is about large-scale, long term

and final outcomes. For example, the strategic decisions about a journey will be about where the

journey is from and to, the mode of travel – car, train, plane or boat- and when the journey tales

place. On the other hand, from a tactical point of view, you would think of route and the terrain, the

kind of traffic and other details regarding the nature of interaction with different people enroute this

journey. So in negotiations, strategically you are more focused on the outcomes of your journey and

tactically you think how to react to a situation or an action. To be a successful negotiator, you need to

take into account both these factors. We must choose them with care and with due regard for the

outcome that we yearn for. Also they must be very effectively used. Having common interests with

the negotiator will be an added advantage while making a negotiation. Such strategy leads to mutually

beneficial agreements that can result in great satisfying needs of all parties. Such a strategy will

require a high level of trust and a willingness to share ideas and make adjustments.


Swami Vivekanand wrote: We say“Newton discovered Gravitation, was it sitting anywhere in a

corner waiting for him?” It was in his mind. The time came and he found it out. All knowledge that

the world has ever received in comes from the mind. The infinite library of the universe is in your

own mind. The external world is only the suggestion, the occasion which sets you to study your

own mind. “No one was never really taught by another. Each of us has to teach himself. The

external teacher offers only the suggestion with rouse the internal teacher to work to understand

things. You cannot teach a child any more that you can grow a plant. The plant develops its own

nature. The child also teaches itself. But you can help it to go forward in its own way. Parents are

constantly taxing their sons to read and work , telling them that they will never learn anything and

calling them fools and soforth; the later do actually turn out to be so in many cases. If you speak

kind words to them and encourage them, they are bound to improve in time.

218


The energy conservation in street lighting is a new concept. But various technology applied to achieve

the goals is not new. It has been adopted and tested in various Industrial, Medical applications from

decades. So these technologies are trustworthy, when adopted at street lighting energy conservation

this will yield results in conserving the electrical energy. But however when such technologies are

applied in public domain the measurement and verification procedures should be strong and should

be in place before implementing such projects. In case of energy efficiency projects in Karnataka there

was no baseline of energy consumption. As a result, it has become very difficult to realize the savings

on records. So without baseline reference crystalline realization of Energy Savings is impossible.These

projects were implemented for a portion of the entire town/ city, the maximum area covered under

project is about 20% of the total city lamp population. Under that circumstance it is difficult to

bifurcate and analyses the bills. Moreover billing pattern from electricity companies to the

municipalities is very erratic and needs lot of modifications.

219

13 . MESSAGE WRITING

A Message is a brief piece of information shared with someone. It can be an oral message or

written message. The written message is prepared to convey some information to a person/

persons who is/are not at hand. Although there are many alternatives available these days to

convey message to someone, like SMS, telephone/ Mobile call or WhatsApp etc. Still Message

writing is vital means of communication as it reduces the barriers in communications as a

written message can provide clear and concise information effectively.

The information in a message is actually based on a conversation between two persons. The

details are written in an appropriate style and format so that it conveys the correct and

relevant information to the receiver.

Key points to remember while writing a message.

1. Place the message in a box.

2. Avoid writing the address of the sender as well as receiver.

3. Stick to word limit of 50 words.

4. Mention the time limit and date of writing the message.

5. Use appropriate salutation.

6. Use indirect speech.

7. The language should be simple and easy to understand.

8. Include only important and relevant details.

9. Make use of appropriate symbols and abbreviations.

10. Write your name at the end of the message.

FORMAT

Message

March 20, 20xx.

11.00 a.m

Kiran

Simmy

Heading

Date

Time

Salutation

Contents of

the message

Writer’s Name

220

Division of marks may as given below:

Date and Time-1/2 mark

Salutation -1/2 mark

Contents -1/2 mark

Name- 1/2 mark

___________________________________________________________________________________

MESSAGE WRITING SAMPLE 1.

1. Read the telephonic conversation between Nidhi Sharma and Pulkit.

Nidhi Sharma: Hello! Is it 20xxxx10?

Pulkit: Yes, May I know who is calling?

Nidhi Sharma: This Nidhi Sharma. Can I Speak to Madhu?

Pulkit: No, she is gone to the library.

Nidhi Sharma: Please tell her that her interview scheduled today, for job at BSNL office,has been

postponed for one day. Now it will be held tomorrow at 11.00 a.m sharp at same place. She should

reach BSNL office in time and also bring her original certificate along with two sets of photocopies.

Don’t forget. It‘s important.

Pulkit: Sure, I will convey the message.

Nidhi Sharma: Thanks.

MESSAGE

2 December, 2017. 9.30 a.m

Madhu

Nidhi Sharma from BSNL office called to tell you that your interview

Scheduled for 12.30 pm today has been postponed a day. Now it will be held tomorrow at

11.00 a.m sharp. Reach the BSNL office in time along with all your certificates.

Pulkit

221

Sample 2.

2. Read the telephonic conversation between Manav and Sonam.

Manav: hello, May I speak to Simran?

Sonam: I am sorry, She is not at home.

Manav: Why didn’t she come to school today?

Sonam: She had gone to attend a marriage with mother.

Manav: Will you please convey my message to her?

Sonam? What is it?

Manav: Tell her bring my drawing and sketching book to school tomorrow. She should also get a set

oil colours along with these sketches. I shall meet her at school tomorrow.

Sonam: Ok. I will tell him.

Manav: Thanks.

As Sonam was to go out for a meeting, she wrote the message for Simran.

Message

11 October 2017 5.30 pm

Simran,

Manav rang up to tell you that he wanted you to bring his drawing and sketch book to school

tomorrow. Requested you to carry a set of oil colours to school tomorrow. He shall meet you

in school.

Sonam

222

Sample 3.

3. Read the telephonic conversation between Karan and Supriya.

Karan:Hello Supriya, where is Prem?

Supriya: He is gone to the Market.

Karan: Please tell him that I am going out for two days, so I will not be joining him for daily practice

sessions in the evening.

Supriya: Fine, is there anything else I shall tell him?

Karan: Yes, Tell him to inform Shagun and Raman also about my programme.

Supriya: Ok.

Karan: Ok. Bye.

As Supriya has to go out, she writes a message for Prem.

MESSAGE

20 July 2017 11.00 am

Dear Prem.

Karan rang up to tell you that he will not joining for practice sessions in the evening as he is

going out for two days. He has asked you to inform Shagun and Raman also about his

programme.

Supriya.

Sample 4

4. Read the telephonic conversation between aAradhyaand Aman and write the message.

Aradhya: Hello Aman, Can I speak to Mother?

Aman: Mother is not at home, she has gone to a neighbor’s house.

Aradhya: I have been selected for Inter-State Debate competition to be held at New Delhi. I have to

leave for Delhi tomorrow at 5.30 am. Please Ask mother to do my packing for this programme as I will

be back home late tonight from the college library.

Aman: Fine, I will tell mother.

223

MESSAGE

29April 2017 6.00 pm

Dear Mom,

Aradhya rang up in your absence to inform that She has been selected for Inter-state Debate

Competition to be held at New Delhi. She shall be leaving at 5.30 am. Please pack her bags

for this programme as she will be home late tonight from the Library.

Aman.

Sample 5

5. Read the telephonic conversation between Manjitand Prem and write the message.

Prem: Hello, Is this Palak on the other side?

Manjit : No, I am Manjit, Palak’s sister. She has gone out to market and shall be back after two hours.

Prem: This is Prem here. Please tell her that my birthday falls on 11 October and that she is invited to

my Birthday celebrations at 7.00 pm at my house. I shall be waiting for her.

Manjit: I’ll convey your message.

Prem: Thanks a lot.

Manjit writes the message for Palak:

MESSAGE

01 January 20xx9.30 pm

Dear Palak,

Prem rang up to invite you on his birthday party on 11 October 2017 at 7.00 p.m. at his

house.

Manjit

224

Sample 6

6. Read the following telephonic conversation and write the message.

Minakshi: Hello, Is it Mr. Chadha?

Gopal: Mr. Chadha is busy on shop floor. Is there any message for him?

Minakshi: Yes Sir, Please tell him that boss has called an urgent meeting today at 2.00 pm in his

Conference Room of all department heads. Please ask him to bring the latest production details of this

month.

Gopal: Sure,I’ll convey your message.

Minakshi: Thank You.

MESSAGE

20May 20xx 9.30 a.m.

Mr. Chadha,

Boss’s Secretary called up to inform that Boss has called an urgent meeting in his conference

room today at 2.00 pm. All departments will attend the meeting. Please carry the latest

production details for the current month.

Minakshi



Kunaal: Hello, Can I Speak to Jasmine?

Saina: Hello, Jasmine is not at home. I am her friend.

Kunaal: Would you please give my message to her?

Saina: I will. Please tell me what do you want me to tell her?

225

Kunaal: Kindly tell her we shall be visiting her office tomorrow at 11.00 for Accounts inspection.

She should keep het records ready.

Saina: I will convey your message to her.


Mrs. Gupta: Hello, Am I speaking to Seema?

Maid: Good morning Madam. Memsahib is not at home. I am her maid.

Mrs. Gupta: Will you convey my message to her?

Maid: Please tell me madam.

Mrs. Gupta: Please tell her that my son is getting engaged on this Saturday. The marriage

ceremony is going to be solemnized at Hotel Taj, Mumbai on coming Monday at 7.00 pm. She,

along with her family, is invited to attend the ceremony. Her attendance will be highly

appreciated.

Maid: I will convey your message.

Mrs. Gupta: Thanks.

226

14 . LETTER WRITING

In earlier days, letter writing was a means of communication that Kings, Ministers, Generals and high

dignitaries, used to convey important messages of information. Common people rarely used letter

writing as a means of communication.

Letter writing is an art, private and friendly letters should be a conversation on paper. They are the

most important means of written communication between persons who are far away from each

other. Letter writing is silent and exact talking through paper, pen and post.

Every Literate person should know how to write a clear and effective letter. Letters may be intimate,

formal and personal in nature. A good letter must be simple, but impressive. It should be written in

clear handwriting. In the words of Charles Lamb,” A letter writer must be respectful to superiors,

courteous to inferiors, familiar to friends affectionate to relatives, simple to children, tender and

sympathetic in condolences, lively and joyous in congratulations, forceful and impressive in weighty

matters, easy and sprightly on lighter topics.

A letter is a permanent record of communication that we can always refer to later. It reflects the

personality of the writer. We must nurture the art of writing letters as it can be a very effective tool

for fostering lasting relations and leaving good impression on other people as well as organisations.

We can broadly classify letters as below:

1. Formal letters Business / Official letters / circulators/ Orders/ Letters of Public Interests/

enquiries/ Letters to the editor.

2. Informal Letters: It includes all personal letters.

There are certain common features of all types of letters. Every Letter in general include these parts:

1. The Heading: The heading contains the address of the writer and the date of the writing the letter.

It is written on the top left hand corner, followed by the date as 11th October 2017 and not as

11/10/2017. The whole thing should be arranged in a manner which is pleasing to the eyes. Each

line should be just below the first. The address and date should be written as below:

110, Paltan Bazaar

Dehradun

11 October2017

2. The Salutation / Greetings: It is the complimentary term used to start a letter. It is written on the

left side of the page below the address and is followed by comma.The form of salutation depends

on the intimacy or relationship between the writer and the person for whom it is written.

3. Body of the Letter: It isthe most important part of the letter and should be written very carefully.

It contains the main subject matter.The writer should think what he need to communicate and

arrange his thoughts in a proper order.

He should write in short and simple sentences. Difficult words should be avoided. He should divide

the main message of the letter into paragraphs. A good letter must not end abruptly.

227

4. Subscriptions /Courteous leave taking: For a letter to have an effective ending, certain form of

leave taking is important. This is written after the last line of the letter. The form of subscription

will depend on the salutation used before the beginning of the letter.

5. Signatures: The signature and the name of the writer is written below the subscription.

Yours Sincerely

P. K. Verma

A lady generally writes her full name before her surname, so:

Yours affectionately

Babita Bagga

While writing to a stranger] a lady may write Miss/ Mrs. within brackets before her name, thus:

Yours affectionately

(Mrs.) Meenakshi Aiyer

6. The superscriptions: It consists of the name and address of the person to whom the letter is

written. It is written on the envelope in which the letter is to be sent.

S.No Type of

letter

To whom Salutation

(Greeting)

Subscriptions

(ending)

1 Personal Parents

( Father/ Mother)

Dear Father, /

Dear Mother,

Yours affectionately,

Or

Your affectionate son,

Or

Yours loving,

Brother/sister Dear Brother,/

Dear Sister,

Your loving brother, or

Your loving sister, or

Yours loving,

Uncle/ Aunt Dear Uncle, /

Dear Aunt,

Your affectionate nephew/

niece ,

Or

Yours affectionately,

Friends My dear

Ashwani ,/

Alka,

Yours sincerely,

Or

Your friend,

Acquaintances Dear Mr. Verma, Yours sincerely,

Or Yours truly,

2. Formal/

Official

Business / official /

Newspaper Editor

Dear Sir, or

Dear Madam,

Sir,

Yours faithfully, or

Yours truly,

Yours faithfully,/

228

Yours.

Principal

/Teacher

Sir, Or

Madam,

Yours obediently, or

Your obedient pupil,

Salient features of an Official Letter/ Business Letter:

Letters are the most common form of written communication used in offices. In addition to

general layout of a letter, an official letter has some salient features which are as:

1. The address of the person / company addressed is written below the date on the left hand

side.

2. Then the subject matter is given between the salutation and the first paragraph. It can be

highlighted.

3. The first line of the paragraph should have a reference to the previous communication or the

subject as mentioned above.

4. An official letter terminates with the subscription ‘Yours faithfully’ followed by the signature

and designation or the person who signs the letter.

Salient features of a letter to a Newspaper Editor:

In addition to all the features of an Official letter, it differs in following ways:

1. It is addressed to the editor

2. It should have a formal tone, with a forceful approach.

3. The reader should be led to the writer’s point of view.

Salient features of a letter of application:

As the objective of the application is to present the writer’s suitability for the given

job/assignment. It has the following additional features:

1. Refer to the post/job applied.

2. Write qualification and experience beginning from the latest to the past.

3. Provide details of the testimonials and Curriculam Vitae.

4. Provide assurance of earnestness and sincerity.

Salient Features of a letter of Complaint/ adjust:

The following points must be kept in mind while writing a letter of complaint:

1. The mistake which has been committed should be strongly worded.

2. Mention the causes of complaint andits impact on the writer.

3. Suggest the steps that might correct the situation.

4. Be polite as well as factual in presenting the details.

229

Format of a Personal letter

Date:

Salutation

Body of the letter: all the relevant details are to be covered here.

There should be a continuity of ideas here.

Use leave taking phrases.

5. Subscription and Name

Sender’s address

230

Format of a Personal letter

Sender’s house number is to be given first,

then the street number and finally the city.

11-A, Sarabha Nagar Ludhiana 20 July 2017 Dear Harry I received your letter today alongwith some photographs. It is very nice of you to send the lovely pictures of our days together at your place. Indeed it has been a memorable experience spending those lovely days in the lap of nature at your place. Our day long trekking expedition to the valley of flowers and River side was a dream come true. It has been a wonderful break from the monotonous life of us city goers. Now the schools have started here. It took me sometime to reorient myself to the school routine. I feel it is important to get back to studies now. I am looking forward to your visit to my place. I have some thought of selecting an interesting place nearby where we all can go for an outing. My family members will love to have you amongst us. Looking forward to hear from you soon. Yours sincerely, Arun

Date: It appears

under the address

with one space

2. Salutation: keep

the intimacy with

reader in mind

3. Body of the

letter: all the

relevant details

are to be

covered here.

There should be

a continuity of

ideas here.

4. Use leave taking

phrases. 5. Subscription

and Name :

appropriate

Subscription

followed by the

Writer ‘s Name

or Signature

Heading:

writer/Sender’s

address

231

Format of a Formal Letter

Sender’s house number is to be given first,then the

street number and finally the city followed by pin

code .

Hope India Academy

11,Saraswati Towers

New Delhi-110009

02 January 2017

The Editor

The Tribune

New Delhi

Subject: Problem of Eve Teasing

Sir

Through the columns of your newspaper I would like to share my views about

the problem of eve-teasing in the public transport and public places. It has been

on the increase for quite some time now. The girls are facing lot of awkward

moments when they travel in the local train as well as buses for going to school/

college. Groups of young men hang around these places. They pass lewd

comments on the girls. They generally stand in the corners and on the roadside

near the girl’s colleges. They are not even students, some of them are anti-social

elements. They can be seen roaming freely at the bus stops and railway station.

Many times they get too close to the safety of girls. They have no fear of law as

some of belong to influential families.

Some of the parents are hesitant to send their daughters to school and college

because of such hooligans moving freely in the city areas. This is a serious

challenge to the authorities as well. The other day one person was badly beaten

by these ruffians when he objected to their actions. General public is scared of

them now. Some immediate steps need to be taken by the law enforcement

agencies. Even Civil society organization need to put pressure on their patrons to

put a draw a line of civil behavior for these unruly youngsters.

Yours truly

Kamini

(KAMINI)

1 Heading:

Writer/

Sender’s

Address

Date: It appears

under the

address with

one space

Write the

Recipient’s

address with

designation

and address

2. Salutation:

Keep the

intimacy with

reader in mind

Subject:

Write a

brief

theme

3. Body of the

letter: Give

details about

the issue

mentioned in

the Subject.

Also give

suggestions/

actions to be

taken

4. Signature

followed by

Name &

Designation of

the writer.

232

Director

SOME IMPORTANT LETTERS

FORMAL LETTERS:

1. Imagine you are Himalaya. Write a letter to the Deputy Commissioner of your district making

out a case for the opening of a dispensary in your area.

403-A, Arjun Vihar

Ludhiana

July 11, 2017

The Deputy Commissioner

Ludhiana

Subject: Setting up a dispensary

Sir

We, the residents of Village Tihara, Tehsil Jagraon, wish to draw your attention for your favourable

and sympathetic consideration towards an important social need of the residents of this area.

Our village is located in the far fledged area of district Ludhiana. It is approximately 12 kilometers

from the nearest tehsil headquarters, i.e Jagraon.It has one secondary school, one middle school each

for boys as well as girls, and a sub post office. It has a population of over eleven thousand persons.

But sadly there is no dispensary in this village or any village around for six kilometers. The residents

have to undergo much trouble and inconvenience every time there is any medical emergency. They

have to take their patients all the way to Civil Hospital in Jagraon. Serious patients have to be taken to

Government Hospital, Ludhiana.

During the rainy season things become even worse. Unqualified and untrained doctors take full

advantage of it and play havoc with the lives of poor rural folks. Many old people, pregnant women

and children die due to lack of proper medical help. There is an immediate danger of a break out of a

disease like dengue or Malaria.

We, therefore, request you to open a dispensary in our village with immediate effect. The villagers

are willing to provide the district administration with a suitable piece of land for the dispensary

building.

We hope you will consider our request sympathetically and take appropriate action at the earliest.

Yours faithfully

233

HImalaya

2. Imagine you are Parth Shinh. You live at # 11 Model Town, Moga. Write a letter to the

commissioner of your Municipal Corporation complaining about the insanitary conditions in

your locality.

11, Model Town

Moga

20 October 2017

The Commissioner

Municipal Corporation

Moga

Sir

I would like to draw your attention towards the poor conditions of the drainage system of the city.

Most of the times the drains are choked. It seems that the sanitary inspectors of the municipal

corporation are paying little attention to the sanitary conditions of the city roads and drains. This was

exposed even during the pre-monsoon showers recently, when the choked drains proved the claims

of the civic authorities hollow.

Encroachers like vendors and influential people have only added to misery of the commoners by

playing havoc with the drainage system of the city. There are pits and potholes on many important

roads of the city.

The sweeping arrangements are extremely poor. Heaps of garbage may be seen lying in the

residential areas. Even public places like parks and market areas are surrounded by filth and rubbish.

Water stagnation may lead to breeding of flies and mosquitoes. Such a situation may lead to breakout

of an epidemic.

I must plead that this is high time to set things right. These choked drains must be cleaned

immediately and pot holed roads must be repaired on priority. If prompt action is not taken, the

whole town will soon fall prey to serious health crisis.

Thanking you in anticipation.

Yours faithfully

Parth Shinh

234

3. Suppose you are Shiva. You live at # 1010, Model Town, Bhatinda. Write a letter to the Editor of a

newspaper highlighting the evils of begging on the streets in your city.

1010, Model Town

Bhatinda

2 October 2017

The Editor

The Tribune

Chandigarh

Subject: The evil of begging.

Sir

Through the columns of your esteemed newspaper, I would like to draw the attention of the general

public and civil authorities towards the menace of street begging in our city roads and public places. I

must highlight the fact that there is hardly a road or a crossing in the city where a traveller or a city

goer doesn’t come across a beggar.

Begging presents a very pathetic of a society. It has a big nuisance value. It has attained the status of a

profession among the slum dwellers and poor people. Most of the beggars are healthy persons. They

pose to be disabled or sick to earn sympathy of the innocent citizens. They have given up the habit of

working like common people. They find begging an easier option to hard physically demanding jobs.

There are reports that many of these beggars are involved in anti-social activities too. They have also

encroached many crucial corners in tourist places or public places. Such elements have spoiled the

image of India. It is a disturbing sight to see beggars on each traffic light of the city.

The Social welfare department should create charitable homes for the genuinely needy or physically

handicapped beggars. Other healthy and able bodied beggars should be sent to the reform homes.

They should be trained in alternate works to earn a respectable living.

We as a society must rise above our biases to help these ignored sections. Every citizen must take care

not to encourage the evil of begging by giving easy money to lazy and cheats. We must resolve to

generate awareness among all sections of the society to create better opportunities for a respectable

earning for these beggars.

Hope the government takes appropriate action to check the spread of evil from our society.

235

Yours faithfully

Shiva

4. Imagine you are Harman. You live at # 1802, Grand Avenue, Mohali. Write a letter to the editor of

a newspaper expressing your views on the growing use of unfair means in the examinations these

days.

1802, Grand Avenue

Mohali

29 September 2017

The Editor

The Times of India

Chandigarh

Subject: Use of unfair means in the examination.

Sir

I would like to use the columns of your newspaper to share my views towards the growing use of

unfair means in the examinations these days. This is a very sad situation as we see the young

students engaged in such mean practices. The problem of copying has become so prevalent that

students find it an easy way to success. Even some teachers and many parents are found involved

in this dirty act. The menace of copying has assumed serious problem. Many private coaching

centres and touts exploit the weaknesses in the examination system. They mislead the students to

earn more money. Many anti-social elements also jump in the fray. Many cases of impersonation

are often found during the exams.

Cheating in the examination is a problem not only harms the students but also produces under

prepared youngsters for the challenges of the real world. We must ensure that it is checked at the

earliest if our students have to compete with best in the world. We need a very sincere and well

planned effort to control this evil practice. It must be dealt with as seriousness as possible.

Students, teachers, parents and all concerned sections of society must be involved to spread

awareness about the ill effects of such unfair practices. Help may be taken from police if required.

Please remember, this problem needs urgent solution. Let’s join hands to erase this unfair

practice.

Thanking You.

Yours faithfully

Harman

5. Suppose you are Ranvijay . You live at # 83, Adarsh Nagar, Khanna. Write a letter to the Editor of

a newspaper for change of name.

83, Adarsh Nagar

236

Khanna

19 February 2017

The Editor

The Hindustan Times

Chandigarh

Sir

Please intimate the cost of publication of the following matter in the next weekly issue of your

Newspaper to enable me to send the amount by demand draft at the address to be given by you.

“Be it known to all that I, Ranvijay S/o Shri Bharat Singh class XII-A, of S. D. Senior Secondary

School, Khanna (Punjab) have changed my name from Ram Kumar to Ranvijay Singh”


Yours faithfully

Ranvijay

6. Write a letter to the Post Master General complaining about the delay in the delivery of mail sent

to you by the postman and asking him to make enquiries.

209, Greenfields Colony

Patiala

15 April 2017

The Postmaster General

……………….City

Subject: Delay in delivery of mail.

Sir

I would like to bring to notice the carelessness of the postman of my area, Mr. Swarn Singh.

Postman of my area. He has been quite irregular in the recent past. He skips two to three days

weeks.

Only last week, I was to receive an interview letter for a job. It was to be delivered by last Friday

but he never delivered to my till next Wednesday. Because of his carelessness I could not attend

the interview and it deprived me of a good job. He remains absence from duty without any prior

leave. Many other people in the locality have also suffered because of his absence. On asking

about his irregularity on duty, he starts quarrelling and misbehaves with the residents.

Kindly look into the matter and take steps to ensure regular and timely delivery of mail. You may

transfer this postman or reprimand him to mend his ways.

Thanking you.

Yours faithfully

237

Rajnish

PERSONAL LETTERS

7. You are Rita. You live at #2009, Sector 9, Chandigarh. Write a letter to your uncle thanking him

for the birthday gift that he sent for you.

2009, Sector-9

Chandigarh

11October 2017

My dear Uncle

I am greatly pleased to receive your special gift on my 17th birthday. Although I was expecting you

to join us in the celebrations and I kept waiting for you till evening. And then I received the courier

containing the gift sent by you. All themembers were of us missed your presence.

In the evening, there was a small party at home for my near and dear ones. We all enjoyed the

evening together. Dad gave me a beautiful laptop that I have been eyeing to get for some time.

However the beautiful watch that you sent me has a special significance for me. I had been

wanting to change my watch for some time now. This new watch has many latest features .It tells

not only the correct time but also many other important information such as

your pulse rate and blood pressure. Its stopwatch feature will also a great help in preparations as

an athlete. With this I shall be able to monitor my timings very precisely.

Once again, I thank you for your wonderful gift, which shall always remind me me of you. Please

convey my regards to Seema aunty and love to my younger cousins.

Yours affectionate Niece

Rita

8. Suppose you are Amitabh. You live at 38-A, New Model Town, Jalandhar. Write a letter to your

younger brother, Ajitabh, who is a bookworm, persuading him to take part in games.

38-A, New Model Town

Jalandhar

06 January 2017

My dear Ajitabh

238

I received a letter from your school about your results in the terminal exams and your overall

performance. I must compliment for your excellent scores in the academic subjects. At the same time

what worried me more was that your performance in the sports and co-curricular activities. I think

you need to realise that the aim of good education is develop a sound mind in a sound body.

I would like to share my views about the importance of good health and the role of sports in that. You

should take part in the school games regularly. You must spend some time in the playground every

day. Games play a great role in making a person healthy and fit. Physical exercise is a panacca for

most human ailments. Games teach us discipline, team spirit and co-operation. These characteristics

make a person strong and leads him to success in every field. Remember the adage, ‘Health is wealth’.

Games hardly costs us anything but the gains are tremendous.

I would like to quote the duke of Wellington, who said, ‘The Battle of Waterloo’ was won on the

playfields of Eton and Harrow schools.’ So dear brother, always give equal importance to studies as

well as to physical activities. Take part in games and have a healthy body.

Please convey my regards to elders and love to younger ones.

Yours loving Brother

Amitabh

9. Suppose you are Manjit. You live at #119, Jalvayu Vihar, Mohali. Write a letter of condolences to

your friend who has lost his father.

119, Jalvayu Vihar

Mohali

20th August 2017

Dear Sanjeev

It is very sad to learn about the untimely death of your father. He has always been so fit that I

could never think of him to suffer from a heart attack. He seemed so happy and full of life recently

when I met him at your place. I can’t imagine that he is no more amongst us. This is an irreparable

loss and there is nothing that make up for it. His untimely death has created a vacuum difficult to

be filled.

It is moment of great grief and I am with you in these difficult times. Please accept my sincerest

condolences on your bereavement. There are no words to express my deep anguish and sorrow at

this moment.

To be deprived of such a noble soul as your father, is a great loss. But then what is destined, must

happen. Death is the lot of man. There is no escape from it. We have to submit to the will of God.

At this juncture, I would like you to follow in the footsteps of your noble-souled father.

239

Please convey my deepest sorrow to your respected mother in this moment of profound grief.Try

to comfort your younger brother and sister. My father and I will come to you in a day or two.

Yours sincerely

Manjit

10. Suppose you are Surubhi. You live at #110, Sarojani Girls Hostel, Punjab College, Chandigarh.

Write a letter to your mother telling her about the life in your hostel.

110, Sarojani Hostel

Punjab College

Chandigarh

11 September 2017

My dear Mummy

I am pleased to receive your letter of 7 September, 2017. I am sorry that I could not write

earlieras I was settling down in the hostel. I promise that henceforth I will to you a letter every week.

I assure you that everything is fine here, I would share my life at my hostel. First of all, the food served

in our hostel is the best in any hostel on the campus. Although the taste is different, but I am hopeful

of getting used of it soon.

Ours is a very big campus. It has very big lawns and parks. There are more than a thousand students in

our college. Both boys and girls study in our college. The faculties in our college are very well versed

with their subjects. They are not only masters of their subjects but also very keen to share their

expertise with the students. They are also very caring. In the hostel too, our warden, Mrs. Grewal is a

mother like personality. She takes personal interest to make all hostelries feel at home.

The college hostel has given us a lot of freedom. We are very happy here. In the evening, we can we

play different games in the playground. It helps us to utilise our free time in very productive manner. I

would like to make maximum use of these facilities to achieve a balanced personality.

Regards to elders at home and love to Munni and Bebo.

Yours loving Daughter

Surubhi

240

APPLICATIONS:

11. Write an application to the Principal of your school requesting him to grant you full fee

concession and some help out of the Students’ Aid Fund.

Examination Hall

…………..City

20 May 2017

The Principal

Government Senior Secondary School

Moga

Sir

With due respect I would like to bring to your kind notice that I belong to a very poor family

comprising of six members. My father is the only earning member. He is working as a daily wages

in a nearby saw mill. His monthly income is not more than five thousand rupees a month. It is very

difficult yo make both ends meet with this meagre income. My three siblings are also studying in

different classes. My father’s income is insufficient to pay school fees of us.

I am a student of class XI-A, of your institution. I am very keen to follow my higher studies. I

secured eighty percent marks in Matriculate Exam last year.Now I want to join Science stream and

become an engineer. But my parents are unable to bear the expenses of my further studies. It is

therefore requested that I may please be exempted from school fee and granted some financial

aid from the Students’s Aid fund to meet the expenditure of further studies. I assure you that I will

very work hard to make the school proud with my performance and set a good example for other

students as well.

Yours obediently

Simran

XI-A

241

12. Write an application to the Principal of your school requesting him to condone the shortage

of lectures in your case.

Examination Hall

…………..City

March 20, 2017

The Principal

D.A.V. Senior Secondary School

Jalandhar

Sir

I am a student of 12th class of your school. I have been told by my class teacher that I have fallen

short of lectures. I must share with you that I have been a regular student since the beginning of

the session. I am not in the habit of skipping any classes. But unfortunately , my mother fell sick in

the month of November. She was bed ridden for almost six weeks. My father is serving in the

Indian Army as a Subedar. He could not get leave to look after my mother. And my siblings are too

young to fulfil this duty. So I had to frequently miss my classes during this period. So I fell short of

lectures.

It was never my intention to ignore my studies. Now my mother has improved and I shall be

regular in studies. I am working very hard to complete the curriculum I missed and I assure you I

shall be able to make the loss of time very soon. I have been a good student all these years. I have

also won the school laurels in state level debate competitions. Now also I am working hard to

achieve good marks in the examination. In the light of this, I request you to condone the shortage

of my lectures. I shall be highly thankful to you.

Thanking you.

Yours faithfully

Robin Singh

13. Write an application to the Principal for incorporation of change of name in the school records.

Examination Hall

……………….City

20 August 2017

242

The Principal


Bhim Nagar, Moga

Sir

Most humbly and respectfully, I wish to say that I have changed my name form Ram Singh to Ram

Singh Rathore. I have also got this change of name published in the national newspapers and this

change of name has also been done in my Aadhaar Card details.

I am a student of Class XII-A. It is therefore requested that this change may kindly be incorporated

in the school official record. I may be allowed to mention my name as Ram Singh Rathore in

application form for the ensuing senior secondary board exams.


Yours obedient Pupil

Ram Singh

Class XII-A

14. Suppose you are Navneet and you are student of Govt. Senior Secondary School, Amritsar.

Write an application to the Principal of your school requesting him to make some effective

changes in the school library.

Examination Hall

……………….City

20 August 2017

The Principal


Amritsar

Subject: Changes in the school library.

Sir

I am a student of class XI-A of your school. I have been an avid reader of good books. I happen to

go our school library yesterday. The library is the soul and spirit of any school. It should cater to

243

the needs and interest of the school students. But I am saddened to see the state of our school

library.

In our library, there is no catalogue of books. The books are lying in a haphazard manner. Students

find very difficult to locate any book. They have to look for a book at different sections for

magazines and newspapers. There are no magazines on general knowledge and sports. Reading

room is very small.

I have a few suggestions to make our school library more useful and attractive place. There should

be a proper catalogue of books in the reception area itself. All the books should be arranged

alphabetically. The books should be well arranged and displayed properly. The books should be

placed section wise- literature, non- fiction, science, commerce and sports etc. There should be

variety of good magazines on sports, health, finance and general knowledge available for students

in the reading rooms.

All these steps should make a visit to the library more meaningful and useful experience.

Thanking you.

Yours faithfully

Navneet

15. Suppose you are Varsha. You live at 110-Officers Colony, Moga Road, Firozpur Cantt. You have

passed your secondary board exams from Govt. Girls Senior School , Firozpur City. Write an

application to the principal of your school to issue you a testimonial of your ability and

character.

110- Officers Colony

Moga Road

Firozepur Cantt.

The Principal

Govt. Girls Senior Secondary School

Firozpur City

Sir

I have been a student of your school in the academic session 2016-17. I passed my 10+2 class in March

2017. I request you to kindly issue me a testimonial of my character and ability. I need this to produce

it to the Punjab Engineering College, Chandigarh at the time of my admission.

244

I secured 401 marks out of 450 marks with a distinction in Physics and mathematics. I was a member

of the School students Welfare association and President of Athletics club. Throughout my school

times, I performed various duties such as head Girl and coordinator co-curricular activities with

utmost sincerity.

Kindly issue me with a character-cum- merit certificate as soon as possible.

Thanking you.

Yours obediently

Varsha

LETTERS FOR PRACTICE

1. Write a letter to Deputy Commissioner of your district complaining against the use of

loudspeakers in your town.

2. Write a letter to Deputy Commissioner of your district making out a case for laying out a park

for children in your city.

3. Write a letter to S.H.O of you town reporting the loss of your bicycle.

4. You are Meena. You live at 209, Sector-9, Mohali. Write a letter to the editor of a newspaper,

complaining against the bad conditions of buses in Punjab.

5. You are Suman. You live at 119, Sector-20, Mohali. Write a letter to the editor of a newspaper,

expressing your views on the reckless driving.

6. Suppose you are Mandeep Randhawa. You live at 1802, Main Bazaar, Abohar. Write a letter to

your principal requesting him to issue your testimonials/ character certificate.

7. Imagine you are Mohan. You live at 83, Doon Valley, Dehradun. Write a letter to the

commissioner of your Municipal Corporation complaining about the insanitary conditions in

your locality.

8. You are Arnab. You live at House No. 92, Model Town, Moga . Write a letter the editor of a

newspaper highlighting the evil of eve teasing and chain snatching

9. Imagine you are Manjit. You live at 101, New Town, Mohali. Write a letter to the Mayor of

your town stressing the need for a public library in your town.

10. Imagine you are Aman. Write a letter to the editor of a newspaper about the causes of

indiscipline among the students.

11. You are Rimpy. You live at House No. 65, Model Gram, Ludhiana. Write a letter to the S.H.O of

your town reporting the loss of your Motorcycle.

12. You areBhiwani. You live at House No. 29, Teacher Enclave, Kapurthala. Write a letter to a firm

that the goods sent by it were defective and ask for a free replacement.

13. Suppose you arePari. You live at House No. 101, Subhash Colony, Jalandhar. Write a letter to

General Manager of a firm to appoint you as sales Manager.

14. Suppose you are Babita. Write a letter to the Deputy Commissioner of your district the flood

situation in your area.

245

15. You are Sarita.your address is 156, Kaarvan Apartments, Sector 11, Panipat. Write an

application to the Principal of your school requesting him remission of fine.

16. You areHImalaya. You live at 118,Motia Apartments, Khanna. Write a letter to the S.D.O

(Electricity) against frequent breakdown of electricity in your locality.

17. Write an application to the Principal of your school requesting him to grant you full fee

concession and some help out of the Students’ Aid Fund.

18. Suppose you are Harman. Write a letter to your friend who has recovered from Dengue and

wishing him good health.

19. You are Prem. You live at # 11, Kamla Nagar, New Delhi. Write a letter to your friend , Mahipal,

sharing your experiences of an educational tour you have recently made to southern India.

20. Suppose you are Harneet. You live 110, Sector-72, Mohali. Write a letter to your uncle who is

an Ex-Army Officer, asking him details about the various options about joining Indian Army as a

Commissioned officer.

21. Write a letter to your bank Manager regarding the non- payment of interest on an amount you

have deposited in your account.

246

15 . EMAIL WRITING

E-mail, or Electronic Mail is the mode of exchanging digital messages across internet or other

computer networks. It is the quickest way to communicate in writing. It has gained preference over the

traditional means of communication, i.e letter writing. It has become so popular that almost every

business or internet user is using it as the preferred means of communication. Just like Letter writing,

you can write formal as well as informal emails. Formal emails are used in government as well as

private offices to communicate with their counterparts. While people use Informal emails to

communicate with their friends, family members, relatives or acquaintances.

The main advantage of the email over the ‘snail-mail’ letters is that it is quick and direct. An email is

sent for a particular purpose and a fast response or an immediate action is expected. To be effective as a

means of communication, it is important that an email, whether formal or informal, has a proper clear

and logical structure.

Some of the advantages of an email over other mode of communication are as follow:

1. Since the e-mail gets delivered directly to the recipient’s mailbox irrespective of his availability,

He/she will be able to look at it as soon as he opens his mailbox.

2. Email can be sent to the recipient in any corner of the world at a local call costs.

Some of the do’s and don’t that we must keep in mind while writing an email are as follows:

Do’s Don’ts

Use appropriate salutations. Write about irrelevant issues.

Proof read before pressing the ‘send’

button.

Write too long sentences.

Email should be brief and concise. Use Italics.

Place most important information first. Use exclamation marks.

Write a meaningful and informative subject

line

Use capital letters to write whole words as in

emails, this is considered shouting.

Use number and bullets to make the message

clearer. Use different fonts (the recipient’s computer

may not be compatible

Have your default signature at the end of the

Email. It should include your name,

designation,

( May include address and Phone number in

Use incomprehensible abbreviations,

acronyms and smileys

247

case of formal email)

Write short sentences, separate paragraphs

and simple grammar and language.

Give personal information that you don’t

want someone else to know

Now let us look at the format of an email.

FORMAT OF AN E-MAIL

To:

Date:

CC:

BCC:

Subject:

BODY( Content)

Regards.

Name

To : Space for

entering the email

address of the

recipient.

CC: (Carbon copy)

)Space for entering

the email address of

other people who

would like to know

the contents of the

email but are not

required to act.

Bcc (Blind

carbon

Copy): Email

addresses

entered in

here are not

visible to the

people

entered in

the TO: and

CC: fields

although

people in

the bcc: can

see the

names of

the people

entered in

the TO and

CC fields

Subject: it tells the

reader the main

topic of the email

in brief.

BODY: it starts

with salutation

and greeting,

followed by the

main content of

the email.

The name of the

sender is written

at the end.

11 October, 2017 11.00 p.m.

248

EXAMPLES

1. Write an e-mail to your friendinforming him why you want him to excuse youfor not

attending his birthday party.

To :

Date :

Add Cc/ Add Bcc

Subject:

Dear Sanam,

I hadcome to Amritsar to attend a business meeting. It was to finish by 5.00 pm

today. And I had planned to return to Jalandhar well before time to join your

birthday celebrations in the evening. But I must tell you that this meeting has been

extended to late evening hours. So I would be returning late at night. I would not be

able to join you at your party. Kindly excuse my absence. I shall visit you by the

weekend.

With regards.

Pardeep

[email protected]

July 11, 2017 4.30 p.m

Excuse from birthday party

249

2. Write an e-mail to your friend expressing your condolences on his father’s death.

To :

Date :

Add Cc/ Add Bcc

Subject:

Dear Jagan,

I am extremely sad to learn about your father’s sudden death from Ravi who

informed me last evening. I don’t have words to express my grief as it’s hard to

believe about his death. I had to reach at the time of funeral, but, unfortunately

could not make it because I was out of the city due to some pre scheduled

meetings.

Your father was a great person, nice, very calm, helpful and a wonderful human and

had great intellectual achievements. Although I met your father very limited

number of times but his impression on me is simply everlasting. We will always

miss him.

I pray to the almighty that his soul should rest in peace. Please accept my most

sincere condolences and also convey to your mother.

Regards.

Rajan

[email protected]

27 October, 2017 10.00 a.m

Condolences on his father’s death

250

3. Write an-email to your friend about the inauguration of the company.

To :

Date :

Add Cc/ Add Bcc

Subject:

Dear Suman,

We are going to launch our new company on 2nd December, 2017. The launching

ceremony will be held at 10.30 a.m. at 110, Paltan Bazaar, Dehradun. There will be

lunch after the ceremony. You are cordially invited to grace the occasion.

Many of industry big wigs are expected to join us on this occasion. Sure it will be a

great interaction.

With regards.

Ashwani

[email protected]

November 29, 2017 12.30 p.m

Inauguration of new company

251

4. Write an email to your new employer thanking him the interview.

To :

Date :

Add Cc/ Add Bcc

Subject:

Sir,

I, Ram Sarup, take this opportunity to thank you for considering me as a worthy

choice for the job position of the Assistant manager –Public Relations in your

company. I am extremely grateful to you for the fact that I was given an

opportunity to sit for the interview for the mentioned post and also because of the

patience and good spirit in which the interview was conducted.

I would also like to assure you that I would be proud to be a part of your working

organisation which has gained a respectable position in the market in a span of only

a few years. I am sure you wouldn’t be disappointed to hire me as a part of your

team.

Looking forward to get a positive reply from you.

Thanking you once again.

Ram Sarup

[email protected]

31 July, 2017 09.30 a.m

Thanking you for the interview

252

5. Write an email to friend inviting him to attend your parents’ marriage anniversary.

To :

Date :

Add Cc/ Add Bcc

Subject:

Dear Rimpy,

I wish to inform you that my parents’ marriage silver anniversary is falling on 05

September, 2017. It will be moment of great happiness for the entire family.

We are planning a grand celebration at ‘Hotel India’ at 8.00 p.m. on September 5th,

2017. It would be a great pleasure if you, along with your family, would grace this

occasion with your presence.

With regards.

Rohan

[email protected]

2nd September, 2017 11.00. a.m

Invitation to 25th Marriage Anniversary celebrations

253

6. Write an email to a colleague about details of his of salary report.

To :

Date :

Add Cc/ Add Bcc

Subject:

Hello Ranbir,

I received your email yesterday asking for the details of G.P.F and salary for the first

quarter of this financial year. I have your prepared your salary

Records for this period and I am sending the complete details of your salary

including your tax deductions and G.P.F balance till 30th June 2017.

You are always welcome if any more information is required.

Regards.

Mandeep

[email protected]

16 August, 2017 10.45 a.m

Salary Report

254

7. Write an email to friend, who had advised you donations for flood relief camp being

organized for victims.

To :

Date :

Add Cc/ Add Bcc

Subject:

Dear Mohinder,

I received your communication regarding your efforts to arrange food, clothes,

blankets and medicine for the flood victims in Jammu region. I really appreciate

your initiative in this matter. As I am out of the country for next two weeks, so I am

unable to be physically with you immediately. I would definitely join hands with in

noble cause. For the moment, I am also donating rupees twenty five thousand to

your account for mobilisation all these resources. You must involve as many friends

as possible.

I will be with you as soon as I am back.

Regards.

Parry

[email protected]

April 10. 2017 10.00 a.m

Sending donations

255

8. Write an e-mail to the Principal of your school, asking him for a school leaving certificate.

To :

Date :

Add Cc/ Add Bcc

Subject:

Sir,

I am a student of class XII of your school. My father is shifting his business

Chandigarh. The whole family has to move to Chandigarh. Being a nucleus family, I

have to stay with my parents. We shall be moving from the present location within

a week.

I have been a regular student in my class and have cleared all the dues.

You are requested to issue me a school leaving certificate. I shall be thankful to you

for your prompt action.

Yours obediently

Dharamvir

Class- XII

[email protected]

29 October, 2017 11.45 a.m

Request for School Leaving Certificate

256

9. Write an e-mail to your class teacher of your school, asking her for an extension of

leave.

To :

Date :

Add Cc/ Add Bcc

Subject:

Madam,

I am a student of class XII of your school. I had come to attend my cousin’s marriage

at Dehradun on 24th July. I was to return on 27th July 2017. On 28th afternoon, my

grandmother had a heart attack and has been operated upon on the same night.

But still her condition is very critical. As a result, we are advised by the doctors to

be next to her for at least three four days more.I have always been very close to my

grandmother.

Kindly extend my leave by a week.

With regards.

Yours obediently

Vandana

Class- XII

[email protected]

29 July, 2017 9.00 a.m

Request for extension of leave

257

10. Write an e-mail to an online electronic goods supplier for wrong supply of goods.

To :

Date :

Add Cc/ Add Bcc

Subject:

Sir,

I placed an order about 20 pieces of the new model of the latest model of smart

phone, Nokia 8 from your office. We received the packet containing 20 twenty

mobiles. But sadly, these are of different models and not Nokia 8 that we had place

in our order. They are basic model of a chinese company. We are sending these

pieces back for replacement at your cost. We shall appreciate your quick response.

Thanking you and regards.

Harsh


1. Write an e-mail to a friend inviting on opening ceremony of your new office.

2. Write an e-mail to your colleague informing about the change in schedule of meeting with

client.

[email protected]

2nd November, 2017

9.00 a.m

Wrong supply of electronic goods

258

3. Write an e-mail to the principal of your college requesting her to procure some books for the

school library.

4. Write an e-mail to your younger sister asking her to come home from hostel on the weekend.

5. Write an e-mail to your colleague about the recent changes in the Sales policy of your

company.

6. Write an e-mail to your father requesting him to transfer some money in your account so that

you can clear the dues before final exams.

7. Write an e-mail to a friend requesting her to help you in preparing an important presentation

for a big client.

8. Write an e-mail to the customer service center of an e-commerce company asking for

replacement of a faulty Headphones set delivered to you.

9. You are a Manager at an Automobile Service center. Write an e-mail to your purchase

department head about the immediate steps to be taken to check the shortage of supplies of

spare parts at your showroom.

10. Suppose you are Tegh. Write an e-mail to Gurbir , your friend, asking him to join you for dinner

at your home on the weekend.

259

16 .PRECIS WRITING

A ‘Precis’ in simple words is a summary or brief of a passage. It is like a miniature form of a big

portrait. It should retain the essence of the main passage. It should reflect the spirit of what the writer

has given in the original passage. The aim of the ‘Precis’ writing to convey the gist of the message in

one’s own words. But it must not change the author’s views or opinion. One needs to be precise and

to the point in one’s approach. It should present the ideas in a logical manner with clarity of thought.

Some of the main features of a good ‘Precis`’ are:

a. It should retain the essence of the original passage.

b. It should be clear, brief and precise.

c. It should present the ideas in a sequence as given by the author and there should be

coherence of ideas.

d. It should not look an abstract of the original.

Steps in Precis writing:

1. Firstly read the passage carefully

2. Underline/ highlight the main ideas of the passage.

3. Compress the ideas in a brief form while retaining the important details.

4. Identify the central idea.

5. Prepare a draft.

6. Give a second reading to ensure you don’t miss any important link and remove any gaps.

7. Avoid any explanations, superfluous examples or quotations.

8. Write in third person, indirect speech and retain the tense of the original passage.

9. Avoid abbreviations.

10. Calculate the total number words and write ‘Precis’ in approximately one third of total

words.

11. Provide an appropriate title to your Precis.

SOLVED EXAMPLES

1. Write a Precis` of the following paragraph in your own words:

People in this modern materialistic world are prone to suffer from stress, emotional imbalance,

anxiety, frustration and anger. It leads to many physical ailments, disturbed relationships and road-

rage. Many broken homes, accidents and suicides are due to this mental turmoil .The only panacea for

this is ‘meditation’. A simple description of meditation is to sit silently with closed eyes and focus on

breathing. It may or may not be accompanied by music. It helps one to connect with deep inner self

and raises the level of consciousness. The first effort may not be perfect but with regular practice one

260

masters the technique. Then the results start unfolding! It leads to peace of mind, better

concentration, clarity of thought and complete relaxation. The situations are not changed but it

changes our reactions and attitude to these. One learns to be calm and grounded in every

circumstance and surrender to divine control. Gratitude takes the place of complaints and love

replaces resentments. It is then that circumstances begin to change. Life is a beautiful gift of God but

one becomes thankful for it only after practicing meditation. The result is a calm and serene

individual.

SOLUTION:

TITLE-ADVANTAGES OF MEDITATION

Meditation is a process of concentration on your breathing and connecting to your inner-self. It leads

to a calm mind, freedom from stress and anxiety. Many problems in the modern world are solved as a

result of it. Person becomes emotionally stable and his attitude towards life becomes more of

gratitude and love rather than complaints and resentment. The technique can be mastered with

regular practice.


Chandigarh is a city of attractions for tourists .One of the favorites of all tourists is the

sculpture garden near SukhnaLake,spread over an area of40 acres. After the name of its

creator, it is named Nek Chand’s Rock Garden. Nek Chand started creating it secretly in his

spare time in 1957.He spent first seven years mostly collecting the waste on his bicycle and

recycling it in a hut made in the jungle. The garden was developed secretly by him but was

accidently discovered by the authorities in 1975 .It was opened for public view in

1976Everyday, it is visited by hundreds of tourists who are mesmerized by the beautiful

sculptures of soldiers, dancing women, animals, birds etc. and cascading water-falls. The

characteristic feature of it is that all the sculptures are made from stone, recycled ceramics,

industrial waste, broken household items like crockery, bangles, tubes, cycle-parts, tiles, toilet

fixtures etc. Another interesting feature is that one has to pass through many doorways ,

archways, concrete lanes leading to courtyards and chambers. Nek Chand planned the layout of

the garden based on the fantasy of a lost kingdom. Nowhere in the world do we see such a

beauty created out of waste.

SOLUTION:

TITLE-ROCK GARDEN

261

Rock Garden is a beautiful sculpture garden near Sukhna Lake in Chandigarh. It was created by Nek

Chand and is spread over 40 acres. He started it in 1957 and was opened to public in1976.He used

recycled industrial and home waste to create the sculptures of men,women, animals and birds. Many

doorways, archways, courtyards and lanes make it all the more interesting.


Punjab is a land of five rivers. Its culture is one of the oldest and richest, not only in India,but the

world. It is apparent in its vibrant dances,folk songs, poetry, paintings, architecture, traditions, values,

cuisine, folk games etc. The symbolic ‘Phulkari’ embroidery is an all timefavourite of not only Punjabis

but demanded by people from outside Punjab as well. Among many folk dances of Punjab, ‘Gidhdha’

and ‘Bhangra’ are the most famous. The fast beats and the pappy music makes everyone dance to its

tunes. Punjabis are fun loving,emotional and very religious people. They celebrate their festivals and

traditions with full spirit. A Punjabi wedding with all its traditions, ceremonies , dresses,jewellery, food

and fun represents the culture of Punjab. The popular festivals are Lohri, Maghi, Diwali, Dushehra,

Baisakhi and Teej. Food is a major part of these celebrations. Punjabis love eating. The cuisine consists

of many mouth-watering dishes but the characteristic food of Punjab is ‘Makki di Roti’, ’Sarson da

Saag’and buttermilk. Punjabis have a presence all over the world and taken their culture everywhere

with them.

SOLUTION-

TITLE-CULTURE OF PUNJAB

Culture of Punjab is one of the oldest and the richest in the world. It includes its vibrant dances, folk

songs, poetry, paintings, architecture, traditions, values , cuisine, folk games. Gidhdha and Bhangra

make everyone dance to its tunes. Phulkari is famous embroidery of Punjab. Festivals and traditions

are celebrated with full spirit. Punjabis have taken its culture to all the countries.



Women who constitute half of the human population are encountered with many challenges. Female

feticide is, perhaps, one of the worst forms of violence against the women. Where a woman is denied

her most basic and fundamental rights i.e ‘The Right to Life’. As there is no particular definition of

foesticide provided by the code of criminal procedure but the following definition will clear your

concept.‘Female feticide’ is the killing of a healthy female fetus in order to get rid of a female child by

262

means of medical terminal of Pregnancy(MTP) or Abortion. Female feticide is considered a criminal

offence in India. Abortion is lawful only when the doctor believes that the continuance of the

pregnancy maypose a direct threat to the life or the health of the mother or the unborn child.No

doubt, if this practice continues, it will disturb the social balance. For a healthy society, the male or

female sex ratio must remain at a balanced level. The alarming female feticide is a cause of great

concern as the numbers of girls born is decreasing drastically in several sections of our society, thus,

exposing females to more exploitation and violence. This state of affair, if not corrected, will have a

disastrous impact on the future generation of our society.


‘Safe drinking water’ is one of the basic needs and without it’s availability in adequate quantity and

quality, there could be serious impacts on human and animal health. The Department of Drinking

Water and Sanitation released the standard Operating Procedures(SOP) for drinking water supply and

sanitation services during natural hazards. Drought could lead to scarcity of water due to depletion of

water table and/ or drying up of service water sources. Natural hazards such as Flood, tsunami,

avalanche, landslide or hailstorm could result in wash off/ damage of water supply assets, thus

resulting in disruption of supply of Safe Drinking Water. Therefore in any type of crisis, proper

management of drinking water supply to the effected people on an “Immediate basis” is an essential

requirement. Maintaining environmental sanitation and individual hygiene are also equally important

to reduce / eliminate chances of disease of prevalence/ outbreak of epidemics.The SOP manual is

prepared in order to assist every everyone in the rural water and sanitation Department and State

Water & Sanitation Mission, District Water and Sanitation Mission, NGO’s and the community

whether at the national, State, district or at other levels. It also indicates actions to be taken at various

levels. The document explains, for each category of staff, what they are responsible for, and what

steps they should take before, during and after a natural hazard.


Education is a fundamental right of all the children, even if they are differently abled. Every child with

special needs have the same right to get education in the mainstream than any other. Persons with

Disability Act, 1995, provides for access to free education in an appropriate environment for children

with disabilities till they attain the age of 18years.Guidlines for inclusive education includes

identification of their learning needs, their strengths and weaknesses so as to plan their learning

process. Modifications in the infrastructure to facilitate their movement like provision of railings,

ramps, barrier free access to laboratories, library and aclassroom is required. Special devices for their

education includes talking text-books, reading machines, computers with speech software as per the

specific need. The teacher must be specially trained who can not only facilitate the learning process

263

but also develop confidence in the child. She must develop a positive attitude in the students towards

the special child and also encourage peer-learning. It will help in making the child more comfortable

thereby creating an understanding and cooperative spirit in all the students.


Near the Takhat Shri Keshgarh Sahib in Anandpur sahib, is a museum of Sikhism, designed by Moshe

Safdie. It was inaugurated in Nov. 2011.Since its opening, it has become the biggest tourist attractions

for not only Punjabis, residents and non-residents but also foreigners. It beautifully unravels 518 years

of Sikh heritage in 27 glorious galleries. The use of technology, in the form of audio-visual aids, light

and sound shows,audioguides make it all the more awe-inspiring. The echo of Solemn Mantra sets a

divine ambience. As one steps into the first gallery, standing on a walkway with a 360 degree view of

the surrounding murals, one is taken through a nostalgic journey of an old village of Punjab from early

dawn to dusk. Punjabi festivals and rituals are shown by play of light on the murals accompanied by

Punjabi folk songs. Inner galleries, housed in the petals take us from culture of Punjab to a glimpse of

the teachings of all the Sikh gurus and the finding of ‘The KhalsaPanth’ by the Tenth Guru, ShriGobind

Singh. There is a live account of the history of the Sikh religion from the first guru to the tenth guru.

The beautiful audio-video descriptions,simply take one’s breathe away.


Time Management’ is the process of organizing and planning how to divide the time between specific

activities. Good time management enables you to work smarter than harder. So that you get more

output with less input and in shorter duration. Inability to manage one’s time well, leads to decrease

in productivity and also causes stress. On the other hand, if one manages one’s time properly, one can

achieve important career and life goals with a greater quality of work. This leads to higher productivity

and greater professional reputation. A 24 hour day becomes more productive for good time managers

while for others it may turn out to be missed deadlines only. To get maximum of a 24 hour day, one

must learn how to priortise options between urgent and important. One must also avoid distractions,

eg looking for help even before deciding on the task or assigning duties, reading from emails and

Facebook is neither urgent nor important. One can categorise every work under ‘Do it now’, ‘Do it

later’ or ‘Don’t do it at all’ priority. Every individual has a particular best time of the day when a

person feels full of energy and life, so one should schedule one’s most important and challenging

work for that period. Avoid multi- tasking, rather go for similar tasks consecutively to achieve

perfection. This will lead to saving time for other tasks. Stay calm and keep your work place free of

clutter. Take a break and review what has been done and revise plan if required. Keep moving step by

step.

6. . Write a Precis’ of the following passage and give it a suitable title.

A delicate balance exists between tropical grasslands and tropical forests, with slight changes in

climate leading to the advance of one type of habitat and the retreat of the other. Broadly speaking,

264

grasslands occur in drier regions where the limited water supply cannot support a full canopy of trees.

Grass is more resistant both to low levels of moisture throughout the year and ti intense periods of

drought. It is the natural form of vegetation in areas of low rainfall and in places where water drains

rapidly through sandy soil. Where gradual changes in climate between adjoining areas occurs, there

may also be a gradual change in habitat. On the borders of a forest, where the climate starts to

become less humid, the tree canopy opens up, grass spreads between the trunks and the woodland

savannah appears. Continuing onto drier areas, the trees are scattered and shrink to shrub size, and in

still drier areas grass dominates the landscape. In a semi-arid climate, the grasses will be shorter and

the vegetation will be thin on the ground. Finally, when the climate becomes truly arid with minimal

levels of rainfall, Grass land eventually turns to desert.

7. Write a Precis’ of the following passage and give it a suitable title.

Tension headaches are the most common type and are caused by muscle contractions or an

imbalance of natural chemicals in the brain. The pain causes a bandlike pressure around the head and

may be accompanied by a sense of tightness in the head, neck and the shoulder muscles. They often

begin in the afternoon or evening and produce a steady pain. Prevention is the best approach;

relaxation techniques, such as biofeedback, message, meditation and visualization, work for many.

Another recommendation is to eliminate from the diet all foods and drugs that contain caffeine,

which can increase tension and anxiety, thus contributing to headaches. Headaches may also be due

sinusitis, an inflammation of the lining of the sinus cavities. This causes a deep, dull ache around the

eyes and sometimes in the forehead and ears. A good diagnostic clue is that the pain tends to worsen

when you bend over.


Prime Minister NarandraModi launched Swachh Bharat Abhiyan-on 2 October 2014 . This programme

aims to eradicate open defecation by 2019. The national campaign spans 4,041 statutory cities and

towns. It is the current of a few prior campaigns, including Nirmal Bharat Abhiyan and the Total

Sanitation Campaign, which had similar goals. The Indian government aims to achieve an Open-

Defecation Free (ODF) India by 2 October 2019, the 150th anniversary of the birth

of MahatmaGandhi, by constructing 12 million toilets in rural India at a projected cost

of ₹1.96 lakh crore . Prime MinisterNarendraModi spoke of the need for toilets in his 2014

Independence Day speech: “Has it ever pained us that our mothers and sisters have to defecate in

open? Poor womenfolk of the village wait for the night; until darkness descends, they can't go out to

defecate. What bodily torture they must be feeling, how many diseases that act might engender.

Can't we just make arrangements for toilets for the dignity of our mothers and sisters?” Modi also

spoke of the need for toilets in schools during the 2014 Jammu and Kashmir state elections campaign.

SwachhSarvekshan 2017 was an extensive sanitation survey across 500 cities in India. The Ministry of

Urban Development, commissioned Quality Council of India to conduct this survey; to check the

progress and impact of Swachh Bharat Abhiyanlaunched in 2014. It aims to foster a spirit of

competition among the cities and offers a comprehensive assessment of their sanitation status.

265


The modern man is forever busy meeting deadlines, keeping appointments and living life. He has no

time for himself. In his hurried routine, he prefers to eat junk or fast food- which is prepared and

consumed instantly. The term ‘Junk food’ was coined by Micheal F. Jacobson in 1972. Junk food

contains less minerals, vitamins and proteins, so it does no good to the body as it lacks nutritional

value.Fast food chains are popular worldwide. They serve food which is saturated in fats and sugar.

These foods are gaining popularity in small towns also. School /college canteens as well as corner

shops are stacked with such items- French fries, burgers, pizzas, chips or noodles etc. These are

available off the shelf too to pick on the go. Fast food is served at birthday parties and other social

functions. People forget that such foods are major source of Obesity, hormonal imbalance, high blood

pressure, diabetes etc. It contains little fibre so it does not provide enough nutrition and leads to

chronic constipation resulting in other diseases. School and college tuckshops should sell fresh fruit

and juices, sprouts and salads, milk and butter milk should replace aerated drinks as these things have

higher nutritional value than burgers or chips and noodles.


Democracy is often described as the government of the people, for the people and by the people. It is

a social order aiming at the greatest good for the greatest number of people. In a democracy, people

are provided freedom of thought, speech, expression and action. General elections after every five

years to form a new government. These elections give the general opinion of the public and the

government is formed with some promises meant for the citizens of the country. Democracy is based

on political equality. It means all citizens irrespective of caste, creed, religion, race or sex are

considered equal before the law and enjoy equal political rights.In a democratic set up majority rules,

but opinions of minorities are also given due respect. There is supremacy of law over all. Law cannot

be compromised under any circumstances. Citizens have both rights and duties. India is the largest

democratic country in the world. It is considered the finest form of government in which every

individual above 18 years participates consciously in selecting their government. The government’s

success and failures depends upon wisdom, consciousnessand vigilance. Education plays an important

role in making the right choices while casting their vote. Peoplecome together to fight against social

evils such as illiteracy, poverty and inequality. They must be willing to work for uplifting all sections of

society. People should perform their duties to nation. They should have social tolerance and should

coexist amicably.


266

An activity or interest pursued for pleasure or relaxation is a hobby. It is an activity which is performed

during one’s own time. Your hobby is something that you do for fun, not for money. If it earns you

money, it’s all the more beneficial. Hobbies can be classified as indoors hobbies or outdoor hobbies,

collection hobbies or completion hobbies. Usually hobbies need devotion. It is something that has to

be done systematically, eg. Stamp collection or playing a musical instrument or playing an

outdoor/indoor game etc. hobbies require an active pursuit of an interest that could involve

collecting, building or creating something. The latest mantra is ‘do what you love’. And what is better

than doing what pleases you? If your hobby is gardening, why not acquire skills for starting a nursery

or growing flowers in pots or preparing seeds for sale. Having good communication skills and interest

in meeting people and visiting new places can help you earn money as a tourist guide or become an

event manager. If You love reading books and have good command over languages, you can be a good

story teller or even become a Radio Jockey. A fitness enthusiast or a yoga expert can become a fitness

trainer after acquiring the requisite qualification. Other popular hobbies that could become careers

include musicians, singers, disc jockeys, writer editors, actors or models or can make videos for

‘YouTube’ etc. A Radio Jockey, a photographer for social events, still photography or videography can

also be very productive hobbies. Passion for cooking can help you starting cooking classes as well as

enjoy variety of dishes. The idea of a Hobby is to derive pleasure first and financial gain later.

12 .Write a Precis’of the following passage and give it a suitable title.

For a religion to be effective, enthusiasm is necessary. At the same time we must try to avoid the

danger of multiplying of creeds. We avoid that by being a non-sectarians sect, having all the

advantages of a sect and the broadness of a universal religion. God, though everywhere, can be

known to us in and through human character. No character was ever so perfect as Ramakrishna and

that should be the centre round which we ought to rally; at the same time allowing everybody to

regard him in his own light, either as God, saviour, teacher, model, a great man, just as he pleases. We

preach neither social equality nor equality, but that every being has same rights, and insist upon

freedom of thought and action in every way. We reject none, neither theist, nor pantheist, monist,

polytheist, nor atheist; the only condition of being a disciple is modelling a character at one the

broadest and the most intense. Nor do we insist upon particular codes of morality as to conduct, or

character, or eating and drinking, except so as far as it injures others.

267

17. NEWSPAPER HEADLINES

A newspaper is a reflection of a society. A newspaper keeps us updated daily with all that happens

around us in different fields in various parts of the universe. It is a great source of information as well

as entertainment. For many people reading a newspaper, with a cup of tea in the early morning, is a

great start of the day. For the students, the habit of reading a newspaper can be a very useful. It

provides them a glimpse of the important events of the day.

Reading a newspaper is also a time consuming very process. One needs to learn how to get a gist of

the lengthy news stories. Generally, Newspaper carry the news under bold headlines. One needs to

learn to understand the importance of these headlines. Headline provides us a peep into the whole

story. As a students it is vital to know how to decipher information from these headlines. Some of the

main features of a headline are as given below:

1. Headlines generally use simple present tense for most events.

Example: Indian Women Cricket team’s dream run continues.

2. Newspaper headlines are generally written in short phrases without a verb.

Example:Civic body elections on Dec.17

3. Headlines do not carry helping verbs when written in passive form.

Example: Nabha youth shot, killer arrested

4. Sometimes a headline uses infinitive ‘to’ to convey future events.

Example: PM to address the nation from Red Fort on Independence Day.

5. Subject of the headline is separated from what is being said using a colon(:).

Example: Assam floods: thousands homeless.

6. Don’t use articles in the headlines(a,an,the)

Example:Man tries to capture flying snake in park.

The following explanations of some headlines will help the students in developing a clear

understanding.

1. INVESTMENT IN INFRASTRUCTTURE TO BOOST EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES

Big investments in Infrastructure will lead to creation of thousands of job opportunities in

construction sector as well as in services sectors. The government aims to push more funds

into making roads and bridges for use in next fifty years.

2. WOMEN TO JOIN INDIAN ARMY AS AN OFFICER

Indian Army has opened entry of women into Army to join as an officer. Female officers will

work in non- combat roles to work in a competitive environment.

3. 6.3 % GROWTH, UP FROM 5.7%

Reversing a five quarters slide in GDP , the Indian economy grew by 6.3% in the second quarter

of this financial year. It gives the hope that impact of demoitisation and GST will has been

absorbed.

268

4. DECLARED DEAD, NEWBORN FOUND ALIVE

In a shocking incident, premature twins were allegedly declared dead by an upscale private

hospital and handed in polythene bag to their parents, who realized that one of them was alive

as they were on the way to perform the last rites.

5. STUDENTS SHOWCASE INNOVATIVE PROJECTS

IT madras ‘s centre for Innovation , recently organized an Open House , which showcased their

innovative projects, automated machines and a formula race car made by the IIT Madras

students.

6. RISE, FALL AND RISE OF THE ANCIENT SEAT OF LEARNING

The ancient seat of learning, Nalanda, one of the oldest universities in the world, which was

destroyed 800 years ago, has now reopened its gate to offer knowledge to students.

7. IAF CONDUCTS EXERCISES WITH FRENCH AND SINGALPORE

Indian Air Force said that it had recently conducted a range of joint exercises with the French

and Singapore air forces. The joint exercises were held at the undisclosed location in France.

8. 3 YEARS JAIL FOR INSTANT TRIPLE TALAQ

According to a draft law prepare by the GOI,Muslim men pronouncing instant Triple Talaq can

get a three years jail term. Under the draft law, triple talaq in any form-spoken, in writing or by

electronic means such as email, SMS or WhatsApp would be illegal and void.

9. GOVT. TO TRACK ‘HIDDEN’ HIV+

On World AIDS day, the Government said that, having halted the HIV/AIDS epidemic, it would

work to find the hidden HIV burden by tracking missed persons living with infection.

10. VISITORS IN FOR A TREAT AT RETREAT CEREMONY

The retreat Ceremony at Atari-Wagah Joint Check Post would be different experience from the

start of newyear. A new U-shape spectators` gallery with higher seating capacity and better

viewing arrangements will add to grand experience ofaudience.

11. INDIA-US SIGN MoC ON TRANSPORTATION

A memorandum of Co-operation for transportation was signed between India and US. The

MoC aims to foster cooperative work on key issues of mutual interest for all modes of

transportation, coordinating public and private sector resources and expertise to advance safe,

secure and integrated transportation systems.

12. KIDS FILE PLEA IN SC URGING BAN ON BURSTING CRACKERS IN WEDDINGS

Three kids of Delhi, Arjun Gopal, Aarav Bhandari and Zoya Rao, have filed a plea in the

Supreme Court to put a complete ban of the use of crackers in the weddings in the NCR region.

13. CYCLONE OCKHI CREATES HAVOC IN TN AND KERALA

Heavy rains continued to batter coastal areas of Kerala and south Tamil Nadu today, crippling

normal life, even as Cyclone Ockhi lay centered about 80km north-northeast of Minicoy in

Lakshadweep.

14. INDIA-AUSTRALIA HOCKEY MATCH ENDS IN DRAW

India and Australia’s first match in the Hockey World League ended in a draw as both teams

scored a goal each.

15. RAILWAYS CANCELS TWO TRAINS

269

The railways has announced the cancellation of two important trains originating from

SriGanganagar from December 1 to February due to heavy fogs in the last few days.

16. NAVY SAVES 55 LOST AT SEA

The Indian Navyrescued 55 civilians who were stranded at sea due to the cyclones. It has

deployed five ships, a Dornier, advanced light helicopters (ALH) and a P8I Boeing, the most

advanced surveillance aircraft in the Navy.

17. KUDARMUKH AND RAJAJI NATIONAL PARKS DECLARED TIGER RESERVES

The national Tiger Conservation Authority has accorded final approval to Kedarmukh National

Park in Karnataka and Rajaji National park in Uttrakhand for being declared as tiger reserves by

respective states.

18. INDIAN NAVAL LADY OFFICER ON A SPECIAL MISSION

Six Indian Navy lady officers are out on high priority mission, SagarPrikarma Circumnavigation

on an Indian built yatch INSV Tarini. Indian PM and Defence Minister are closely monitoring

the progress of this mission.

19. FACEBOOK: 40 LAKH PLEDGED TO DONATE BLOOD

Over 40 lakh people in India have signed up as blood donors on Facebook since it pioneered

the feature in October.

20. PANEL TO FRAME DIESEL RULES FOR TRACTORS

The oil ministry has set up a high-level panelto help frame fuel economy rules for tractors to

moderate their diesel consumption. It constitutes almost 7.7 percent of India’s annual diesel

use.

Exercise for Practice

Explain the following Newspaper Headlines in 15-20 words.

1. PNB RAISES DEPOSIT RATE BY 0.5 %

2. POWERFUL STORM KILLS 5 IN SRI LANKA

3. FM HINTS AT CLUBBING DIFFERENT GTS RATES

4. 5 TERRORIST KILLED IN THE VALLEY

5. ELELCTRIC VANS IN MOST TOWNS SOON

6. INDIA SHOWCASES IT NAVAL MIGHT

7. ALL EYES ON TRANSPORT MODE OF FUTURE’S INDIA ENTRY

8. SC TO REVISIT ‘NO AUTOMATIC ARREST ‘ INDOWRY CASES

9. COME , INVEST IN OUR GROWTH STORY: PM MODI

10. AT LINE OF CONTROL IN KARGIL, WINTER WAR BEGINS

11. ICSE CLASS 10, +2 PASS PARKS LOWERED

12. MLA’S TO DECLARE ASSETS ON JAN 1 EVERY YEAR.

13. BALI VOLCANO KEEPS AIRPORT CLOSED

14. SRI LANKA CRASHES TO AN EMBARASSING INNINGS DEFEAT

15. ASHWIN FASTEST TO 300 CLUB

16. PM TO ADDRESS UN GENERAL ASSEMBLY

270

17. INDIA PUSHES FOR PERMANENT MEMBERSHIP AT UNSC

18. US FRUSTRATION WITH PAKISTAN ON HIGH

19. INDIA REELECTED ON INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL

20. FIFA 2018 WORLD CUP DRAW COMPLETE IN RUSSIA

271

18 .THE ART OF TRANSLATION

Translation is the communication of meaning of a source language text by means of an equivalent

target language. In simple words, it is an act, a process of rendering meaning from one language into

another. It is an art as well as a skill. It is different thing for different people; for some it is only a text;

for others it may be an activity. According to Anthony Pem, Translation is a text from the perspective

of external knowledge, but an activity from the perspective of internal knowledge. It can be mastered

through regular practice. To master this art, it is important to keep in mind that translation involves

understanding cultural background of the language and rules of grammar. When we are learn

translation from Punjabi/ Hindi into English, we must remember that no two languages express the

same thing in the same manner. So we must learn about the differences in structural formation of

sentences in these languages.

Hindi / Punjabi: mYN iek ikqwb pVdw hW[ -Subject+ (Object/Complement)+ Verb

English : I read a book. –Subject+Verb+ (object/Complement)

I. (The Use of ‘BE’ – Is, Am, Are, Was and Were)

Is, Am, Are, Was A Were dw iesqymwl linking Verb dy qor qy kIqw jWdw hY[

A . Affirmative Sentences

1. auhmyrwimqrhY[ He is my friend.

2. mYNie`kiKfwrIhW[ I am a player.

3. qusINTIk ho [ You are right.

4. auhclwksn[ They were clever.

5. AimqmyrwividAwrQIsI[Amit was my student.

B. Negative Sentences

1. auhlyKknhINhY[ He is not a writer.

2. swnUMjldInhINhY[We are not in a hurry.

3. mYN nyqwnhINhW[I am not a leader.

4. mYNbyeImwnnhINsI[I was not dishonest.

5. bcyduKInhINsn[Children were not unhappy.

272

C. Interrogative Sentences

1. kIauhquhwfwim`qrhY?Is he your friend?

2. kISmwkMjUshY ?Is Shamma a miser?

3. kImnjIqiemwndwrhY?Is Manjit Honest?

4. kIqusINshIsI? Are you right?

5. kIlVkyKuSsn?Were the boys happy?


1. auhBuKwhY [

2. iemwndwrIs`BqONauqmnIqIhY[

3. mYNkvIhW[

4. SRI nirMdrmodIdySdypRDwnmMqrIhn[

5. auhiBRStnhINsn[

6. iehmkwnivkwaUnhINhY[

7. rwjUikswnnhINsI[

8. kI ds v`jyhn?

9. kIquhwfyipqwjIbhuqAmIrsn?

10. kIiehAwm-rsqwhY?

II. Present Indefinite Tense:

fJ; Tense dk gq:'r j/m fbfynK fGzB jkbsK ftZu ehsk iKdk j?.

1. fe;/ ftnesh dh nkds, rojwnw eoB tkb/ ezw iK ufoZso fusoD ;zpzXh.

(i) He always speaks the truth (ii) I go to school, (iii) She runs very fast.

2 ;'u j'D tkbhnK rZbK ns/ e[dosh ;Zu ;zpzXh.

(i) The sun rises in the East,

(ii) The earth revolves around the sun,

(iii) Truth tastes bitter.

273

3. tk;sftePresent bJhL(i) We understand what you say (ii) She takes tea.

Rule: 1. fJ; Tense ftZu Verb dh gfjbh ckow dh tos'A ehsh iKdh j?.

2H Third Person ns/ Singular j't/ sK V1st form d/ Bkb s,es brkfJnk iKdh j?.

3H First Person, Second Person ns/ pj[tuB d/ bJh V1st form dh brkJh iKdh j?.

4H ‘Negative ns/ Interrogative ftZu Subject d/ nkXkfos,‘do’ iK ‘does’ dhto s'A j[zdh j?. fJBQK

d'tK ‘do’ ns/‘does’ d/ Bkb V1st form jh bZrdh j?.

Present Indefinite Tense

Affirmative Sentences:-

1 ftfdnkoEh jo o'i w?dkB ftu y/vd/ jB The Students Play Everyday in the ground

2 w? nkgD/ wksk fgsk dk fdb' ;fseko eodk jK I respect my parents from the core of my heart.

3 ;si's vh aJ/ ath ekbi ibzXo fty/ gVQdk j? Satjot studies in D.A.V. College Jallandhar.

4 fgqz;hgb nZXh S[ZNh d/ ;w/ A;e{b dk uZeo

brkT[dAk j?

Principal takes round of school in the recess.

5 n;h ;Ve d/ fB:wk dk gkbD eod/ jK We obey traffic rules

Negative Sentences :-

1 ;hsk nkgD/ Gok Bkb piko Bjh iKdh j? Sita does not go to the market with her brother

2 s[;h w?B{z g;zd Bjh eod/ j' You don't like me

3 nZi eZb ftfdnkoEh gVkJh s' Aih Bjh uokT[d/

AjB

The students don't shirk studies these days.

4 T[j w?B{z fpbe[b fXnkB Bjh fdzdh j? She does not pay any attention to me

5 T[j nkNk r[zBDk Bjh ikDdk j? He does not know how to kneed flour

274

Interrogative

1 eh s[;h feokJ/ d/ wekB ftu ofjzd/ j' < Do you live in a rented house?

2 eh nfXnkge ftfdnkoEhnK B{z ;ik d/dAk j? < Does the teacher punish the students?

3 eh T[j ;t?No Bjh p[Ddh j? < Does she not knit the sweater?

4 eh n;h ;kw B{z y/vD iKd/ jK < Do we go to play in the evening?

5 eh dkdk ih o'i wzfdo iKd/ jB < Does Grandfather go to temple everyday?

II.Past Indefinite Tense:

fJ; Tense dh tos'A “G{sekb ftZu fefonk SurU{ j' e/ ysw j' ikD’ s/ ehsk iKdk j?. fJ; fefonk dk

Present Bkb e'Jh ;zpzX BjhA j[zdk j?.

E.g. He studied in this school last year.

Rules: 1. Affirmative tkeK ftZu verb dh d{;oh ckow dh tos'A ehsh iKdh j?.

2H Negative ftZu (Did+not+V1st) ns/ Interrogative ftZu (Did+V1st) form dh tos'A ehsh

iKdh j?.

3H Did dh tos'A d/ Bkb hmySwhI verb dh gfjbh ckow dh tos'A ehsh iKdh j?.

Past Indefinite

Affirmative

1 w? go;' Bth Aeko yohdh[[ [ I bought a new car day before yesterday.

2 T[j nkgDk go; xo G[Zb rJh[[ [ She forgot her purse at home.

3 s[;h w/o/ d';sk ;kjwD/ w?B{z ngwkBs ehsk [ You insulted me in the presence of my friend.

275

4 okiht B/ pj[s ;[zdo s;tho fyZuh[ Rajiv clicked a beautiful photograph.

5 ik;{; B/ nkgD/ d/;a Bkb rZdkoh ehsh[ Spy betrayed his country.

6 T[;B/ w?B{z o;hd cVk fdZsh[ She/he handed over the receipt to me.

Negative

1 u'ehAdko B/ dotki/ dh e[zvh Bjh brkJh[ The Watchman did not bolt up the door.

2 nfXnkge B/ N?;N Bjh fbnk The teacher did not give the test.

3 ;kB{z fBZxk ;tkrs Bjh fwfbnk We did not receive a warm welcome.

4 T[j ndoe fSZbDk Bjh ikDdh ;h She did not know how to peel off the ginger.

5 wksk ih B/ ukdo sfj ehsh The mother did not fold the bed sheet.

Interrogative

1 eh T[;B/ w/ok fieo ehsk[ Did he talk about me

2 eh s[;h eZb T[ZE/ rJ/ [ Did you go there yesterday

3 eh w[Zy wzsoh B/ Mzvk bfjokfJnk[[[[ Did the Chief Minister hoist the flag

4 eh s[;h T[; s' AckJhB Bjh fbnk[ Did not you collect fine from him

5 eh ykB;kw/ B/ ykDk go'f;nk[ Did the Chef serve the food ?

III. Future Indefinite Tense:

fJj Tense GftZy ftZu j'D tkbh fe;/ th xNBK d/ pko/ tofsnk iKdk j?.

E.g. I shall not come tomorrow. He will visit next month.

Rule: 1. fJ; Tense ftZu will/shall ns/ verb dh gfjbh ckow dh tos'A ehsh iKdh j?.

2H First person (I,we) d/ Bkb hall+verb dh gfjbh ckow dh tos'A ehsh iKdh j?.

276

3H Second person (you) ns/ third person ‘singular’ ns/ ‘Plural’ ;kfonK d/ Bkb jh will dh

tos'A ehsh iKdh j?.

4H Assertive ns/ Negative tkeK ftZu nkgD/ T[d/P B{z g[ysK eoB bJh will/shall dh tos'A fB:w

d/ T[bN ehsh iKdh j?.

I will kill you. I’ll see you in the court.

Future Indefinite

Affirmations

1 w/jwkB o'Nh xo jh ykDr/ The guests will take food at home.

2 T[j wzrbtko sZe ezw ysw eo bt/rk He will complete the work by Tuesday.

3 w/o/ fgsk ih eoik u[ekT[Dr/ My father will pay my debt.

4 T[j io{o s[jkB{z X'yk d/t/rh She will definitely deceive you.

5 gfjbtkB e[;ash fiZs bt/rk The wrestler will win the fight/wrestling.

Negative

1 w? s[jkB{z fBo;ak Bjh eoKrk I will not disappoint you

2 n;h s[jkvh f;aekfJs Bjh eoKr/ We won't complaint against you

3 ezwtkbh posB ;kc Bjh eo/rh The maid will not wash the utensils

4 n;h y[Zb/ ftu ;'u Bjh eoKr/ We won't defecate in the open.

5 ftfdnkoEh nkgDh iwks ftu rzd Bjh gkT[Dr/ The students will not spread litter in the class

Interrogative

277

1 eh s[;h eb fJzNoftT{ ftu jkio j'Dr/ < Will you appear in the Interview tomorrow?

2 eh n;h fJ; swl gjkVk s/ iktKr/ < Shall we go to mountains this year?

3 eh s[;h nZi fpZb pDk bt'r/ < Will you prepare the bill today?

4 eh T[;B{z ed/ p'bD dk sohe nkt/rk < Will he ever learn how to speak?

5 eh T[j ;kv/ bJh ukj pDkt/rh < Will she prepare tea for us?

IV. Present Continuous Tense:

fJ; tense dh tos'A T[BK tkeK ftZu ehsh iKdh j? fi; ftZu e'Jh th xNBk dk toBD, p'bD iK

fbyD t/b/ j' fojk j't/.

E.g.: I am writing this sentence.

2. fe;/ th nkds dk toBd eoB bJh, i' bzwk ;wK ub ojh j't/.

I am working hard these days.

Rule: fJ; tense ftZu is, am, are d/ Bkb verb dh gfjbh ckow ns/ ‘ing’ dk gq:'r j[zdk j?.

Sub + is/am/are + V1st ing

Third Persons (Singular) Bkb ‘is’, I d/ Bkb ‘am’, Second Person ‘you’ ns/ pj[tuB Bkb

‘are’ dh tos'A ehsh iKdh j?.

Affirmative

1 B/sk ih fJZXo T[ZXo dhnK rZbk wko oj/ jB The leader is beating about the bush.

2 T[j s'bhnk fBu'V ojh j? She is wringing out the towel.

3 ow/;a nkgD/ eb d/ fJwfsjkB dh fsnkoh eo Ramesh is preparing for his next day’s exam.

278

ojh j?.

4 nfXnkge ;kB{z uzr/ ezw eoBbJh gq/fos eo

fojk j?

The teacher is motivating us to do good deeds.

5 wid{o jVskb dk ;Zdk d/ oj/ jB The masons are calling for a strike.

6 fgsk ih egV/ gq/; eo oj/ jB The father is ironing the clothes.

7 w? ;qh jfowzfdo ;kfjp wZEk N/e fojk jK I am paying obeisance at The Golden temple.

Negative

1 T[j w/oh rZb Bjh ;[D ojh j? She is not listening to me.

2 pZu/ eskrW ftu Bjh uZb oj/hn[ Children are not walking in queues.

3 w? s[jkvh ekpbhns s/ ;ae Bjh eo fojk jK I am not doubting your competence.

4 iZi ;jh c?;bk Bjh d/ fojk j? The judge is not delivering right verdict.

5 okiB/sk ;kB{z w{oy Bjh pDk oj/ jB The politicians are not befooling us.

Interrogative

1 eh s[;h w?B{z Bionzdki eo oj/ j' < Are you avoiding me?

2 eh nc;o w[bkfiwk dk ;';aB eo fojk j? < Is the officer exploiting the employees?

3 eh T[j w/ok c'B Bjh u[Ze fojk j? < Is he not receiving my call?

4 eh s[;h X[Zg/ p?m/ j' Are you sitting in the sun?

5 eh T[j nkgDk ;wkB Bkb fbnk fojk j? < Is he bringing his luggage along with?

V.Past Continuous Tense:

fJ; Tense dh tos'A T[d'A ehsh iKdh j? id'A e'Jh fefonk G{sekb ftZu fe;/ fBPfus ;w/A ftZu ub ojh

j't',

He was eating food when I visited him.

279

Rule: fJ; ftZu was/were d/ Bkb V 1st ‘ing’ dh tos'A j[zdh j?.First Person ‘I’ ns/ ‘third

person (singular) d/ Bkb ‘was’ dh tos'A j[zdh j? ns/ Second Person ‘you’ ns/ pj[tuB

(Plural) Bkb ‘were’ dh tos'A j[zdh j?.

Affirmative

1 T[j w/ok wike T[vk fojk ;h She was making fun of me

2 T[j ;ah;a/ ;kjwD/ nkgD/ tkb tkj ojh ;h[ She was combing her hair in front of the

mirror

3 w/o/ wksk ih w?B{z ;bkj d/ oj/ ;B[ My mother was giving me an advice

4 nfXnkge pZfunk B{z fpmk fojk ;h[ The teacher was making the children sit

5 pZuk fgsk ih B{z w{oy pBkT[D dh e'f;a; eo

fojk ;h[

The child was trying to be fool his father

6 s[;h eko pj[s s/i ubk oj/ j'[ You were over speeding the card

Negative

1 G'bh nkgD/ fgsk ih Bkb pfj; Bjh eo ojh

;h[

Bholi was not arguing with her father

2 ;zrhseko fJZe Bth AX[zB pDk fojk ;h[ The musician was not composing a new

tune

3 owk bkb nkgDh Xh dh fuzsk eo fojk ;h[ Ram Lal was not worrying about his

daughter

4 pZuk febekohnK Bjh wko fojk ;h[ The child was not crying with Joy

5 w/ipkB w/jwkBkB{z ykDk Bjh go'; fojk ;h[ The host was not serving the food to the

guests.

Interrogative

280

1 eh s[;h T[;B{z pukT[D dh e'f;a;a eo oj/ ;h[ Were you trying to defend him?

2 eh w[Zy nfXnkgek ekri s;dhe eo fojk ;h[ Was the principal attesting the papers?

3 eh ow/;a nkgDh rbsh bJh w[nkch wzr fojk

;h[

Was Ramesh apologizing for his mistake?

4 eh n;h s[jkvk XzBtkd eo oj/ ;K [[ Were we thanking you?

5 eh pZuk G'iB dk nkBzd wkD fojk ;h[ Was the child relishing the food?

VI .Future Continuous Tense:

fJ; Tense dhtos'A GftZy ftZu fe;/ fBPfus ;w/A j'D tkbh xNBk d/ toBD ;w/A ehsh iKdh j?.

E.g. He will be going to Delhi tomorrow at this time.

Rule: fJ; Tense ftZu will/shall+be+V1st ‘ing’ dk o{g tofsnk iKdk j?.

Affirmative sentences

1. T[j posB X'D dh B"eoh eo fojk j't/rk. He will be serving as a dish washer.

2. n;hA nkgD/ nfXnkgeK ;kjwD/ M[e oj/ We shall be bowing in front of our teachers.

j'Dr/.

3. gbzpo gkDh fo;B dh ;wZf;nk mhe eo The plumber will be fixing the leakage of water.

fojk j't/rk.

4. T[j jo ezw ftZu B[e; eZY fojk j't/rk. He will be finding faults in every work.

5. ;{oi gZSw idSw ftZu n;s j' fojk j't/rk. The sun will be setting in the west.

281

Negative:

1. T[j gZe/ s"o s/ nwohek BjhA ik ojh j't/rh. She will not be migrating to U.S.A.

permanently.

2. T[j oks dk ykDK BjhA yk fojk j't/rk. He will not be taking dinner.

3. w?A T[; Bkb pfj; BjhA eo fojk j'tKrk. I shall not be arguing with him.

4. n;hA e[M fuo nkokw BjhA eo oj/ j'Dr/. We shall not be resting for a while

5. T[j ezw Nkb BjhA fojk j't/rk. He will not be putting on his work.

Interrogative

1. eh w[bkfiw nc;o dh ukgb{;h eo fojk Will the employee be buttering his officer?

j't/rk<

2. eh T[j Bbek pzd eo fojk j't/rk< Will he turning the tap off?

3. eh ftfdnkoEh eskoK ftZu yV oj/ j'Dr/< Will the students be standing in the

queues?

4. eh doZys s'A gZs/ MV oj/ j'Dr/< will the tree be shedding off its leaves?

Or

Will the leaves be falling off from tree?

5. eh g[fb; u'o dk fgZSk eo ojh j't/rh< Will the police be chasing the thief?

282

VII. Present Perfect Tense

Affirmative

1 T[; B/ ukj gh bJh j?[ He has taken the tea.

2 seB''b'ih B/ pj[s soZeh eo bJh j?[ Technology has developed a lot.

3 n;h nkgD/ ;e{b ;kfJz; w/b/ dk nk:'iB ehsk

j?[

We have organized a science fair in our

school.

4 wfjzrkJh B/ ;kvh fizdrh B{z pj[s gqGkfts ehsk

j?[

Inflation has affected our lives a lot.

5 T[j ekch ;w/ Agfjbk fJj irQK SZv u[e/ jB[ They have left this place long ago.

Negative

1 T[;B/ fo;as/ s' ABkj Bjh eo fdZsh j?[ She has not refused the marriage proposal.

2 w? T[;B{z okih eoB$wBkT[D dh e'f;a;a Bjh ehsh

j?[

I have not tried to convince her

3 T[;B/ BtK ;zrhs Bjh ;[fDnk j?[ He has not listened to the latest music

4 s[jkv/ bVe/ B/ w/o/ Bkb uzrk ;b{e Bjh

ehskj?[

Your son has not behaved well with me

5 n;h nkgDh rbsh dk nfj;k; Bjh eo fbnk

j?[

We have not realized our mistake,

Interrogative

1H eh T[;B/ y[d B{z w[;hps ftZu gk fbnk j?< Has he got himself into the trouble?

2 eh T[;B/ nkgDh ;e{bh f;Zfynk g{oh eo bJh j?< Has he completed his schooling?

283

3 eh s[;hA +2 ftZu ;kfJz; ivSy BjhA bJ/ jB< Haven’t you opted science stream in

Grade 12th

?

4H eh w[Zy wfjwkB B/ ftfdnkoEhnK dh ekor[ikoh Has the chief guest applauded the

dh pRsMswehsh j?< student’s performances.

5. eh T[;B/ t'N gk bJh j?< Has he casted hit vote?

VIII.PAST PERFECT TENSE

Affirmative

1. T[j BthA eko yohd u[Zek ;h. He had bought a new car.

2. ;?bkBh pj[s BthnK irktK x[zw u[Zek ;h. The tourist had travelled many new places.

3. T[;B/ nkgDk gfotkfoe eko'pko jh ikoh He had continued his family business.

oZfynk ;h.

4 w?A fJ; c?eNoh ftZu d' ;kb ezw ehsk ;h. I had worked for two years in this factory.

5 ezgBh B/ fgSb/ ;kb eJh eowukoh B"eoh The company had fired many employees

s'A eZY fdZs/ ;B. last year.

Negative

1 nfXnkge B/ ;ko/ T[Zso u?Ze BjhA The teacher had not checked all the answers.

ehs/ ;B.

2 ;oeko B/ e'Jh B'fN; ikoh BjhA ehsk ;h. The government had not issued any notice.

284

3 jj B/ T[;B{z e;{otko BjhA gkfJnk ;h. The Judge had not found him guilty.

4H nypko B/ ;jh ypo BjhA Skgh ;h. The Newspaper had not published the right news

5 ftfdnkoEhnK B/ pRSnoqr w[ekpb/ ftZu The students had not participated in the

fjZ;k BjhA fbnk ;h. quiz competition.

Interrogative

1 eh T[gG'rsk B/ ezgBh fybkc e/; dkfJo Had consumer filed a case against company?

eo fdZsk ;h.

2H eh jtkJh ijki T[vkD Go u[Zek ;h< Had the flight taken of?

3. eh o/brZvh ;jh ;w/A s/ g[Zi rJh ;h< Had the train arrived on time?

4. eh T[;B/ ekch XB fJZemk eo fbnk ;h< Had he accumulated much wealth?

5H T[;B{z ozr/ jZEh cV fbnk ;h< Had the police caught him red-handed?

IX.FUTURE PERFECT TENSE

Affirmative:

1 T[;B/ nkgDk xo dk ezw ysw eo fbnk She will have finished her homework.

j't/rk.

2 ftfdnkoEh rokT{Av ftZu fJZeso j' u[Ze/ The students will have gathered in the ground.

j'Dr/<

3H w?A gZr pzB u[ZeK j'tKrk. I Shall have tied the turban.

285

4. ;kvh Nhw fto'Xh B{z jok u[Zeh j't/rh. Our team will have defeated the opponent.

5. n;hA ;ko/ fwb e/ iBw fdB wBk u[Ze/ j'tKr/. We all shall have celebrated the birthday.

Negative

1 fgsk ih xo BjhA gj[zu u[Ze/ j'Dr/. Father will note reached home.

2. T[;B/ nkgD/ fgsk ih Bkb pd;b{eh BjhA He will not have misbehaved with his father.

ehsh j't/rh.

3H e[bh ;kok ;kwkB BjhA b? frnk j't/rk. The potter will not have carried the entire

luggage.

4. n;hA BthA y'i BjhA eo u[Ze/ j'tKr/. We shall not have made a new discovery.

5. s[;hA ;ko/ sohe/ BjhA nIwk u[Ze/ j't'r/. You will not have tried all the ways.

Interrogative

1 eh s[;hA jtkJh :ksok eo u[Ze/ j't'r/< Will you have travelled by plane?

2. eh wzsoh ih B/ u'Dk Gkoh nzso Bkb fiZs Will the minister have won the election?

bJhnK j'DrhnK<

3 eh jtkJh ijki ;jh ;w/A s/ T[FZso u[Zfenk Will the plane have landed on the right time?

j't/rk<

4H eh n;hA jVskb tkfg; p[bk bJh j't/rh< Shall we have called off the strike?

5. eh ghfVs B/ ndkbs ftZu r[jko brkJh Will the victim have appealed in the court?

286

j't/rh<

X.PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUES

Affirmative

1H w?A fgSb/ 20 ;kb s'A fJ; wekB ftZu ofj I have been living in this house since last 20

fojk jK. years.

2. d'B'A ;j/bhnK ;t/o s'A jh rZgK wko ojhnK Both friends have been gassing about

jB. morning.

3. d'B'A gfotko ekch ;w/A s'A ;w/A s'A fJZe d{;o/ Both the families have been quarreling with

Bkb bV oj/ jB. each other since long.

4. T[j fuoK s'A fJ; fdB dh fsnkoh eo fojk He has been waiting for this day since ages.

j?.

5H w?A 2L00 ti/ s'A fcbw d/y fojk jK. I have been watching the movie since 2:00

O’clock.

Negative

1. ow/P eJh fdBK s'A ;e{b BjhA nk fojk j?. Ramesh has not been coming to school

for many days.

2. T[whdtko fgSb/ jcs/ s'A u'D gquko BjhA eo The candidate has not been canvassing since

fojk j?. last week.

3. s[;hA eJh fdBK s'A w/ok fgZSk BjhA eo oj/ j'. You have not been following me for many

287

days.

4. T[;d/ dkdh ih ;t/o s'A T[;dhnK u[rbhnK Her grandmother has not been gossiping

BjhA eo oj/ jB. about her since morning.

5H pZuk Ùkw s'A nkgD/ wksk fgsk ih rZb BjhA The child has not been listening to his

;[D fojk j?. parents since evening.

Interrogative

1H eh s[;hA 1990 s'A fJZE/ ezw eo oj/ j'< Have you been working here since 1990?

2H eh w?e/fBe ;t/o s'A w'No mhe eo fojk j?< Has the mechanic been repairing the motor

since morning?

3H eh s[;hA eJh wjhfBnK s'A gqhfynk dh Have you been preparing for exams for

fsnkoh eo oj/ j'< many months?

4H eh feokJ/dko fgSb/ 6 wjhfBnK s'A Has the tenant not been paying the rent since

feokfJnk BjhA d/ fojk j?< last six months?

5H eh nfXnkge ;t/o s'A gVQk fojk j?< Has the teacher been teaching since

morning?

288

XII.FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS

Affirmative:

1. T[j 2L00 ti/ s'A w/oh T[vhe eo fojk He will have been waiting for me since

j't/rk. 2:00 o’clock.

2. T[;d/ fgsk ih ;t/o s'A prhu/ ftZu ftZu His father will have been planting the

doZys brk oj/ j'Dr/. trees in the garden since morning.

3. w?A fgSb/ wjhB/ s'A eko ubkT[Dh f;Zy fojk I’ll/I shall have been learning how to drive

j'tKrk. a car since last month.

Negative

1 B/sk ih bzw/ ;w/A s'A GkPB BjhA d/ oj/ The leader will not have been delivering

j'Dr/. the speech since long.

2. s[;hA eJh fdBK s'A puD dh e'fÙÙ BjhA You will not have been trying to escape

eo oj/ j't'r/. for many days.

3. wksk ih d[gfjo s'A ykDk BjhA pDk oj/ The mother will not have been cooking

j'Dr/. since noon.

Interrogative

1 eh vokJhto oks s'A brksko eko ubk Will the driver have been continuously

fojk j't/rk< driving the car since night?

2 eh n;hA wJh wjhB/ s'A g?;/ fJZem/ eo oj/ Shall we have been accumulating the

289

j't'r/< money since the monthofMay?

3. eh pZu/ ;t/o s'A gszr T[vk oj/ j'Dr/< Will the children have been flying the

Kites since morning?

IMPERATIVE SENTENCES

Imperative Sentences:

T[j tke j[zd/ jB fijBK ftZu e'Jh nkfrnk, p/Bsh, ;bkj fdZsh iKdh j?. T[dkjoD ti'A, gV', y/v',

p'b' nkfd.

1. Obey your teacher.

2. Help the poor.

3. Post this letter.

4. Don’t kill animals.

5. Never play with fire.

Affirmative Sentences

1H gowkswk T[go Go';k oZy'. Trust in God.

2H nkgD/ tZfvnk dh nkfrnk dk gkbD eo'. Obey your elders.

3H i/p esfonk s'A pu'. Beware of Pickpockets.

4H T[;B{z ikD fdU. Let him go.

5H ibdh eo'. Do it fast.

Negative Sentences

290

1 w?B{z szr Bk eo'. Don’t Disturb me.

2 rohp dk wike Bk T[VkT{. Don’t make fun of the poor.

3 nctkjK dk c?bkU. Don’t spread rumors.

4 fe;/ dh u[rbh Bk eo'. Don’t backbite anyone.

5 petk; Bk eo'. Don’t tall nonsense.

Practice Exercises

1H Bzr/ g?o Bk uZb'. 6H g[fb; B{z pukU.

2H nkgDh f;js dk fXnkB oZy'. 7H nfGnk; eo'.

3H ;wK popkd Bk eo'. 8H nkgDh ;/tk y[d eo'.

4H ;w/A dk ;jh fJ;s/wkb eo'. 9H nkgDk fXnkB oZy'.

5H ;Ve s/ GhV Bk brkT[. 10H fwjBs eo'.

Mixed Practice Exercise 1

Translate into English:

1H ;{oi v[Zp frnk j?. 2H w?B{z ;e{b gj[zuDftZu d/o j' rJh j?.

3H jbeh fijh jtk ubDh S[o{ j' rJh j?. 4H id sZe s[;hA eo'r/, T[j ikrdh oj/rh.

5H pj[s ;ko/ b'e ;N/PB d/ pkjo fJZem/ ;n. 6H wkbh g"fdnK B{z gkDh d/ fojk ;h.

291

7H KrgoS bhuq qyj s/i d"Vdk j?. 8H fJj pj[s jhfdbu;g ejkDh j?.

9H G{r'b w/ok gz;dhdk ftÙk j?. 10H T[j Swied nZi nk ikt/.

Practice Exercise 2


1H T[j eJh xzN/ brksko ezw eo ;edk j?. 2H T[j T[wo ftZu w/o/ s'A tZvh j?.

3H o/yk w/oh wBGkT[Adh nfGB/soh j?. 4H d'B'A GoktK dh nkg; ftZu Bjh pDdh.

5H f;ro/N ghDk f;js bJh jkBhekoe j?. 6H jfod[nko Gkos dk ;G s'A gqf;ZX shoE ;EkB j?.

7H T[j nBkE ;h. 8H vkHJ/HghHi/ ebkw ftPt gqf;ZX tesk ;h.

9H dj/i dh gqEk ;wki T[go fJe ebze j?. 10H iB;zfynk ftZu Gkos ftPSv ftZu d{;o/ ;EkB s/

j?.

Practice Exercise 3

Translate into English :

1. T[j fJe tXhnk ebkeko j?. 2H iZi B/ T[;B{z iwkBs d/ fdZsh j?.

3H

nZi X[Zg pj[s s/i j?. 4H i' roid/ jB T[j p;od/ Bjh

5H T[j s[jkvk T[b{ fyZu fojk j?. 6H fJ; ;Ve dh r[ow/s Bjh ehsh rJh.

7H rohp dh pdd[nk ed/ Bk bT[. 8H fijk eo'r/ T[j fij' Go'r/.

9H eh s[jkB{z w/o/ T[go Go';k BjhA. 10H eh w?A s[jkvk fJzsiko eoK.

292

Practice Exercise 4


1H fjo ftZu v/Ar{ c?b fojk j?. 2H ;kc ;ckJh eoBk uzrh nkds j?.

3H T[ZE/ eh j' fojk j?. 4 pZuk feT[A o' fojk j?.

5H J/esk ftZu pb j?. 6H tksktoD ;kc oZyDk jo Bkrfoe dk coi j?.

7H ihtB ftZu ;zs[PVh th fJe rkfjp j?. 8 o'rh dh jkbs fpjso j' ojh j?.

9 T[; B{z ;kok b/E i[pkBh :kd ;h. 10 ftZfdnk wB[Zy B{z :'r pDkT[Adh j?.

Practice Exercise 5


1H T[j N/Yh yho j?. 2 w?A T[;B{z rb/ brk fbnk.

3H gVkJh ftZu nkgDk wB brkT[. 4H T[;dh ipkB fJzBh feT[A ubdh j?<

5 eh s[;hA rohpK dh wdd eod/ j'. 6 pj[s mzvh oks ;h.

7 w?A fJ; ngwkB B{z ;fjD Bjh eo ;eKrk. 8H s[;hA nkgDk GftZy yso/ u gk oj/ j'.

9H eh jtkJh :ksok ;[oZfyns j?< 10H pkjo x[Zg jB/ok ;h.

UNSEEN COMPREHENSION

293

According to the dictionary, the word comprehension means ’understanding’. For young students or

learners, comprehension involves not only constructing meaning from reading traditional material

text in print, it also involves listening to others read or speak. It means the understanding and

interpretation of what they read or hear and get meaning from written or spoken language. It is the

ability to accurately understand written or spoken material. For this, children need to be able to –

decode what they read and make connection between what they read and what they already know

and also think deeply what they have read.

In our modern, text-driven world, the ability to understand, to synthesize, to take meaning from text

and apply it to real life situations is critical. This depth of reading ability is not only important in any

classroom for academic success but for coping in day-to-day existence. Reading comprehension is a

tool for life. Reading is an active, and mentally interactive, process. It develops over time. It is

important to emphasize text comprehension from the beginning rather than waiting until the

students have mastered the basics of reading.

A comprehension passage is a tool to test this understanding ability of the students. In order to well in

this question, you need to form good reading habits. In a comprehension exercise, you may asked

many types of questions to get your responses. Some of these may be as given below:

1. Multiple choice questions.

2. Inferring information question.

3. Word meaning questions.

4. Match the words questions.

5. Fill in the blanks based on the information in the passage.

To prepare well for this, you must keep the following points in your mind:

1. Firstly read the passage quietly to get a general idea of the theme.

2. Read the passage again slowly and carefully so as to know the details.

3. Reread the passage after looking at the questions.

4. Answer the questions in complete sentences.

5. Read a group of words together rather than reading word by word i.e. try to read in phrases.

6. Avoid using a pen or pencil as a cue while reading. Move your eyes only, it will increase your

speed.

7. Try to get sense of the unknown words in relation to the neighboring words or their context in

the sentence.

8. While giving the meaning of a word, give only one word. Do not write alternatives; e.g.

A big box

Big = large

Don’t write big= large, great or enormous

9. While answering a question on verbs, give your answer in the same tense.

Comprehended= understood

294

Do not write: comprehended= to understand, understand.

10. While answering a one word question, give the answer in same part of speech as that of the

word in the passage, e.g.,

He left unhappily: unhappily is an adverb

Do not write: Unhappily= sad

Write: unhappily= sadly.

11. Answer should be brief and to the point.

12. Revise your answers and check for mistakes in grammar and spelling.

SAMPLE PARAGRAPHS FOR COMPREHENSION:

I. Read the following passage and answer the questions given below:

Penicillin is one of the most useful drugs invented by man. With its help we can heal wounds

caused by bacteria which cannot be otherwise healed. To begin with, very few people knew of this

wonderful discovery or its uses. First scientists and then ministers of governments were interested

in it. Since penicillin could save the wounded soldiers, it could be helpful in war. And so they

decided to encourage the process of manufacture. Vast factories were set up for preparing it.

Lives of hundreds and thousands of soldiers were saved with its help. Most people benefitted

from it. Penicillin when introduced into the steam of the human blood, acts as an aid to thoseparts

which are always fighting the deadly germs. It has not power over every kind ofbacteria, but

certain kinds are destroyed by penicillin in the great majority of cases.

1. Choose the correct statement.

(a) Penicillin could save the wounded soldiers.

(b) Penicillin could not save soldiers.

(c) Penicillin was harmful for soldiers.

(d) Penicillin was discarded by scientists.

2. Who were interested in the discovery of Penicillin in the beginning?

(a) Governments

(b) Ministers of Governments and scientists.

(c) Teachers.

(d) Doctors

3. How was penicillin useful in wars?

4. How does penicillin act on human blood?

295

5. The water level decreases in the _________in winters.

6. Match the following words in column A with their meaning from column B:

A B

Aid Method

Process Help

Decrease

Answers:

1. (a)

2. (b)

3. It saved the soldiers wounded in wars.

4. On introduction into human blood, penicillin acted as an aid to those parts which

were always fighting the deadly germs.

5. Streams

6. Aid-help, Process- method.

II. Read the following passage and answer the questions given below:

In the eighteenth century, one of the first modern economists, Adam Smith, thought that

the whole annual produce of the land and labour of every country provide revenue to

three different orders of people; those who live by rent, those who live by wages and those

who live by profit. Each successive stage of the Industrial revolution, however, made the

social structure more complicated.

Many intermediate groups grew up during the nineteenth century between the upper

middle class and the working class. There are small scale industrialists as well as the large

ones, small shopkeepers and tradesmen, officials and salaried employees, skilled and

unskilled workers, and professional men as doctors and teachers. Farmers and peasants

continue in all countries as independent groups.

In spite of this development, one of the most famous writers on social class in the

nineteenth century, Karl Marx, thought that there was tendency for society to split into

huge class camps, the capitalists and the workers. Influential as Marx’s theory of social

class, it was much over-simplified. The social make-up of modern societies is much more

complex than he suggested.

1. According to the passage, doctors and teachers belong to the :

(a) Upper class

(b) Upper middle class

(c) Working class

(d) Middle class.

2. What effect did each stage of the industrial revolution make on social structure?

(a) Made it easier to learn.

(b) Made it complicated.

296

(c) Made it simple.

(d) Made it flexible.

3. Who developed two-class theory?

4. Who are regarded as intermediate group?

5. India became ___________on 15th August 1947.

6. Match the following words in column A with their meaning from column B:

A B

Split Yearly

Annual independent

Broken

Answers: 1. (b)

2. (b)

3. Karl Marx developed two- class theory.

4. The small shopkeepers and tradesmen are regarded as intermediate group.

5. Independent.

6. Split-broken, Annual- yearly.

III. Read the following passage and answer the questions given below:

More than 150 years ago after the death of John Dalton, whose atomic theory is the basis

of chemistry, scientist has established the cause of his colour blindness. Dalton could not

distinguish red from green. In 1784 English chemist was the first to describe colour

blindness which became known as Daltonism. The word is still used in French, Spanish and

Russian.

Scientists from London and Cambridge have examined DNA from fragments of Dalton’s

eyes preserved at his request by the Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, and

have shown that he lacked the gene for making green pigment in the retina.

Dalton who lived from 1766 to 1844 gave instructions for his eyes to be examined after his

death. He had believed that the vitreous humour, the clear substance in the inner chamber

of the eyes must in his case be tinted blue so that it absorbed red light. At the autopsy no

such blue tint was found. But from Dalton’s perception of how he perceived light,

historians have concluded that he must have lacked the pigment in the retina that is

sensitive to red light.

That is now showing to be wrong after work by a team led by Dr. David Hut of the institute

of Ophthalmology of London and Dr. John Milton from Cambridge University.

1. What colours Dalton could not distinguish?

(a) Red from blue

(b) Red from yellow

(c) Red from green

297

(d) Blue from green.

2. What instructions did Dalton give regarding his eyes?

(a) To be preserved at home.

(b) To be examined after death.

(c) To be checked immediately.

(d) To be kept in museum.

3. Which languages still use the word ‘Daltonism’?

4. What did Dalton believe about his own blindness?

5. Historians concluded that he _______ a pigment in his retina.

6. Match the words in the column A with their meaning in the column B:

A B

Described shown

Examined explained

checked

Answers:

1. (c)

2. (b)

3. French, Spanish and Russian language still use the word’Daltonism’.

4. Dalton believed that the vitreous humour, the clear substance in the inner

chamber of the eyes must in his case be tinted blue so that it absorbed red

light.

5. Lacked

6. Described- explained, Examined- checked.

IV. Read the following passage and answer the questions given below:

Less obviously, but just as significant, are the social reasons behind the modern urge to

travel. Foreign journeys were at one time expensive and difficult for most people to

organize, in fact a luxury for the wealthy. Today cheap airfares and package holidays have

made foreign travel fashionable for many, especially for those who spend their working

lives in crowded cities and in industry. Travel to foreign countries is now within reach of

families who only thirty years ago would have hardly dreamt of such a thing. Indeed, for

some it has become a matter of personal pride to boast of time spend abroad, and the

more glamorous and far-flung the destination, the better. Indians are now looking beyond

the beaches of Goa to Miami beaches or to the mountains of Alps or the Niagara Falls or

even the safaris of Africa for a new and vastly different experience. Travel companies have

been quick to advertise the cultural and educational advantages of such holidays, selling

wildlife exploration trips of the Amazon or the ancient temples of the east just as earnestly

as they once did the ‘magic of Rome’ or the ‘Splendour of ancient Athens’.

298

1. What was once a luxury for the wealthy?

(a) Horse riding in the forests.

(b) Foreign travel

(c) Playing on the ice.

(d) Enjoying with family.

2. What has made foreign travel fashionable now?

(a) Beauty of locations

(b) People’s mood.

(c) Cheap airfares and package holidays.

(d) Internet

3. Why could people dream of holiday abroad now?

4. Where do Indians look forward to go for holidaying now?

5. Mumbai is one of the most _____cities in India.

6. Match the words in the column A with their meaning in the column B:

A B

Expensive sincerely

Earnestly freely

costly

Answers.

1. (b)

2. ( c)

3. People can now dream of a foreign holidays because of availability of cheap airfares

and package holidays.

4. Indian are now days looking forward to travel to Miami beaches or to Alps

mountains or even for African Safari.

5. Crowded.

6. Expensive- costly, earnestly- sincerely.

V. Read the following passage and answer the questions given below:

There are in our country, as in other countries of the world, thousands of handicapped

persons, such as those who are blind or deaf and dumb. In some cases these persons may

have been born blind or deaf while in others they may have gone blind or deaf as a result

of some illness or accident.

You sometimes hear people say of such handicapped persons: “It is the work of fate” or “It

is the will of God.” Some even say, “They suffer the fruits of their own actions in the past.”

Even parents of handicapped children often express such feeling and opinions, and they

scarcely ever think of how they help these unfortunate one. This certainly is not the way to

look at the problems of the handicapped.

299

Whatever may be the cause of their suffering, we have got to treat the handicapped with

sympathy and understanding. In many instance physically handicapped children suffer

neglect and are left to themselves in their homes. This makes their life extremely sad and

lonely. Our first duty is to make these children happier and less lonely. Secondly, we have

got to educate these children and help them to live useful lives. We should secure for them

benefits of education in schools intended for them. We have got to make them useful

citizens by creating for them suitable opportunities to be employed. They will then a sense

of achievement, we can be happy that we have done our duty for them.

1. How should we must treat the handicapped children?

(a) Indifferently.

(b) With sympathy and understanding.

(c) With loneliness.

(d) With neglect.

2. According to the author, what is our first duty towards handicapped children?

(a) To make them homeless.

(b) To make them healthy.

(c) To make them happier and less lonely.

(d) To make them run fast.

3. How do some children become handicapped?

4. What make the life of handicapped children sad and lonely?

5. We must ______ these children with love and sympathy.

6. Match the words under column “A” with their meaning under “B”.

A B

Sympathy sad

Lonely nearly

feeling pity and tenderness.

VI. Read the following passage and answer the questions given below:

In a reversal of the norm elsewhere, in India policymakers and economists have become

optimists while bosses do the worrying. The country’s Central Bank has predicted that

India‘s economy is likely to grow at a double digit rate during the next 20-30 years. India

has the capability with its vast labour and lauded entrepreneurial spirit. But the private

sector which is supposed to do the heavy lifting that turns India turns from the tenth

largest economy to its third largest by 2030 has become fed up.

Business people often carp about India’s problems but their irritation this time has a

nervous edge. In the first quarter of 2011, GDP grew at an annual rate of 7.8 percent; in

2005-07 it managed 9-10 percent. The economy may be slowing naturally as the low

interest rates and public spending that got India through the global crisis are belatedly

withdrawn.At the same time the surge in inflation caused by exorbitant food prices has

300

spread more widely, casting doubt over whether India can grow at 8-10 percent in the

medium term without overheating.

Questions:

1. What rate of growth does the central Bank predicts for the Indian economy for next 20

-30 years?

(a) Eight percent

(b) Seven percent

(c) Double digit percent

(d) Five percent.

2. Who is supposed to do the heavy lifting to turn India into third largest economy?

(a) Govt. agencies

(b) Private Sector

(c) Public sector.

(d) Property owners.

3. What is India’s capability to grow based on?

4. What is casting doubts over India’s growth rate?

5. He suffered from a ______breakdown.

6. Match the words under column ‘A’ with their meaning under ‘B’.

A B

Crisis Large

OptimistDifficult phase

One who looks forward to a positive outcome

VII. Read the following passage and answer the questions given below:

Brain drain, also referred to as human capital flight, is the action of having highly skilled

and educate people leaving their country to work abroad. It has actually become one of

the serious concerns for the developing nations. While many people believe that

immigration is a personal choice that must be understood and respected, others look at

the phenomenon from a different perspective. What makes those people leave their

country, their own people, should be seriously considered and a distinction between pull

and push factors must be made. The push factors include low wages and lack of

satisfactory working and living conditions. Social unrest, political conflicts and wars may

also be determining causes. The pull factors, however, include intellectual freedom and

substantial funds for research. Brain drain has negative impact on the economic

prospectus and competitive of sending countries. It reduces the number of dynamic and

creative people who can contribute to the development of their country. Likewise, with

more entrepreneur taking their investments abroad, developing countries are missing

opportunity of wealth creation.

Questions:

1. The term ‘Brain drain’ is also referred to as:

301

(a) Capital flight

(b) Human capital flight

(c) Pull factors

(d) Push factors

2. Brain drain has terrible consequences on the economic development of :

(a) Sending countries

(b) Receiving countries

(c) Developed countries

(d) Undeveloped countries.

3. What do you mean by the term ‘Brain drain’?

4. Enumerate the push factors that lead to Brain drain.

5. Fill in the blank with a suitable word from the passage.

Every citizen must __________ for the development of the nation wholeheartedly.


A B

Conflicts decrease

Reduce dispute

Increase

VIII. Read the following passage and answer the questions given below:

One night a man came to our house and told me,” There is a family with eight children.

They have not eaten for days.” I took some food and went out. When I finally came to the

family, I saw the faces of those little children disfigured by hunger. There was no sorrow or

sadness in their faces, just the deep pain of hunger. I gave the rice to the mother. She

divided it in two and went out, carrying half the rice with her. When she came back, I asked

her,” Where did you go?” She gave me this

Simple answer,” To my neighbor- they are also hungry.” I was not surprised because poor

people are generous but I was surprised that she knew they were hungry.

As a rule, when we are suffering, we are so focused on ourselves; we have no time for

others. We become selfish and self- centered. Having experienced the pangs of sufferings,

we should, rather extend a helping hand to the poor and the needy.

Questions:

1. The faces of the children reflected:

(a) Sorrow

(b) Joy

(c) Hunger

(d) Greediness

2. The action of the mother shows:

(a) Selfishness

(b) Hatred

302

(c) Gratitude

(d) Love

3. Where did the mother go after dividing the rice and why?

4. Why was the gentleman surprised?

5. Fill in the blanks with a suitable word from the passage.

The faces of the little children were______.


A B

Simple complicated

Generous hatred

Selfish

IX. Read the following passage and answer the questions given below:

Health and hygiene go hand in hand. Health refers to a state of sound mind and physically

fit body, free from any form of sickness, disorder or ailment. Hygiene refers to the good

practices that prevent disease and leads to good health through cleanliness, proper

sewage disposal, balanced and nutritious food, regular exercise, proper sleep, pure and

fresh air and supply of safe drinking water. The proverb,’ Health is Wealth’ is truly said of

all things in the world, health is the most valuable that one canpossess. Money is

undoubtedly a prized possession, but can it provide pleasure to a ruined health? As body

and mind are closely related, the mind can never be sound and cheerful without sound

health. An unhealthy man may have intelligence, merit and wealth but he cannot put them

to use and reap their benefits. We must, therefore adopt proper hygienic measures to

preserve and maintain good health. Too much work or exercise, eating or drinking are

injurious to health. A regulated life coupled with clear and pure mind makes life worth

living.

Questions:

1. Hygiene refers to practices that leads to good health through:

a. Balanced diet

b. impure air

c. Abundant wealth

d. Regular play

2. Life can become worth living through:

a. Gambling and drinking

b. Regulated life

c. Pure mind

d. Healthy body

3. What does the term ‘health’ refers to?

4. Can a wealthy but unhealthy man enjoy life?

5. Fill in the blanks with a suitable word from the passage.

The selection is Army service is made purely on ______.

303


A B

fresh use

preserve state

destroy

X. Read the following passage and answer the questions given below:

Named after former Prime Minister Inder Kumar Gujral’s mother, PushpaGujral Science

City located on Jalandhar- Kapurthala Road, just west of Jalandhar is extremely thrilling.

Almost every branch of science is exhibited, right from physical, applied, natural and social

sciences. Similarly health sciences, human evolution and civilization, engineering,

technology, agriculture, the environment, ecosystems and Jurassic Park are presented in a

great details and show the various aspects of Science. In the Dome theatre, large format

films are projected on 23 meter-tilted dome. Semi –circular giant dome screen produces

huge images that soar and swoop above, beside and behind you, to give you a spectacular,

immiscible experience. The light- speed 3 D Digital Theatre presents three dimensional

computer graphics, videos and the most advanced animation. Amazing Living Machine

Gallery presents the intricate structures and functions of the human body using large

human models. The flight simulator provides the visitors a sense of adventure. The laser

theatre presents laser shows that carry the visitors to a wonderland to experience a mind

boggling mix of sound and laser beams. The Dinosaur Park displays the evolution of

dinosaurs and the probable reasons for their extinction. There is also a kids’ park

containing tunnels, rides, bouncers etc. and an artificial lake that allows the visitors to

indulge in boating. With all the wonderful attractions, a visit to the Science City would be

highly informative and enjoyable.

Questions:

1. Which facility provides a sense of Adventure?

a. Kid’s Park

b. Dome Theatre

c. Flight Stimulator

d. Laser Theatre

2. Large human models are found in:

a. Amazing Living Machine Gallery

b. Dinosaur Park

c. Digital Theatre

d. Laser Theatre

3. Where is the PushpaGujral Science City located?

4. What is displayed in the Dinosaur Park?

5. The works of famous painters are __________ in the Tagore Art Gallery.


A B

Spectacular huge

304

Giant amazing

dirt

Date post:	28-Dec-2021
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	9 times
Download:	0 times

Final Book Grammar XII 1 - files-cdn.pseb.ac.in

Documents